Home

Controllers

1. Front Side Top Clearance for Air Flow and Bending Radius Allowance for Fastener 34 mm Metric M4 e Indc 102 mm l 1 03 in 4 00 in 1 34 in Grounding Ha L 6 d 40 mm 1 56 in 7imm 94mm A 8 2 80 in 3 69 in i 3 1 49 mm 41mm OO 1 92 in 1 60 in Y 3 4 js H Y A Rail Release Tab Pull Down 102 mm 11 mm A Allowance for 8 4 00 in 0 44 in Fastener DIN EN 50022 35 mm by 7 5 mm Rail Clipping Distance 34 7 mm 1 37 in to 35 3 mm 1 39 in Clearance for Air Flow and Bending Radius Zero Electrical Clearance Required 50 mm 1 97 in 98 mm 3 87 in Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Style B Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below DIN A MITE DB Ba um er ue d 7 LT Style B Solid state power controller Phase 1 1 phase 1 controlled leg 2 3 phase 2 controlled legs 3 3 phase 3 controlled legs 8 9 2 independent zones Input Type C or K Sindependent zones Input Type C or K Cooling and Current Rating Per Pole O Natural convection standard DIN rail or panel mount heatsink Line and Load Voltage 02 24to48V ac 24 120 to 240V ac 60 277 to 600V ac Input Control Signal C
2. 117 mm l 4 625 in Ll LA A Ll XN 83 mm Cen 3 25 in Lo E g 7 56mm E 135 mm i 2 812 in 6 937 in a p mm 24 76 mm 6 375 in 32 in NEMA 4 and 12 Double Pole 167 mm je 6 562 in 167 mm d l 6 562 in a 108 mm 4 25 in lt 152 mm 6 in Single pole conversion kit covers 25 4 31 75 50 8 and 63 5 mm 1 125 2 and 2 5 in NPT screw plugs To order specify code K492 000 35 thermostat type See Watlow s Heater catalog page 425 for type Double pole conversion kit covers 50 8 and 63 5 mm 2 and 2 5 in inch NPT screw plugs To order specify code K492 000 34 thermostat type See Watlow s Heater catalog page 425 for type NEMA 7 Double Pole 197 mm E 7 75 in amp ay ON 43 mm 0 5 in 165 mm 188 mn LII LEG 164 mm 6 25 in d 220 mm sA 11mm 8 75 in gt 0 437 in Celsius Dial Scale Thermostats are shipped with Fahrenheit F dial scales If your application requires a Celsius C scale order the optional dial face To order specify code CD Scale will match thermostat temperature range Incoloy is a registered trademark of the Special Metals Corporation gt 3 7 E 2 m 7 i E Q gt 1
3. Single input Hardware Thermocouple RTD ility F O B Winona Minnesota Single input Hardware Thermocouple Single output Function Control Heat Cool Hardware Switched dc EMR Single output Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware Switched dc EMR Single output Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware EMR 120V ac 230 240V ac 24V ac 120V ac 230 240V ac 24V ac 120V ac 240V ac SERIES 80M6 Page 61 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Quick Reference Guide 7 i 2 T 2 e 8 S a S a oo T gt E EI So o 3 E PES oo 8 ES ica amp lt 5 Fo Single Loop Auto Tuning Cont DIN UL C UL CE PID Five lines 0 1 percent EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU 100 mm x 100 mm NEMA 4X IP65 4digit LED span EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU 3 94 in x 3 94 in 4 line LCD SERIES F4P Page 45 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN UL C UL CSA CE PID Sub panel or Din rail mounting 0 1 percent span Ethernet Modbus TCP IP HTTP FTP SERIES PDS Page 49 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN UL C UL CE PID Sub panel or Din rail mounting 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU MICRODIN Page 53 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B
4. Q 65 doo7 a buls 66 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES SD R Infrared Communications The Infrared Data Communications IDC option is available on all SERIES SD controller models except the 7 DIN and can support complete SERIES SD parameter configuration and operation The IDC option supports wireless communications with PDAs personal digital assistants or other devices equipped with infrared communications that support the Infrared Data Association IrDA 1 0 Standard The actual user interface or configuration is dependent on the master device application software A source for this software is Instant HMI from Software Horizons For more information visit www instanthmi com watlow Advantages of IDC include automated logging of key process variables increased accuracy and ease of use for recipe or con figuration setups Infrared data communications enhances controller data exchange in physically restricting environments such as semiconductor clean rooms governmental radio active test labs or those hard to reach areas and reduces the use of paper to record instrument information as well as human transposition errors Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below SERIES SD R Single channel ramping controllers DIN Sizes SD R A TT Vs DIN is DIN
5. amo CPC400 Page 147 mable Logic Cascade Differential Ratio Up to 26 Digital Function Programmable Logic 1 Single Phase Programmable Logic eat Cool Programmable Logic Alarm Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Retransmit Global Alarm System Safe ardware Switched dc Open Collector Hardware V dc V ac relay 29 Pulse Functions 10kHz Quadrapture Rate Count U p to 48 Analog Functions Control eat Cool Programmable Logic Hardware V dc Retransmit Hardware V dc or mA 4or8 4or8 Analog Functions Control Feedback Program 36 Digital 15 24V dc mable Logic Cascade Differential Ratio Remote Functions Control Heat Cool Program Set point Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA mable Logic Alarm Retransmit Global 8 Digital Functions Programmable Logic Job Select Alarm System Safe Output Override Hardware Switched dc Open Collector Hardware V dc 1 Pulse Functions 2kHz Rate Programmable Logic Hardware V dc Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 8 to 48 8to 48 Analog Functions Control Feedback Program Up to 288 Digital Functions Control 12 26V dc PPC 2000 Page 151 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Quick Reference Guide 2 zS ce oa oa Multi Loop PID with Programmable Logic Cont Indication Accuracy Communication
6. Thermocouple Temperature Sensor Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES F4P The SERIES F4P DIN temperature process controllers offer the per formance and features to meet a wide range of industrial processing needs The F4P process controllers are ideally suited for semiconductor manufacturing equipment plastics processing and packaging equipment and industrial process control applications This competitively priced controller features a four line high definition LCD interface display along with an information key that makes set up and control operation significantly easier with less chance for error A 16 bit microprocessor supports all the accuracy and performance advantages you have come to expect from a Watlow controller The enhanced software option enables the SERIES F4P to support complex control applications such as cascade ratio and differential control The four digital inputs can be used to remotely modify the operation of the controller or enable the display of pre defined operator messages Advanced features include cascade ratio differential slidewire and retransmit options Serial communication and dual alarm relays are included in the base unit The SERIES F4P is packaged with a NEMA 4X front face to withstand harsh environments and a four inch deep case with removable connectors for wiring convenience The SERIES F4P controller is manu factured by ISO 9001 registered Watlow W
7. Customer Assistance Controllers SERIES 93 SERIES SD6C 29 SERIES 94 SERIES SD6L 85 SERIES 935 SERIES SD31 or SD3C 27 or 29 SERIES 945 SERIES SD C 29 SERIES 988LF SERIES SD C 29 SERIES 101 SERIES CV 5f SERIES 102 SERIES CV 57 SERIES 103 SERIES CV 57 SERIES 104 SERIES CV or SERIES CF 57 or 59 SERIES 942 SERIES 96 AA or SERIES SD4R 69 or 63 SERIES 142 SERIES LV or SERIES LF 81 or 83 SERIES 145 SERIES LV 81 SERIES 146 SERIES LV 81 SERIES 147 SERIES LV or SERIES LF 81 or 83 SERIES 550 SERIES TM 95 SERIES 733 734 SERIES N7 131 MDR E SAFE RELAY 179 Customer Assistance Watlow Fenton Missouri Watsonville California Manufacturing Single Iteration Watlow Anafaze Facilities A Consulting Services Division Manufactures United States Manufacturing Facilities Anaheim California Watlow AOV Inc Manufactures e Silicone Rubber Heaters 1400 North Kellogg Drive Suite A Anaheim CA 92807 Phone 714 779 2252 FAX 714 777 9626 Batavia Illinois Watlow Batavia Manufactures e Cast In Heaters 1310 Kingsland Drive Batavia IL 60510 Phone 630 879 2696 FAX 1 630 879 1101 FAX 2 630 482 2042 Chesterfield Missouri Watlow Engineering Manufactures e Machines 636 Goddard Avenue Chesterfield MO 63005 Phone 636 530 0288 Fax 636 530 0395 Columbia Missouri Watlow Columbia Ceramic Fiber Manufactures e Ceramic Fiber Heaters
8. 3 z gt E E 7 o 5 e D i nd o 82 Limits Alarms F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES LV Specifications Cont Input Accuracy Span Range Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Type J O to 750 C 32 to 1382 F Type K 200 to 1250 C 328 to 2282 F Type T 200 to 350 C 328 to 662 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Thermocouple Input e Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient Exception Type T 2 4 percent of input accuracy span for 200 to O C 328 to 32 F e Temperature stability 0 3 per degree change in ambient RTD Input e Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient e Temperature stability 0 2 per degree change in ambient Allowable Operating Ranges Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Type J 210 to 1038 C 346 to 1900 F Type K 270 to 1370 C 454 to 2500 F Type T 270 to 400 C 454 to 750 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Electromechanical Relay Form C e Minimum load current 100mA e 8A Q 240V ac or 30V dc maximum resistive e 250VA pilot duty 120 240V ac maximum inductive e Use RC suppression for inductive loads e Electrical life 100 000 cycles at rated current External Reset Switch e Momentary dry contact closure Agency Approvals
9. 5 ee ee Agency Approvals 328 to 1472 F ype o e UL 916 File E185611 C ULS o Type S 0 to 1450 C Terminals A o 0 1 O to 1000 C 32 oce T e Touch safe 32 to 1832 F Type B 870 Uoc ME ae uus 1588 to 3092 F Tyee 10 Eoo DIN 200 to soo Power 2 328 to 1472 F e 100 240V ac 10 percent 0 1 O to 1000 C JIS 200 to 630 C 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent 32 to 1832 F 328 to 1166 F e 24 28V ac or V dc 10 Pt2 1 0 O to 1395C Process 1999 to 9999 units a percent 50 60Hz 32 to i 0 O to 1000 oe ps ai i e 7 0VA maximum power 32 to 1832 F e Calibration accuracy 0 1 percen consumption 4 NE of span 1 C at standard conditions Type RB ug oS ee E e Data retention upon power failure 32 to 3200 F xceptions via nonvolatile memory 4 4 o Type T 0 12 percent of span for GL uina Environment TypeS 10 0 to e 200 C to 50 C 328 F to 58 F Peranmg E ey IO 0o Types R and S 0 15 percent of ere aa TypeB 1 0 O to 1816 C span for 0 C to 100 C 32 F to e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing 32 to 3300 F 212 F e Storage temperature 40 to 85 C DIN 1 0 200 to 800 C Type B 0 24 percent of span 40 to 185 F 328 to 1472 F for 870 C to 1700 C 1598 F to Controller Weight approx 0 1 200 to 800 C 3092 F e 02 kg 0 4 Ib 328 to 1472 F Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F JIS 1 0 200 to 630 C minimum 328 to 1166 F e Temperature stability 0 1 0 1 200 to 630 C degree per degree chan
10. E SAFE RELAY 40 amp 3 Pole MD3 i P SCR 16 amps 480V DIN A MITE A 1 phase D16 4 SCR 20 amps 480V DIN A MITE B 3 phase D20 SCR 45 amps 480V DIN A MITE C 3 phase D45 g z 304 8 x 304 8 x 152 4 mm 12 x 12 x 6 in metal enclosure required for SSR and SCR J choose from above amp Control Transformers 273 mm 254 mm 240 to 120V ac w 10 75 in 10 in 480 to 120V ac X 208 to 120V ac Y No Transformer 0 Availability Five to 10 working days i b Notes UR Not recommended for use with electromechanical relays le 152 mm 6 in Metal enclosure required for SSR choose from above For derating curves above stated ambient temperature consult factory Includes semiconductor fusing 3 phase units have 2 leg control Includes semiconductor fusing 3 phase units have 2 leg control NEMA 4 enclosure is not available If no transformer option is selected 120V ac service is required Connections on terminal block provided Control Accessories Thermostats and Accessories Thermostats regulate temperature in non critical applications They sense temperature within a preset range and cycle heaters on and off to maintain the set point Thermostats may be mounted inside a terminal enclosure or remote mounted separate from the heater assembly If using a remote mounted thermostat be sure to order sufficient capillary tube length to permit installation All Watlo
11. 148 PID with Programmable Logic Controllers CPC400 SERIES Specifications Cont Analog Inputs e Thermocouples User selectable type direct connection linearization reference junction compensation reversed and shorted T C detection and upscale break protection with output averaging e RID 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 0 C DIN curve Requires scaling resistors See Special Linear Inputs in Ordering Information e Linear current and voltage signals from linear transmitter e Pulse input One TTL level square wave input up to 2kHz Sensor Range Sensor Range Accuracy at 25 C Ambient TypeB 66 to 1760 C 4 0 C 150 to 3200 F 7 2 F Type E 200 to 787 C 1 0 C 328 to 1448 F 1 8 F Type J 212 to 760 C 1 2 C 350 to 1400 F 2 2 F Type K 268 to 1371 C 1 3 C 450 to 2500 F 2 3 F TypeR 18 to 1766 C 2 8 C O to 3210 F 5 0 F TypeS 18 to 1760 C 2 8 C O to 3200 F 5 0 F Type T 268 to 399 C 1 6 C 450 to 750 F 2 9 F RTD 200 to 621 1 C 0 5 C 328 to 1150 F 0 9 F True for 10 percent to 100 percent of span except Type B which is specified for 430 C to 1760 C 800 F to 3200 F Linear Voltage and Current Inputs Requires scaling resistors See Special Linear Inputs in Ordering Information 0 10mA dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 100mV dc 0 500mV dc 0 1V dc 0 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 12V dc Other ran
12. Control Type R PID Control plus ramping option SD6R ___A D_ T TT Power Supply H 100 to 240Vx ac dc L 24 to 28Vx ac dc Output 1 C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A J Mechanical relay Form A 249 F Universal process Output 2 A None C Switched dc SSR Form A 0 5A Mechanical relay Form A 249 A C DeviceNet Communications N S Display Colors and Custom Options RG Red Green with Watlow name and SD logo RR Red Red with Watlow name and SD logo AA Red Green SD logo only AB Red Red SD logo only DeviceNet on CAN packaging or general industrial markets SEMI SG ODVA compliant semi conductor markets Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life SERIES 96 AA Watlow s SERIES 96 is a powerful e DIN dual display controller that offers many advanced functions This new controller can be tailored to perform hardware and software needs with hardware modules that are plugable and exchangeable and software menus that may be user programmed to fit exact application requirements With one universal input a second auxiliary input and four outputs the SERIES 96 can be programmed to perform temperature measurement input event switching heating boost heating cooling alarms digital communications a
13. Output Connector 1 AMP Mate n Lok 2 Twist and lock Line Voltage 1 120V ac 2 208 240V ac 213 214 Control Systems F O B Winona Minnesota Control Consoles Dual Control Consoles The dual series is the first package that offers multiple control zones in one package Watlow s SERIES SERIES 96 or SERIES SD controller can be used as the controller for the dual series Each zone utilizes a solid state relay for longer heater life and a lower cost than other power switching devices The heater output connector can be ordered as either an AMP Mate n Lok or a twist and lock connector Features e Small foot print Pre wired outputs e AMP Mate n Lok 2 pin or a twist and lock output connection e Miniature thermocouple connector e Watlow SERIES 96 or SD controller e On off rocker switch Specifications Controller e Watlow SERIES 96 e Watlow SERIES SD Dimensions e 114 mm H x 152 mm Wx 191 mm D 4 5 in H x 6 0 in W x 7 5 in D Output Power Switching e Utilizes solid state relays Output is powered through line cord e Light duty dual e 8 amp maximum load 4 amps per zone e Heavy duty dual e 16 amp maximum load 8 amps per zone e Light duty control limit e 8 amps maximum load e Heavy duty control limit 12 amps maximum load Power Requirements e Light duty dual or controller limit e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent NEMA 5
14. 102 mm 4 0 in clearance for air flow and wire bending radius 146 mm 5 74 in 4 142 mm 5 59 in 102 mm 4 0 in 7 F 1 y 44 mm 57 mm 1 73 in 9 96 in 150 mm 131 mm T 5 17 in 5 89 in 457 mm 182 mm dies 5 00 in 7 16 in 3 10 in 01 4 pull down N Rail Release Tab Y Front panel is touch safe no clearance is required 102 mm 4 0 in minimum 102 mm 4 0 in clearance for air flow and wire bending radius L Thru Wall DIN A MITE Style C Front M5 0 8 by 10 mm 8 M5 Internal Tooth Lock Washer 8 included 102 mm 4 0 in minimu clearance for air flow top and bottom 122 mm 4 81 in Pane teas esse rats i JAOOO Sl Opening i i Outline je 1 ie 2 LS H 178 mm 7 00 in ae l el zm le L999 i 9 e 10 mm 0 4 in minimum clearance for air flow both sides With the potential for high thru wall heatsink temperatures application may require a touch safe shield See amperage curves on page 164 for details 170 Top 57 mm 2 25 in outside any ad Front panel is touch safe no clearance is required 114 mm 4 50 in 55 mm eir in inside 12
15. Top Bottom Mount Hole Offset Min Clearance Min Clearance 51 mm 2 in WATLOW PD PID Controller 0 Power Ethernet Link Ethernet Activity gt Input Error gt Input Error Output gt Output 2 Output 97 Output gt lt Between Rail Centerlines 146 mm 5 750 in 42mm 1 637 in gt WATLOW PD PID Controller 0 Power Ethernet Link Ethernet Activity XO Input Error 2 Input Error Output Output 21 Output 91 Output 02 42 mm 1 650 in W Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES PD Universal Inputs Control Alarm Outputs 1 4 Single Loop Electrically Isolated User selectable as on off P PI e Thermocouple grounded or PD PID heat cool alarm action Hicatl ungrounded sensors or retransmit with process output Paeealona e RTD 2 or 3 wire platinum type hardware Power e 24Vz ac ac 10 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 12VA maximum power consumption Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Environment e Oto 65 C 32 to 149 F operating temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage temperature e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage Calibration ambient temperature 25 C 8 C 77 F 5 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum
16. e 2 5mm 0125 in blade screw driver accepts 12 22 AWG or 2 No 22 18 AWG wires e Torque to 8 in lbs 0 9 Nm e Wire strip to 6 mm 0 24 in Operating Environment e 50 C 122 F base rating e 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F fan cooled e Oto 65 C 32 to 149 F natural convection cooled e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Meets EN50178 pollution degree three Storage Temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Shipping Weight e 10 3 kg 23 Ibs Agency Approvals e UL 508 listed File E73741 Vol three Sec two e C UL listed to C22 2 NO 14 e VDE EN 50178 License 115054 e CE 89 336 EEC EN61326 Class A with filter CE 73 23 EEC EN50178 Single Phase Configuration This configuration can be purchased with any or all the features available on the POWER SERIES based on customer preference It is intended for resistive heaters but can also be used on transformer connected loads in the phase angle firing mode Three Phase Two Leg Configuration This configuration is intended for zero cross firing only into a stable resistive heater Typically a three phase delta or ungrounded wye connected heater is used and only two of the three V line phases are switched The third phase is a direct connection through a bussbar on board the POWER SERIES Heater current monitoring and kVA options are available via the heater diagnostics option Three Phase Three Leg Configuration All POWER SERIES option
17. 1 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 1 auxiliary Functions Event Remote Set point input Hardware V dc Resistance contact 4 outputs Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Retransmit Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 100 240V ac 24x ac dc SERIES 96 AA Page 69 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 2 auxiliary Functions Event Slidewire Hardware Thermocouple TRD V dc mA Resistance contact SERIES 981 982 Page 73 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA RH percent 5 auxiliary Functions Cascade Event Hardware Thermocouple TRD V dc mA Resistance contact 4 outputs Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Retransmit Signal conditioner power supply Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 4 outputs Function Control Heat Cool Compressor Alarm Retransmit Hardware Single or Dual Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 8 Digital Outputs 100 240V ac 24x ac dc 100 240V ac 24x ac dc SERIES F4S Page 77 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Quick Reference Guide 7 e T c E e gt S g 5 Bg 26 5 E PES oa E o E oz
18. 100 to 240Vx ac dc L 24 to 28Vx ac dc Output 1 J Mechanical relay Form A 2A Output 2 A None C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A J Mechanical relay Form A 2A DeviceNet Communications N DeviceNet on CAN packaging or general industrial markets S SEMI SIG ODVA compliant semi conductor markets E T Display Colors and Custom Options RG Red Green with Watlow name and SD logo RR Red Red with Watlow name and SD logo AA Red Green SD logo only AB Red Red SD logo only Limits Alarms SERIES 97 Watlow s SERIES 97 is a micro processor based controller with a single input second auxiliary input and four outputs Input 1 is used to measure temperature from a sensor Input 2 can be utilized as a remote reset switch or a hardware lockout switch With up to four outputs the controller is versatile in handling applications that require a high low limit alarms retransmit and communications The control is so user friendly it can be set up to display safety and limit messages created by the end user to meet the exact application need The SERIES 97 limit controller is added to thermal applications to limit over temperature conditions The SERIES 97 limit controller provides safety assurance against instances where a high temperature runaway condition could occur from a shorted input sensor or an output device that could fail in a closed position The SERIES 9
19. 100mV e Drift x 2 1mV F Current Output e Range 0 to 22mA at 20V maximum e Maximum load impedance 1000 W e Accuracy x 100mA e Drift x 4 3mA F DC Input e Input high 3 to 30V or gt 10kW e Input low 0 5 to 0 5V or 250W Optional High Voltage Board Optional high voltage board has six high voltage outputs including two standard SSR outputs The remaining four outputs can be SSRs electromechanical or no arc relays Relay specification Operating temperature 0 to 80 C 0 to 176 F e Contact type normally open e Maximum operating current 8 Amps e Maximum operating voltage 250V ac e 120 240V ac e 250VA pilot duty SSR specification Operating temperature 0 to 80 C 0 to 176 F e Contact type normally open W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES N7 Specifications Cont Maximum operating current 0 4 Amps e Maximum operating voltage 250V ac e 120 240V ac e 0 4A pilot duty e No arc specification Operating temperature 0 to 80 C 0 to 176 F e Contact type normally open Maximum operating current 8 amps Maximum operating voltage 250V ac Power Line Voltage e 24V ac power input 20 4 to 26 4V ac e Class 2 power source required e 47 to 63Hz e 15VA maximum e Program retention upon power failure via non volatile memory Battery real time clock option 6 year lithium battery provides power upon backup
20. 10uA e On 0 2V dc max 50mA sink e Internal supply 5V dc 9 80mA Communications EIA 232 and EIA 485 serial communications with Modbus RTU protocol Safety and Agency Approvals e UL C UL 916 listed File E185611 process control equipment e P65 and NEMA 4X e CE to EN 61010 1 and 631326 Terminals e Touch safe removable terminal blocks accepts 12 to 22 gauge wire e 24 28Vx ac dc 15 percent 10 percent order option e 39VA maximum power consumption Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory seven years for battery backed ram e Sensor input isolation from input to input to output to communi cation circuitry is 500V ac Operating Environment e 0 to 55 C 32 to 130 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing e Storage temperature 40 to 70 C 40 to 158 F Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C 25 C 3 C 77 F 5 F ambient and rated line voltage 10 percent with the following exceptions Type T 0 12 percent of span for 200 C to 50 C 328 F to 58 F Types R and S 0 15 percent of span for 0 C to 100 C 32 F to 212 F Type B 0 24 percent of span for 870 C to 1700 C 1598 F to 3092 F e Accuracy span Less than or equal to operating ranges 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 1 F F rise in ambient for thermocouples 0 05 C C 0 05 F F rise in ambient for RTD
21. 3 62 in 0 03 0 00 N C Sr wh IL J 15 mm i i I 105 mm 45 mm 0 6 177 in 0 02 0 00 0 68 in 4 06 in System Diagram High Limit Environmental DIN A MITE Mechanical Chamber Power Controller Contactor A Heater WWW Cooling Fan gt Humidifier d gt Dehumidifier 88 SE Thermocouple Limi nsor Chart Controller t Sanso N Recorder Dry Temperature RTD Sensor Y Wet Bulb RTD Temperature Sensor SERIES PD Dual Loop Watlow s SERIES PD controllers utilize embedded Ethernet technology to provide a convenient economical means for setting up and viewing key process variables such as temperature pressure and humidity Available in single or dual channel versions the DIN rail mount SERIES PD controllers offer up to four control alarm outputs as well as a digital current transformer input associated with each channel Watlow s SERIES PD controllers are ideally suited for a wide range of temperature or process control applications where the operator interface is supported from a remote location The SERIES PD provides interfacing via embedded firmware which serves dedicated web pages These pages support key functions including operation alarm monitoring configuration and are displayed using standard web browser software The SERIES PD is also capable of generating e mail messages for remote alarm notification Ethernet based products are r
22. Due to the characteristics of the materials cryogenic tolerances for Type J thermocouples and special cryogenic TP TN Copper Constantan Cupron Ad vance tolerances for Type K thermocouples are not listed Not an ANSI symbol Cupron Nial and Tophel are registered trademarks of Carpenter Technology Advance HAI KP and HAI KN are registered trademarks of Harrison Alloys Co Chromel and Alumel are registered trademarks of Hoskins Manufacturing Company Platinel is a registered trademark of the Engelhard Corporation RTDs RTD Tolerance Class Definitions The two equations below define tolerances for platinum Table of Tolerance Values DIN Class A and B RTDs where t is the actual fomperatute temperature of the platinum elements JIS tolerances are the same as DIN tolerances p DIN class A 0 15 0 002 t C 0 DIN class B 0 30 0 005 t C 100 Base resistance 1009 0 C 200 Temperature Coefficient 300 of Resistance TCR 0 00385 9 Q C DIN IEC 761 400 0 003916 Q Q C JIS 1604 1981 500 For more information on thermocouples and 600 RTDs plus thermistors and more order your Watlow 650 Sensors catalog using the postcard in the back of this Tolerance values applicable to JIS Curve 0 003916 JIS 1604 1981 228 catalog C Resistance Value Q 18 49 60 25 100 00 138 50 175 84 212 02 247 04 280 90 313 59 329 51
23. O oO 7 7 ex 7 7 221 SalIOSSed0V 01 U0D Control Accessories Controls and Accessories Application Hints e Locate the thermostat where ambient temperatures do not exceed 65 C 150 F e Mount the thermostat in an enclosure that is compatible with the surrounding environment e Immerse the entire sensing bulb in the media being heated e Make sure the sensing bulb is mounted away from the heating element s to negate any undue influence on the sensing bulb s temperature reading e Keep the capillary tube insulated from electrical connections e Do not use a thermostat for high accuracy temperature sensing Use an appropriate thermocouple RTD or thermistor and temperature control Do not use thermostats as a primary power switching device Use a disconnect switch or circuit breaker to cut power when servicing Pilot Duty Wiring SPST 1 phase 1L1 UTE f 120V ac i Interconnected Wiring SPST 1 phase 1L1 1L24 222 e Interconnect the thermostat to the heater only if The heater has one circuit The heater s ampere draw is lower than the thermostat s rated ampacity at prescribed voltage e Interconnect either a single or double pole thermostat with a single phase heater when the supply voltage does not exceed 277V ac for SPST or 480V ac for DPST e Only interconnect three phase delta heaters to DPST thermostats e Use a single pol
24. Switched dc supply voltage 22 to 28V dc dc supply current limited to 30mA Solid State Relay e Optically isolated e Zero cross switched e Without contact suppression e Minimum load current 0 5mA rms e Maximum current 0 5A rms at 20 to 280V ac e Maximum off state leakage current 10UA rms e For resistive loads only must use RC suppression for inductive loads Electromechanical Relay e Form C contact configuration e Minimum load current 10mA 5V dc e Rated resistive and inductive loads 2A 250V ac or 30V dc maximum e Electrical life 100 000 cycles at rated current e For resistive loads only must use RC suppression for inductive loads Retransmit e Range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc e Oto 10V dc voltage output into a 1 0009 minimum load resistance mA ranges 5ygA nominal e Calibration accuracy V dc ranges x15mV mA ranges 30pA e Temperature stability 100ppm C Communications e EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 232 e Opto isolated e Modbus RTU protocol e 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 baud rates e 32 maximum units can be connected With additional 485 repeater hardware up to 247 units may be connected Accuracy e Input ranges Type J O to 750 C 32 to 1382 F Type K 200 to 1250 C 328 to 2282 F Type T 200 to 350 C 328 to 662 F Type N O to 1250 C 32 to 2282 F Type E 200 to 900 C 328 to 1470 F Type C W5 0 to 2315 C
25. Table of Contents Single Loop Accessories Replacement SCRs Current Transformers 97 and Diodes 189 MES Custom Temperature and Adapter Plates 97 Current Transformers 189 Power Controllers 2 Noise Suppression Devices gg Noise Suppression Devices 190 3 Systems Division 3 MulihLon Gontrollans CE Filters for DIN A MITEs 190 D Quick Reference Guide E Auto Tuning PID DIN Rail Mount Fuse Holders 191 gt Manufacturing Facilities DUO an 23 SERIES 998 999 99 Semiconductor Fuses 191 D Sales Support Offices 24 SERIES PD Dual Loop 103 CLS200 eee eee eee ee 107 MLS300 less sitio tache 111 e SERIES DB sz beers 115 PID with Time Temperature Profiling CLES200 xii set esee 119 MESS 5 ex soe tt 123 SERIES FAD stets 127 SERIES NY eot RE 131 MINICHEF 2000 135 Limits Alarms Communication Gateways TLM B LLL 139 EM GATEWAY 05 193 Single Loop Controllers CAS200 qag CDN GATEWAY wo certian 195 Auto Tuning PID PID with Programmable Logic Software SERIES SD31 05 27 cpc400 1437 WATVIEW 5 197 SERIES SD C 29 ppc 2000 154 ANAWINS PPC 199 SERIES SD6GC D iei 33 Multi Loop Accessories WATCONNECT occa cyegta sed 200 SERIES OG Led ey e
26. e MLS316 16 Differential e MLS332 32 Differential Noise Rejection e 120dB at 60Hz Temperature Coefficient e 40 ppm C Temperature Sensors e Thermocouples User selectable type direct connection linearization reference junction compensation reversed and shorted T C detection and upscale break protection with output averaging e RID 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 0 C DIN 0 003850 C Two user selectable ranges offer different resolutions Requires special inputs See Ordering Information Input Range and Accuracy Range Accuracy Type B 66 to 1760 C x4 0 C 150 to 3200 F 7 2 F TypeE 200to 787 C 1 0 C 328 to 1448 F 1 8 F TypeJ 212to 760 C 1 2 C 350 to 1400 F 2 2 F TypeK 268 to 1371 C x1 3 C 450 to 2500 F 2 3 F Type R 18 to 1766 C 2 8 C 0 to 3210 F 5 0 F Type S 18 to 1760 C 2 8 C 0 to 3200 F 5 0 F TypeT 268 to 399 C 1 6 C 450 to 750 F 2 9 F RTD1 DIN 100 0 to 275 0 C amp 1 1 C 148 0 to 527 0 F 2 0 F RTD2 DIN 120 to 840 C 1 6 C 184 to 1544 F 2 9 F Note Accuracy 25 C 77 F ambient Valid for 10 to 100 percent of span except Type B which is specified for 427 C 800 F to 1760 C 3200 F RTD is for 100 percent of span Linear Voltage and Current Inputs Requires special inputs See Ordering Information 0 10mA dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 100mV dc 0 500mV dc 0 1V 0
27. e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum Agency Approvals e UL 508 C UL CSA and CE Coniroller e Microprocessor based user selectable control modes e Single or dual channel universal inputs e Current transformer inputs digital inputs e Up to four programmable outputs e Update rates inputs 10Hz outputs 10Hz Operator Interface e Browser based HMI Human Machine Interface Wiring Termination e Touch safe removable terminals e 14to 22 AWG 100Q Q 0 C calibration to DIN curve 0 00385 Q Q C e Process 0 20mA Q 1009 or 0 10V dc 10kQ input impedance 50 000 bits full scale Digital Inputs e Contact or dc voltage e 10KQ input impedance Current Transformer Inputs e 0 to 50mA CT input into 100 impedance Allowable Input Operating Range Type J 200 to 1200 C 328 to 2192 F Type K 270 to 1370 C 454 to 2500 F Type T 270 to 400 C 454 to 750 F Type N 270 to 1300 C 454 to 2372 F Type E 270 to 975 C 454 to 1790 F Type C O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type D to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type PTII O to 1395 C 32 to 2543 F Type R O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type S O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type B O to 1815 C 32 to 3300 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Process V O to 10V dc Process O to 20mA Open collector switched dc Open collector 42V dc maximum 0 5A Switched
28. e UL 873 recognized temperature regulator e UL 197 reviewed for use in cooking appliances e ANSI Z21 23 Gas appliance thermostat approval e DIN 3440 Temperature control and limiting devices for heat generating systems e CSA C22 2 24 approved limit control applied for e FM Class 3545 temperature limit switches applied for Terminals e 6 3 mm 0 25 in quick connect push on terminal Power e 24V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 230 to 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 10VA maximum power consumption e Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Operating Environment e Oto 70 C 32 to 158 F Oto 90 percent RH non condensing e Storage temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Dimensions e DIN rail model can be DIN rail or chassis mount DIN rail spec DIN 50022 35 mm x 7 5 mm 1 38 in x 0 30 in Style DIN rail 78 1 mm 112 3 mm 90 7 mm 3 08 in 4 42 in 3 57 in Square 72 4 mm 72 4 mm Behind panel DIN panel 2 85 in 2 85 in 51 7 mm 2 04 in Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below SERIES LV Limit controller with eight amp relay output Rotary set point adjustment four character Seven segment display reset switch LV Power Supply C 120V ac E 230 to 240V
29. mA 2 outputs Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 100 240V ac 24Vz ac dc SERIES SD31 Page 27 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 3 outputs 2 outputs on x DIN Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 100 240V ac 24Vx ac dc SERIES SD_C Page 29 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES SD6C_D Page 33 Watlow USA Manufacturing Fac 1 1 universal 2 outputs 100 240V ac Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Function Control Heat Cool Alarm 24Vx ac dc Hardware Switched dc SSR EMR V dc mA ility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 1 universal 4 outputs 100 240V ac Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Function Control Heat Cool Alarm 24Vx ac dc 1 auxiliary Retransmit Functions Event Remote Set point input Hardware V dc Resistance contact Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA SERIES 96 Page 35 4 dm Watlow USA Manufacturing Fac 1 ility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 2 auxiliary Functions Event Remote Set point Slidewire Potentiometer Current transformer Cascade Differential Ratio Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Res
30. z ANAWIN3 and y LOGICPRO software applications are ideal to use with the PPC 2000 SERIES See pages 199 and 201 for more information and ordering details 151 c fe 152 PID with Programmable Logic Controllers PPC 2000 SERIES PPC 2000 Single Controller System Analog Input Encoder In ANAWIN HMI Software Processor y Analog Out LOGICPRO Software Power Supply Operator Interface Panel E Av anal B ure Encoder Input Terminal Block i 1 Digital y o Terminal Block Analog Input Terminal Block PPC 2000 System Specifications General CPU Specifications e Control loops 48 max e System power 12 28V dc e Maximum number of modules per PID tuning auto tune or manual e Storage temperature 20 C to system 10 e Output types time proportioning 70 C 4 F to 158 F e Communications 2 serial ports distributed zero crossing or analog e Operating temperature 0 C to EIA 232 EIA 485 e Alarms high low process 60 C 32 F to 140 F e Protocol Modbus RTU deviation with configurable outputs e Humidity 10 to 95 percent e Programmable logic Ladder Safety and Agency Approvals non condensing SFC FBD e UL amp C UL 3121 1 Listed e Mounting DIN rail or panel mount HMI ANAWINS File E212113 e Module dimensions 203 2 mm Windows995 98 NT 2000 XP e CE Safety EN 61010 1 8 0 in H x 82 6 mm Process Control Specifications e CE EMC EN 6
31. 1 7 in DE 7 9 o Depth 105mm 4 06 in rj pe 15 mm upa 105 mm 0 68 in 4 06 Ta de dus M DUE REIR System Diagram High Limit Mower conuallek Conant Heater o Thermocouple Thermocouple Limit Sensor Temperature Sensor SERIES LV Limit Controller Recorder SERIES F4S The SERIES F4S 4 DIN industrial ramping controllers offer an easy to set up and operate solution for the most demanding ramp and soak processing applications The features and performance of these units make them ideally suited for environmental chamber or furnace and oven applications The F4S is a competitively priced controller which features a four line high definition LCD interface display that makes profile programming and controller configuration significantly faster and easier A 16 bit micro processor supports all the accuracy and performance advantages you have come to expect from a Watlow controller Up to 256 steps can be programmed into as many as 40 nameable profiles Profiles can be programmed to wait for events or for up to three different process variables A guaranteed soak feature allows you to set how closely your process needs to be controlled The four digital event inputs can be programmed to remotely start pause or terminate any of your preprogrammed process recipes The eight event outputs are segment programmable or three of them can be assigned to pr
32. 120 1065 x 915 x 255 42 x 36 x 10 NEMA 12 Panel 11 mm Dia Typical 0 4375 in ae oe 16 mm 0 625 in A Height 16 mm 0 625 in 31 mm gt 4 lls mm 1 1875 in Depth 0 1875 in CON 50 610 x 510 x 205 24 x 20 x 8 100 760 x 610 x 205 30 x 24 x 8 150 amp 200 1030 x 915 x 205 42 x 36 x 8 300 1524 x 915 x 305 60 x 36 x 12 Options e NEMA 4 e NEMA 4X e NEMA 1 e NEMA 7 e Other Watlow temperature and limit controllers e UL listing per UL 508 e Other third part certification e Special paint e Other custom features available upon request lol O O00 p E ol UU Ug rl 76 mm Bin Width Accessories e Air conditioning mechanical cooling e Air flow switch e Alarm with alarm silence push button e Amperage meter e Back up mechanical contactors per load circuit e Circuit breaker e Conformal coating e Control panel UL listed per UL 508 e Control relay e Enclosure heater e Expedited shipping date e Fungicide protection Ground fault detection with relay Installation operation and maintenance manual Interlocks Mechanical cooling Motor starters NFPA 496 Purge for Class 1 Division 2 areas Pilot light 120V ac Purge systems to meet NFPA 496 Type Z Purge for Class 1 Division 2 Groups B C
33. 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 600 75A DC1 75 600V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 1200 6000 0 28 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 600 25A AC1 25 600V ac 90 280V ac 10mA 250 260 1 02 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 600 50A AC1 50 600V ac 90 280V ac 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 600 75A AC1 75 600V ac 90 280V ac 10mA 1200 6000 0 28 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 10A RND 10 240V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 120 60 1 48 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac Random SSR 480 50A RND 50 480V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 48 530V ac 1200V ac Random SSR 480 75A RND 75 480V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 1000 4150 0 31 C W 47 63Hz 48 530V ac 1200V ac Random SSR 100 20A DC1 20 100V dc 3 32V dc 0 3mA NA NA 1 06 C W N A 0 100V dc N A Availability Stock Same day shipment Power Controllers Solid State Relays SSRs Application Hints Thermal Transfer A thermal foil is provided with each solid state relay for mounting on the base of the relay to improve heat transfer In addition two bevel washers are supplied to provide the proper pressure for the transfer of heat Use two 8 32 screws 15 8 mm 0 625 in long to secure the relay to the heatsink See the derating curve Temperature Operating Curve for operation without heatsinks Note This r
34. 16 0044 100amp 5amp 16 0072 125 amp 5 amp 16 0008 150amp 5amp 16 0045 200 amp Samp 16 0073 300 amp 5 amp Interstage Transformer 16 0176 5 amp 20mA Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below Adapter plates to reduce panel cutout size Adapter Plate Size and Configuration Note An interstage transformer code no 16 0176 is required with any current transformer rated 75 amps or above 9Superceeds code numbers 16 0230 16 0231 16 0232 16 0233 Use two wire passes through the current transformer 16 0008 for 75 amp applications 0216 08 POO TT 65 DIN to single horizontal or vertical 4 DIN 66 DIN to single DIN 95 DIN to single horizontal DIN 96 DIN to dual horizontal 4 DIN 67 Vertical DIN to 4c DIN 97 Vertical DIN to single horizontal 4 DIN 98 Vertical DIN to dual horizontal 2 DIN 99 Horizontal DIN to horizontal 2 DIN 859 95x 170 mm 3 75 in x 6 75 in blank plate no cutout 869 95x 170 mm 3 75 in x 6 75 in to dual e DIN 87 9 95x 170 mm 3 75 in x 6 75 in to single DIN 88 95x 170 mm 3 75 in x 6 75 in to single 4 DIN Finish 2 Black anodize 3 Stainless steel Available in stainless steel finish only gt O eo O O z o 7 97 doo ajbuls 98 Single Loop Controllers Accessories Replacement Parts Description Code No SERIE
35. 20 and 22 gauge panels e Internal panel mounting requires a specified panel cutout and four 16 32 studs or equivalent e Vibration 2g 10 to 150Hz applied in any one of three axes Dimensions Overall width x height x depth Horizontal 105 mm x 83 mm x 51 mm 4 13 in x 3 25 in x 2 00 in Vertical 83 mm x 105 mm x 51 mm 3 25 in x 4 13 in x 2 00 in Assumes mating connectors are attached Does not include wire bundle space requirements Weight e 6 50 oz maximum Program Storage e All non embedded user and factory programs are stored in non volatile memory Can be changed by reprogramming Sample Update Rates e 1 input 4Hz e 2 inputs 4Hz PID 1Hz Control outputs 100Hz Display 10Hz Lexan is a registered trademark of General Electric Corporation Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below F2HA MINICHEF 2000 Cooking controller with numerous foodservice equipment application software sets single and dual channel on off or PID temperature regulation timer and machine function control micro processor based programmable auto tuning WATCURVE WATHELP diagnostics 24V ac power input agency approved flush mounted mem brane faceplate supplied by customer Two switch contact event inputs Inputs 1 Dualthermocouple Type J K or E 2 DualRTD platinum 100 curve selectable 3 DualRTD platinum 500 curve
36. 480 3 120 240 3 60 380 3 95 480 3 120 240 3 60 380 3 95 480 3 120 240 3 80 380 3 125 480 3 160 240 3 80 380 3 125 480 3 160 240 3 80 380 3 125 480 3 160 240 3 80 380 3 125 480 3 160 240 3 120 380 3 190 480 3 240 240 3 120 380 3 190 480 3 240 240 3 120 380 3 190 480 3 240 240 3 120 380 3 190 480 3 240 240 3 120 380 3 190 480 3 240 Fused Est Ship Code Circuits Weight No lbs Dan RR RARO OQ NN N HH HPAPWBWHWH NNHNNHHH AAA UOUOOUOUO HH 450 271 371 471 273 373 473 274 374 474 281 381 481 282 382 482 283 383 483 284 384 484 291 391 491 292 392 492 293 393 493 294 394 494 296 396 496 DIN A MITE Solid State Power Controller Nominal Voltage E WWW WWW vuU aa 6 12 19 24 16 6 26 3 33 2 33 2 52 6 66 5 49 8 78 9 99 7 Fused Est Ship Code Circuits Weight No lbs GO CO GT ho PO PO Se ee ek E 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 230 230 230 375 375 375 111 211 311 411 231 331 431 232 332 432 233 333 433 MDR Mercury Displacement Relay Fused Est Ship Code Circuits Weight No lbs Nominal Voltage 240 380 480 WWWWWWH WWWWWW WWW WWW H 12 19 24 20 32 40 40 62 80 60 95 120 60 95 120 80 125 160 120 190 240 1 135 221 1 135 321 1 135 421 1 135 241 1 135 341 1 135 4
37. 5 percent e Isolated EIA 485 Modbus serial Type C O to 2315 C e 24V ac dc 10 15 percent communications 9600 19 2K or 32 to 4200 F 50 60Hz 5 percent 38 4K baud rates Type D O to 2315 C a TOVA meum povel Wiring Termination Touch Safe 32 to 4200 F consumption Terminals Type PTII O to 1395 C e Data retention upon power failure Input power and control outputs ier dar oda via nonvolatile memory 12 to 22 AWG Type R O to 1760 C Environment e Sensor inputs and process 32 to 3200 F 18 to 65 C 0 to 149 F operating outputs 20 to 28 AWG Type S O to 1760 C temperature Universal Input 32 to 3200 F e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage Thermocouple grounded or TIPOS A oe temperature ungrounded sensors 32 to 3300 F e RTD 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 FTD DIN 200 to 800 C Oto 90 percent RH non condensin TH 14790 r 0 C calibration to DIN curve 328 to 1472 F pe 0 00385 Q Q C Process 1999 to 9999 units e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage e Calibration ambient temperature 25 C 8 C 77 F 5 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum Agency Approvals e UL 3121 C UL CSA CE NEMA AX IP65 e Limit version features FM approval e NSF for Type J K T amp E thermocouples Controller e Micro
38. C 184 to 1544 F 2 9 F Note Accuracy 25 C 77 F ambient Valid for 10 to 100 percent of span except Type B which is specified for 427 C to 1760 C 800 F to 3200 F RTD is for 100 percent of span Linear Voltage and Current Inputs Requires scaling resistors See Special Inputs in Ordering Information 0 10mA dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 100mV dc 0 500mV dc 0 1V dc 0 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 12V dc Other ranges available Consult factory Pulse Input e One TTL level square wave input up to 2kHz Input Sampling Rate 60Hz Each channel has the following scans per second e CLS204 6 samples per second update time 0 167 sec e CLS208 3 samples per second update time 0 333 sec e CLS216 1 5 samples per second update time 0 667 sec Internal Measurement Resolution 0 006 percent greater than 14 bits Calibration e Automatic zero and full scale Digital Inputs e TTL level used for selecting recipes or jobs or R S triggers e Eight inputs and one pulse input with 50 pin terminal board option e Two inputs and pulse input or three inputs with 18 pin terminal block option Digital Outputs e 34 digital outputs are available with 50 pin terminal board option e 10 control outputs with 18 pin terminal block option e One or two control outputs are user assigned for each loop e Fach control output can be configured for on off time proportioning or distributed ze
39. C 32 to 131 F e 0 90 percent RH non condensing e Shipping and storage temperature 40 to 70 C 104 to 158 F Dimensions Control e Length 112 5 mm 4 428 in e Width 91 8 mm 3 615 in e Height 38 1 mm 1 500 in e Weight 0 3402 kg 0 75 Ib Set Pot Assembly e Pot depth behind 12 7 mm 0 5 in e Shaft depth in front 25 4 mm 1 0 in e Lead length 1066 8 mm 42 in Weight 0 01 kg 0 03 Ib Agency Approvals e UL 873 and C UL recognized Terminals e Quick connects 6 4 mm 0 25 in Accuracy e Calibration accuracy 10 F e 120V ac line 102 min 132 max VRMS e 240V ac line 204 min 264 max VRMS e Switching differential 2 min 4 max F Positive off switch point 5 min 25 max mechanical degree from CCW Ordering Information 80M6 2623 2AAD 65 5 to 287 8 C 150 to 550 F 80M6 2624 2AAD 10 to 121 1 C 50 to 250 F 80M6 2634 2AAD 10 to 218 3 C 50 to 425 F Wiring Diagram L2 oc O Li 240 Li 120 NO COM T C I 3 TIC O O Set Pot Cutout 13 49 mm 0 79 mm 0 531 in 0 031 in 0 3900 0 1560 SERIES SD R The SERIES SD family of PID temperature controllers utilizes today s advanced technology to provide the value benefits and accuracy you ve come to expect from Watlow The features and performance o
40. E o 93 Limits Alarms F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES 97 Panel Cutout 44 958 mm x 44 958 mm 1 77 in X 1 77 in pz 52 070 mm e4 2 050 in Y I 12 3 4 g I 910 0 Been E 107 747 mm 4 242 in 98 425 mm 3 875 in Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below 97 SERIES 97 Microprocessor based 7 DIN with universal input 1 thermocouple and RTD Options include software power supply input 2 four outputs and display color Power Supply A 100 240Vx ac dc B 24 28Vx ac dc Auxiliary Input 2 0 None 1 Event input Limit Output 1 D Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression Alarm Output 2 A None C Switched dc output open collector D Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression K 0 5A Solid State Relay without RC suppression Alarm Output 3 A None D Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression Auxiliary Output 4 A None D Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression R 232 Communications U 485 Communications M Universal Retransmit range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V do 1 5V dc 0 10V dc Software Preset Parameters O0 Standard software Display Overlay Upper Lower RR Red Red display RG Red Green display GR
41. LOGICPRO graphical logic pro gramming software package allows integration of programmable logic functionality into this new breed of multi loop controller Develop with easy to use drag and drop tools then simulate and debug your program before downloading to the PPC 2000 Applications e Semiconductor processing equipment e Electronic packaging equipment e Plastic extrusion and thermoforming equipment e Applications requiring 16 or more temperature or analog inputs Features and Benefits Up to 48 PID control loops e Precisely control a large number of temperature zones and process loops with a single controller Advanced auto iune on all loops e Quickly optimize PID parameters Integrated programmable logic control e Eliminates hard wired relay logic or stand alone PLC e Shares data between process control and logic functions Fill in the blank setup e Easily setup and monitor closed loop control High density mixed analog input modules e Connect any combination of T C RTDs linear dc current or voltage on the same input module Flexible and expandable I O platform e Saves cost and space by customizing a system to the exact I O requirement ANAWIN and LOGICPRO graphical software tools e Easily configure monitor and maintain processes e Add custom functionality to support application requirements au o e v fe Q o 3 3 EU z 7 r 7 Watlow Anafaze s
42. NEMA 4X IP65 e Limit version features FM approval e NSF for Type J K T and E thermocouples Controller e Microprocessor based user selectable control modes e Single universal input up to three outputs e Control sampling rates Input 6 5Hz Display 10Hz and Outputs 6 5Hz Dimensions Behind Panel Width Height LEG e Operator Interface e Dual 4 digit 7 segment LED displays e Advance infinity and up down keys Optional IrDA infrared port not available on Y DIN e solated EIA 485 Modbus serial communications 9600 19 2K or 38 4K baud rates Wiring Termination Touch Safe Terminals e Input power and control outputs 12 to 22 AWG e Sensor inputs and process outputs 20 to 28 AWG Universal Input e Thermocouple grounded or ungrounded sensors e RID 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 0 C calibration to DIN curve 0 00385 Q Q C Process 0 20mA Q 1009 or 0 10V dc 20kQ input impedance Scalable e Inverse scaling e gt 20MQ input impedance e Maximum of 20Q source resistance 22 DIN 97 8 mm 52 6 mm 29 7 mm 3 85 in 2 07 in 1 17 in As DIN 97 8 mm 52 1 mm 52 1 mm 3 85 in 2 05 in 2 05 in DIN 97 8 mm 52 8 mm 99 8 mm Vertical 3 85 in 2 08 in 3 93 in DIN 97 8 mm 99 8 mm 52 8 mm Horizontal 3 85 in 3 93 in 2 08 in DIN 101 1 mm 99 8 mm 99 8 mm 3 98 in 3 93 in 3 93 in Allowable Operating Range Type
43. Output 2 Closed Loop PID ib on off Control Open Loop Percent Power Control Alarm Transmitter Power Supply Alarm Transmitter Power Supply Analog Retransmit Output 4 Alarm Transmitter Power Supply Serial Communications Serial communications e Support for one on one as well as remote networking of controllers UL CE and NEMA 4X IP65 approvals e Help ensure product and operator safety Dual digital displays e Provide simultaneous viewing of the set point and the actual process Three year warranty e Provides Control Confidence Applications e Any process requiring cascade e ratio burst fire or slidewire feedback control Food processing Packaging Plastics processing Semiconductor manufacturing To effect NEMA 4X IP65 rating requires a minimum mounting panel thickness of 1 5 mm 0 06 in and surface finish not rougher than 0 000812 mm 0 000032 in Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life 39 40 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES 988 989 Enhanced Software Cascade Control Cascade control is a control strategy in which one control loop provides the set point for another loop It allows the process or part temperature to be reached quickly while minimizing overshoot Cascade is used to optimize the perfor
44. RTD or scalable process inputs A second analog input can be factory configured for a slidewire feedback input common in gas valve control With up to two event inputs the SERIES 981 982 offers remote program start or hold capability and allows the operator to program a wait for event Performance Capabilities e Exceptional accuracy to 0 1 percent of span Operating environment O to 55 C 32 to 130 F Features and Benefits Four files six steps per file Meets the need of most time temperature profile applications files may be linked together Auto tuning of both heat and cool outputs e Provide easy operation with one step tuning of system parameters Optional dual auxiliary outputs e Give flexibility to time based events or alarm outputs Auto tune Heat Cool on e Eases La Output 1 WATLOW gt Input 1 Type B C D E J 2l K N R S TorPt2 fm Thermocouple DIN JIS RTD or PROCESS Process Input 2 Slidewire or b Digital Event Input 3 Digital Event SERIES 982 S PID on off Control Output 2 eub PID on off Control Alarm Transmitter Power Supply Output 3 dumb Alarm Transmitter Power Supply Analog Retransmit Event Output 4 Alarm Transmitter Power Supply Optional retransmit of set point or process variable e For master programmer or chart recorder connection Hardware and software parameter lockou
45. Watlow output options along with retransmit and communications Up to three outputs can be defined as a power supply output to power external signal conditioners eliminating the need for an external power supply The output types are recognized by the controller to simplify setup and operation with no need for DIP switches Three Inputs Allow Greater Flexibility To accommodate unique system configurations the SERIES 988 offers two universal analog inputs and one event digital input The event input allows the operator to select a function at the close of a switch This can lock out the front panel switch PID values go to a remote or second set point etc The inputs are optically isolated from all outputs eliminating the need for external isolation circuitry Specifications Control Mode Dual input quad output optional retransmit of set point or process variable Programmable direct and reverse acting control outputs e One step auto tuning Agency Approvals e CE e 89 336 EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive e EN 50081 2 1994 Emissions e EN 50082 2 1994 Immunity e 73 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive e EN 61010 1 1993 Safety e UL 873 C UL File 43684 e NEMA 4X Operator Interface ocal remote set point capability Dual 4 digit LED displays Upper 10 mm 0 4 in Lower 8 mm 0 3 in e MODE AUTO MAN DISPLAY UP and DOWN keys Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor
46. Winona Minnesota On Off Cont DIN square UL CSA CE On off Single line 1 percent None 72mm x 72mm ANSI gas appliance 4 digit LED span 2 83 in x 2 83 in or DIN rail mount SERIES CV Page 57 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN square UL CSA CE On off None 1 percent None 72mm x 72 mm or ANSI gas appliance span 2 83 in x 2 83 in DIN rail mount or open board or potted case SERIES CF Page 59 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Open board UL C UL On off None 10 F None SERIES 80M6 Page 61 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota P o 3 D gt 2 e o P o i D Quick Reference Guide Controller Single Loop PID with Time Temperature Profiling 1 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 3 outputs 2 on SD3R Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 100 240V ac 24x ac dc SERIES SD R Page 63 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 2 outputs Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware Switched dc SSR EMR V dc mA 100 240V ac 24x ac dc SERIES SD6R D Page 67 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota
47. Zero Cross SSR 240 10A AC1 10 120 90 280V ac 10mA 120 60 1 48 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 25A AC1 25 120 90 280V ac 10mA 250 260 1 02 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 40A AC1 40 120 90 280V ac 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 50A AC1 50 120 90 280V ac 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 75A AC1 75 120 90 280V ac 10mA 1000 4150 0 31 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 480 25A DC1 25 480V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 250 260 1 02 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 480 50A DC1 50 480V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 480 75A DC1 75 480V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 1000 4150 0 31 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 480 25A AC1 25 480V ac 90 280V ac 10mA 250 260 1 02 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 480 50A AC1 50 480V ac 90 280V ac 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 480 75A AC1 75 480V ac 90 280V ac 10mA 1000 4150 0 31 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 600 25A DC1 25 600V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 250 260 1 02 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac 1200V ac Zero Cross SSR 600 50A DC1 50 600V ac 4 32V dc 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 48 660V ac
48. e o e o P D Customer Assistance Japan Canadian Sales Offices Italy Watlow Japan Ltd Ontario Watlow Italy S r l Azabu Embassy Heights 106 Via Meucci 14 1 11 12 Akasaka Minato Ku Tokyo Japan 107 0052 Phone 011 81 3 5403 4688 FAX 011 81 3 5575 3373 Sales Territory Japan Korea Watlow Korea Co Ltd 3rd FI Taehong Bldg 20 6 Yangjae dong Seocho gu Seoul Korea 137 130 Phone 82 2 575 9804 FAX 82 2 575 9831 Sales Territory Korea Malaysia Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd 38B Jalan Tun Dr Awang 11900 Bayan Lepas Penang Malaysia Phone 60 4 641 5977 FAX 60 4 641 5979 Sales Territory Malaysia Singapore Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd 55 Ayer Rajah Crescent 03 23 Singapore 139949 Phone 65 67739488 FAX 65 67780323 Sales Territory Singapore South East Asia Hong Kong India China Sales Support Taiwan Watlow Taiwan 10F 1 No 189 Chi Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung Taiwan 801 Phone 886 7 288 5168 FAX 886 7 288 5568 Sales Territory Taiwan 26 Watlow Ontario 60 Bristol Road East Suite 460 Mississauga Ontario L4Z 3K8 Canada Phone 905 979 3507 FAX 905 979 4296 Quebec and Atlantic Canada Watlow Quebec amp Atlantic Canada C P 68084 Blainville Quebec J7C 4Z4 Canada Phone 450 433 1309 FAX 450 433 0457 Western Canada Watlow Western Canada 9912 Lougheed Highway Burnaby British Columbia V3J 1N3 Canada Phone 604 444 4881 Fax 604 444 4
49. e Easy to change sensor types at the last minute e Less to learn less inventory Sensor fail detection e Reduces time troubleshooting reversed shorted and open sensors High low process and deviation alarms for each input e Configure alarms as needed to integrate with PLC or other control elements TIA EIA 232 and 485 communications e Use software to configure and operate e Integrate with other controllers and software 34 digital outputs e Flexible configuration use outputs as needed for control alarms process variable retransmit and ramp soak events CIM300 option e Small footprint per loop e Reduced installation time Watlow Anafaze s WATVIEW software is ideal to use with the MLS300 SERIES See for more information and ordering details 123 124 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers 16 32 Loop MLS300 SERIES Specifications Ramp and Soak e Up to 17 profiles e Up to 20 steps per profile e Up to 2 trigger inputs per step e Up to 4 event outputs per step e Up to 99 repeat cycles e One external reset digital input e Time base minutes seconds or hours minutes Operator Interface e 32 character vacuum fluorescent display e Eight key keypad to access guided menus and prompts enter passkey sequence set values switch between single channel and multiple channel displays e Controllers configuration can be loaded through the standard serial port Analog Inputs
50. e Fast start up and installation time Thermocouple and RTD input e Allows use of a low cost sensor of your choice Serial communications e Support for one on one as well as remote networking of controllers Applications Plastics Packaging Food processing Semiconductor Laboratory Process sejosuo 01 U09 211 Oo 2 3 me 2 o lt o D 3 2 Control Systems F O B Winona Minnesota Control Consoles Mini Control Consoles The mini series is the smallest and most compact control console offered but features are not limited The mini utilizes a Watlow SERIES SD controller which can be set to a number of different control modes The solid state relay provides longer heater life and a lower cost than other power switching devices The heater output is pre wired for your convenience The AMP Mate n Lok heater connector makes installation quick and easy Mate n Lok is a registered trademark of AMP Company 212 Features e Small foot print Pre wired output e AMP Mate n Lok output connection 2 pin e Miniature thermocouple connector e Watlow SERIES SD controller e On off rocker switch Specifications Controller e Watlow SERIES SD SD3C Dimensions e 76 mm H x 90 mm W x 180 mm D 3 0 in H x 8 5 in W x 7 1 in D Output Power Switching e 8 amp maximum load e Output is powered through the line cord Power Requirements e 120V ac 10
51. library provides four easy to use functions open port close port read data and write data To use these functions the programmer just needs to know the communications port settings and address of the desired data For more information please contact your local Watlow representative Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Modbus is trademark of AEG Schneider Corporation 200 Features and Benefits Allows communication with one to 247 controllers e Scalable Safe for multithreaded applications e Several parts of a program can use the same communications port Single source solution e Eliminates multiple vendors e Assures compatibility e Saves time and money License agreement allows user written applications to be distributed royalty free e Adds no recurring cost to applications Sample code provided for Visual C and Visual Basic environments Easy to follow examples shorten the learning curve Reads and writes all standard Modbus data table locations coils inputs and registers e Allows access to all controller parameters Can handle custom named ports such as serial port expanders e Assures flexibility Software LOGICPRO Logic Programming Software for PPC 2000 and CPC400 LOGICPRO LOGICPRO is a Windows based graphical logic programming software package LOGICPRO is the perfect counterpart to the powerful multi loop PID control
52. overview screens e Use ANAWINS Developer edition to create custom screens easily ANAWINS s Custom Overviews COVs incorporate your graphic images such as digital camera photos with real time data from the controllers to make a custom interface You can also use ANAWINS s AnaMator program to create animated sequences which can show your actual process in action Custom Overview s created with the Developer edition can be used with any ANAWING edition Ordering Information ANAWIN3 C ANAWIN3 HMI Configurator Edition ANAWIN3 R ANAWINS3 HMI Runtime Edition ANAWIN3 D ANAWIN3 HMI Developer Edition 9JeM oS pue XN T2 uoneoiunWWwo 199 Software WATCONNECT Communications Library WATCONNECT is Watlow s new Windows based software library for Modbus RTU communications This software tool kit makes it easy for programmers working in Visual Basic C C and Visual C to develop Windows applications that commun icate with Watlow controllers using the Modbus RTU protocol The simplicity of the interface insures a short learning curve and shortened development times for Human Machine Interface or other appli cations that communicate with controllers The main benefit of the tool kit is that the programmer does not need to learn the details of the Modbus protocol or the operation of a Windows serial port to successfully develop programs that read and set parameter values in controllers The
53. set point changes alarm management and error notification The browser can be used to monitor the process make set point changes manage alarms and generate e mails to notify remote locations of an alarm condition The gateway communicates with Watlow controllers via a Modbus EIA 485 EIA 232 communications network Watlow controllers supported by the EM GATEWAY include e SERIES 981 982 e SERIES 988 989 e SERIES 998 999 e SERIES 96 97 e SERIES F4 e SERIES SD e POWER SERIES e CLS200 e MICRODIN WATVIEW Watlow s Windows based HMI Human Machine Interface software can utilize the gateway to configure as well as These controllers are not supported by WATVIEW Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Modbus is a trademark of Schneider Automation Incorporated operate monitor and data log key control parameters such as process value set point and alarm status The EM GATEWAY supports up to 16 controllers in any combination making it ideal for applications that require multiple loops of control The EM GATEWAY is a standard product available from stock for quick shipment and is backed by a three year warranty Features and Benefits Ethernet Internet connectivity e Allows the user to operate and monitor their process remotely Embedded Web Server e Remote operation amp process monitoring with standard web browsers Dedicated web page design e Web pages s
54. 101 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES 998 999 Sample Update Rates e 1 input 10Hz e 2 inputs 5Hz e Retransmit 1Hz e Remote set point 1Hz e PID 10Hz e Outputs 10Hz e Display 2Hz Operating Environment e Oto 65 C 32 to 149 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Storage Temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Terminals e 6 compression universal head screws accepts 28 to 14 gauge wire Controller Weight e 0 45kg 1 0 Ib Shipping Weight e 1 35 kg 3 1 Ibs Dimensions Vertical Orientation Overall Height 100 mm 4 03 in Width 55 mm 2 18 in Depth 120 mm 4 74 in Bezel Height 100 mm 4 03 in Width 55 mm 2 18 in Depth 15 mm 0 68 in Chassis Height 90 mm 3 6 in Width 45 mm 1 7 in Depth 105 mm 4 06 in i 100 mm WATLOW 4 03 in Q g g g WATLOW Er AHHH 4 g PROCESS E 100 mm toe E E NL 1A 2A 1B 2B 4 03 in ggg CHA CHA CHB MANL CHB gt A 2 n SERIES 999 Q D Adjustable Panel Y Mounting Bracket 55 mm i 2 18 in EK e s Il Panel Cutout Maximum Panel s c Thickness 90 mm 9 65 mm 0 38 in n n 3 6 in 92 mm 0 8 lll QW C
55. 12 Model 2 4 Metal 12 4X Fiberglass 10 Power Switching Options e Electromechanical relay contactor amp e E SAFE9 RELAYS e SCR DIN A MITEs9 6 10 6 12 9375 8 14 375 6 12 75 10 8 6 10 9375 6 Consult specific model option information for availability Electromechanical relays are not recommended for PID control They are warranted for only 100 000 contact closures Application at stated ampacity is sensitive to ambient temperature amp Assembly Stock units with catalog options Availability Assembly Stock Five to 10 working days Modified Stock Five to 10 working days Made to Order 15 working days Options complexity and quantity may affect availability and lead times Consult factory Control Systems F O B Wright City MO Control Boxes Control Box Model 1 Process and High Limit Controller Base Model CBCVJ4XLVJLD30 Includes SERIES CV on off controller Type J input 0 to 315 C 32 to 600 F CB NEMA 4X fiberglass box LOT TT TT TT 305 x 254 x 152 mm 12 x 10 x 6 in SERIES LV high limit with Type J input O to 750 C 32 to 1382 F E SAFE RELAY Mechanical relay for high limit circuit isolation Illuminated on off control switch Control fusing Options Choose Only One In Each Category Controller Function Input Range Code No SERIES CV On off TypeJ 0 to 315 C 32 to 600 F CVJ SERIES CV On off Type K 0 t
56. 15 plug e 208 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent NEMA 6 15 plug Heavy duty dual or controller limit e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent NEMA 5 20 plug Sensor Input e Factory selectable thermocouple e Miniature thermocouple jack and plug Output Configuration e Factory selectable AMP Mate n Lok connector A twist and lock connector e Mating connector provided Operating Environment e 0 to 45 C 32 to 149 F e 0 to 90 percent RH non condensing Weight e 5 Ibs 2 3 kg Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below Dual Control Console Control DUAL TIT TT 00 A SERIES 96 with ramp and soak B SERIES 96 SERIES 97 with ramp and soak 4 SERIES 96 5 SERIES SD s2 DIN 7 SERIES SD 1 16 DIN 8 SERIES 96 SERIES 97 controller limit 9 Input J Type J thermocouple K Type K thermocouple SERIES SD6C SERIES SD6L controller limit T Type T thermocouple R RTD 2 wire Display SERIES 96 97 SD RG Red Green only color option available on SD 1 32 DIN RR Red Red GG Green Green only available on SERIES 96 and SERIES 97 GR Green Red only available on SERIES 96 and SERIES 97 Output Connector 1 AMP Mate n Lok 2 Twist and lock Line Voltage Power 1 120V ac 4A per zone 8A total 2 208 240V ac 4A per zone 8A total 3 120V ac 4A per zone 16A total
57. 1inW PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota 4 8 16 Loop Ordering Information CLS200 SERIES To order complete the code number to the right with the information below RN SPP Number of Channels zm 04 Achannel 08 8channel 16 16channel Note Controller is configured for Controller Type thermocouples and 10 to GOmV dc 1 Standard EPROM linear inputs For other sensors order 2 Extruder special inputs see below For analog 3 Ramp and soak outputs order DAC or SDAC modules 4 Enhanced features see page 159 For easy setup order Terminal BIGeN WATVIEW software see page 197 O Noterminal block accessory 1 18 pin terminal block CLS204 and CLS208 only 2 2 50 pin terminal block installed includes 3 foot SCSI cable Power Supply O No power supply 2 120 240V ac 50 60Hz power supply adapter 5V dc 4A 15V dc 1 2A CE approved SCSI Cables O No SCSI cable 3 foot cable included with 50 pin terminal block 1 6 foot SCSI cable 2 3 foot right angle SCSI cable 3 6 foot right angle SCSI cable Serial Communication Cables O Noserial communications cable 1 10 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire 2 25 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire 3 50 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire Serial Communication Jumper Settings O EIA TIA 232 1 EIA TIA 485 2 EIA TIA
58. 2 Serial Communication Jumper 0 1 2 Special Inputs 5V dc 4A 15V dc 1 2A CE approved No special SCSI cable 3 foot cable is included with 50 pin terminal board 6 foot SCSI cable 3 foot right angle SCSI cable 6 foot right angle SCSI cable No serial communications cable 10 foot EIA TIA 232 comm cable DB 9 female RJ12 phone plug 25 foot EIA TIA 232 comm cable DB 9 female RJ12 phone plug 50 foot EIA TIA 232 comm cable DB 9 female RJ12 phone plug EIA TIA 485 terminal block with 2 foot cable EIA TIA 485 terminal block with 4 foot cable No special cable 4 foot cable comes with input module 10 foot cable RJ45 connector RJ45 connector 25 foot cable RJ45 connector RJ45 connector EIA TIA 232 EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 485 terminated Standard unit is configured for thermocouples and 10 to 60 mV linear inputs For other sensors order special inputs 00 XX Special Input Type 20 21 43 44 50 52 53 55 56 57 Start Channel Thermocouples and 10 to 60 mV inputs only Number of current voltage or RTD inputs Include leading zero as needed MLS300SI 7 D pe tt CET RTD 1 0 1 Platinum 100 to 275 C 148 to 527 F RTD 2 1 Platinum 120 to 840 C 184 to 1544 F 0 10mA dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 100mV dc 0 500mV dc 0 1V dc 0 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 12V dc XX Channe
59. 2407 Big Bear Court Columbia MO 65202 Phone 573 443 8817 FAX 573 443 8818 Watlow Columbia Flexible Manufactures e Flexible Heaters 2101 Pennsylvania Drive Columbia MO 65202 Phone 573 474 9402 FAX 573 474 5859 of Watlow 909 Horan Drive Fenton MO 63026 Phone 866 449 6846 FAX 636 349 5352 Hannibal Missouri Watlow Hannibal Manufactures e Circulation Heaters Duct Heaters Immersion Heaters Multicell Heaters Tubular Heaters Thick Film Heaters 6 Industrial Loop Road P O Box 975 Hannibal MO 63401 Phone 573 221 2816 FAX Tubular Process Multicell 573 221 3723 FAX Thick Film 573 221 7578 Richmond Illinois Watlow Richmond Manufactures e RTDs Thermocouples Thermistors e Thermocouple Wire and Cable e Temperature Measurement Devices 5710 Kenosha Street P O Box 500 Richmond IL 60071 Phone 815 678 2211 FAX 815 678 3961 St Louis Missouri World Headquarters and Watlow St Louis Manufactures e Band Heaters Cable Heaters FIREROD Heaters Radiant Heaters Special Heaters Strip Heaters 12001 Lackland Road St Louis MO 63146 Phone 314 878 4600 FAX 314 878 6814 e Multi Loop Controls e High Level Software Phone 507 454 5300 FAX 507 452 4507 Winona Minnesota Controllers Watlow Winona Inc Manufactures e Custom Electronic Controllers Power Controllers e Safety and Limit Controllers e Single Loop Controllers 1241 Bundy Boulevard P O Box 5580
60. 25 22 6 0 250 3 25 18 12AWG 2 04 1 Control Single 0 120 30 250 8 15 25 25 22 6 0 250 85 325 2135 84 Stranded 2A 0 4 1 Throw 80 290 175 550 14 26 25 25 22 6 0 250 85 3 25 455 18 Leads 3 04 1 SPST 80 290 175 550 14 26 25 25 22 6 0 250 70 275 2135 84 3A 0 4 1 150 350 300 700 7 12 25 25 10 0 375 95 8 75 1525 60 10 04 1 15 70 60 160 10 19 30 30 30 20 6 0 250 110 4 375 355 14 48 832 12A 0 4 1 Double 0 40 30 110 7 12 30 30 30 21 10 0 375 160 6 25 915 36 4 09 2 Pole 15 120 60 250 7 12 30 30 30 21 10 0 375 115 4 25 1220 48 10 32 5 0 9 2 Single 15 120 60 250 7 12 30 30 30 21 6 0 250 165 6 5 1220 48 ScrewLug 5A 0 9 2 Throw 40 290 100 550 12 22 30 30 30 21 10 0 375 100 3 875 1220 48 7 09 2 DPST 40 290 100 550 12 22 3O 30 30 21 6 0 250 179 7 0625 1220 48 7A 0 9 2 On off DPST 15 120 60 250 7 12 30 30 30 6 0 250 165 6 5 1220 48 10 32 8 0 9 2 with 40 290 100 550 12 22 30 30 30 8 0 188 305 12 1220 48 ScrewLug 9 0 9 2 Manual SPST 180 85000 30 30 20 6 0250 90 8 5 915 36 10 32 11 04 1 Reset Screw Lug Fixed temperature setting How to Order Thermostat Code Number See stock chart above Enclosure Remote Mount Only S General purpose NEMA
61. 253V ac maximum e Width x height x depth 99 mm x 99 mm x 97 mm panel mount 3 93 in x 3 93 in x 3 85 in Universal Analog Inputs 1 2 and 3 Optional e Updates rates IN1 20Hz IN2 and IN3 10HZ Thermocouple e Type J K T N E C W5 D W3 PTI R S B e Input impedance 20MQ RTD e 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 500 or 10000 e JIS or DIN curves 1 0 or 0 1 indication Process e Input resolution 450 000 bits at full scale e Range selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 50mV 0 20mA 4 20mA e Voltage input impedance 20K Current input impedance 1002 Digital Inputs 4 e Update rate 10Hz e Contact or dc voltage 36V dc maximum e 10KQ input impedance Conirol Outputs 1A 1B e Update rate 20Hz Open Collector Switched dc e Internal load switching nominal Switched dc 22 to 28V dc limited 30mA e External load switching maximum Open collector 42V dc 0 5A Process Outputs Optional Retransmit e Update rate 1Hz e User selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 1KQ min 0 20mA 4 20mA 800Q max e Resolution dc ranges 2 5mV nominal mA ranges 5uA nominal e Calibration accuracy dc ranges 15mV mA ranges 30pA e Temperature stability 100ppm C Alarm Outputs e Output update rate 1Hz e Electromechanical relay Form C 2A Q 30V dc or 240V ac maximum Digital Outputs 8 e Update rate 10Hz e Open collector output e Off 42V dc max
62. 300 amp 18 10449 400 600 amp 18 10649 800 amp 18 10689 1000 amp 18 10689 9 All units except Q33 require two SCRs 1 pair per controlled leg Q33 150 amp and above uses one replaceable diode and one SCR per controlled leg Current Transformers Current Transformer 16 0230 16 0231 16 0232 16 0233 16 02469 16 00089 16 0044 16 0072 16 0008 16 0045 16 0073 0004 0286 0400 0004 0286 0500 0004 0286 0600 0004 0286 0800 0004 0286 1000 Interstage Transformer 16 0176 Current Ratio See 16 0246 See 16 0246 See 16 0246 See 16 0246 20 amp 20MA to 50 amp 75 amp 100 amp 125 amp 150 amp 200 amp 300 amp 400 amp 500 amp 600 amp 800 amp 1000 amp 5 amp 50mA 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 5 amp 20mA Note An interstage trans ormer code no 16 0176 is required with any current transformer rated 75 amps or above Supercedes code numbers 16 0230 16 0231 16 0232 16 0233 Use 2 wire passes through the current transformer 16 0008 for 75 amp applications gt o 9 I Oo L 7 189 19 01 U0D J9MOd 190 Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Accessories Noise Suppression Devices Description MOV 150V ac 20 joule MOV 275V ac 15 joule Code No 0802 0273 0000 0802 0266 0000 Quencharc 250V ac max 0804 0147 0000 CE Filters
63. 32 to 4200 F Type D W3 0 to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type PTII O to 1393 C 32 to 2540 F Type R O to 1450 C 32 to 2642 F Type S O to 1450 C 32 to 2642 F Type B 870 to 1700 C 1598 to 3092 F DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F JIS 200 to 630 C 328 to 1166 F Modbus is a trademark of AEG Schneider Automation Limits Alarms SERIES 97 Specifications Cont Thermocouple Inputs Calibration accuracy 0 1 percent of span 1 C at standard conditions Exceptions Type T 0 12 percent of span for 200 C to 50 C 328 F to 58 F Types R and S 0 15 percent of span for O C to 100 C 32 F to 212 F Types B 0 24 percent of span for 870 C to 1700 C 1598 F to 3092 F Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum Temperature stability 0 1 per degree change in ambient RTD Inputs Calibration accuracy 0 1 percent of span 1 C at standard conditions Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum Temperature stability 0 05 per degree change in ambient Agency Approvals FM Class 3545 File J I 1B5A6 AF NEMA 4X IP65 CE 89 336 EEC electromagnetic compatibility directive CE 73 23 EEC low voltage directive Functionality Matrix Universal Input Alarm Terminals Touch safe 22 to 12 AWG Power 100 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent 24 28V ac or V dc 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent 7 0VA maximum power
64. 400 600 800 1000 685 Width W Depth D mm in in Co 150 330 13 355 14 260 10 25 16 3 36 C 200 330 13 355 14 260 10 25 16 3 36 C 300 330 13 355 14 260 10 25 16 3 36 E 400 600 685 27 535 21 300 11 7 38 5 85 E 800 1000 840 33 535 21 340 13 3 54 4 120 Includes fan cooling 7 QPAC Replacement SCRs and Diodes See page 189 Current Transformers See page 189 Third Leg Semiconductor Fuse Kits See page 192 Semiconductor Replacement Fuses See page 192 188 Includes fan cooling Q33 Depth 0 n 150 260 10 z 200 260 10 25 300 260 10 25 400 600 300 11 7 45 4 100 340 13 3 61 2 135 9 Includes fan cooling Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Accessories The following accessories and To order simply identify the replacement parts are available to specification of the desired enhance the application and service component and use its part number of Watlow power controllers for availability Consult your Watlow representative QPAC Replacement SCRs and Diodes QPAC Part Numbers 150 amp 18 5052 18 5052 18 50529 200 amp 18 5052 18 5052 18 50529 300 amp 18 5052 18 5052 18 50529 400 600 amp 18 5214 18 5214 18 52149 800 amp 18 5215 18 5215 18 52159 1000 amp 18 5216 18 5216 18 52159 Diodes 150 amp 18 10449 200 amp 18 10449
65. 454 to 752 F 2 1 F RTD 240 to 272 C 0 4 C 400 to 521 F 0 8 F RTD High 250to 850 C 2 3 C 418 to 1562 F 4 2 F Also known as Platinel II e Differential inputs PPC 2021 PPC 2024 PPC 2025 e Single ended inputs PPC 2022 e Input types supported thermocouples 100 Platinum RTD linear voltage linear current e Isolation from input to bus 500V dc continuous e Isolation from input to input PPC 2021 60V ac e Isolation from input to input PPC 2024 2025 240V ac ay o gt v x fe amp S 3 3 D er o E e 5 153 c fe fe 154 PID with Programmable Logic Controllers PPC 2000 SERIES PPC 202X Analog Input Module Cont solation between input and frame ground 120V ac DC voltage input range ranges selectable 0 50mV 0 100mvV 0 500mvV 0 1V 0 5V or 0 10V e DC mA input range ranges selectable 0 20mA or 4 20mA e T C open detect 2 5kQ or more upscale e Resolution 0 003 percent greater than 15 bits e Accuracy voltage at 25 C 75 F 0 05 percent 0 1 percent PPC 2022 e Accuracy current at 25 C 75 F 0 1 percent 0 75 percent PPC 2022 e Temperature coefficient lt 50ppm C 0 005 percent C e Input sample and PID update rate PPC 2024 220ms 8 channels 4 5Hz PPC 2021 PPC 2025 380ms 16 channels 2 6Hz PPC 2022 666ms 32 channels 1 5Hz PPC AITB 1 Analog I
66. 485 terminated Special Inputs Standard unit is configured for thermocouples and 10 to 60 mV linear inputs For other sensors order special inputs See below for ordering instructions For CLS216 specify two digits for CLS204 and CLS208 specify one digit OorOO Thermocouples and 10 to 60mV inputs only Xor XX Number of current voltage or RTD inputs CLSSI Sp Ses TT Special Linear Input Type Not required for thermocouple sensor inputs 20 RTD 1 0 1 100 0 to 275 0 C 148 0 to 527 0 F Not available on CLS216 21 RTD 2 1 120 to 840 C 184 to 1544 F Not available on CLS216 43 0 10mA dc 44 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 50 0 100mV dc 52 0 500mV dc Availability sio mde 55 0 5V dc Up to four weeks depending on 56 O 10V dc complexity and order release 57 0 12V dc quantity Consult factory for details Start Channel XX Channelnumber XX End Channel XX Channelnumber XX 122 16 32 Loop MLS300 SERIES The Watlow Anafaze MLS300 SERIES is a powerful line of controllers that combines performance and flexibility with compact design The 16 and 32 loop versions provide complete control solutions for a broad range of applications Support for multiple types of sensor inputs is available including thermocouples RTDs linear voltage current and frequency Each controller can operate as a stand alone system and includes built in serial
67. 50082 2 1994 Immunity e 73 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive e EN 61010 1 1993 Safety e UL 873 C UL File 43684 e NEMA 4X Operator Interface Dual four digit LED displays upper 10 mm 0 4 in lower 8 mm 0 3 in e MODE AUTO MANUAL DISPLAY UP and DOWN keys Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 LSD 25 C 3 C 77 F 5 F ambient and rated line voltage 10 percent e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F change in ambient Sensors Inputs e Contact input for software function select event input Thermocouple Types B C D E J K N R S T and Pt 2 e RTD resolution in 1 or 0 1 increments e Process variables 0 100mV 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc or 0 10V dc e Sensor break protection de energizes to protect system e Selectable bumpless transfer to manual operation latching or non latching e C or F display or process units user selectable Input Range Specified temperature ranges represent the controller s operational span Refer to ANSI thermocouple and DIN JIS RTD temperature sensor ranges tolerances Thermocouple Available with basic or universal signal conditioner Type C9 O to 2316 C 32 to 4200 F Type D O to 2316 C 32 to 4200 F Type E 200 to 799 C 328 to 1470 F Type J O to 816 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1371 C 328 t
68. 9600 or 19200 user selectable Communication Protocol e Modbus RTU Line Voltage Power e 12 to 24V dc 1A loaded or 300mA no load Agency Approvals e UL C UL Listed UL 916 Standard for Energy Management Equipment e CE Mark Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EEC W PID with Programmable Logic Controllers CPC400 SERIES Dimensions Epes PROCESS UNITS 50 mm 1 96 in SETPOINT STATUS 4 96 mm 3 78 in 25 mm 178 mm 41 mm a 1 00 in 7 00 in 1 60 in az e o re Terminals E ze sj Bezel Steel Case T F T EE m SCSI Cable 28 not used with TB 18 z ko E e 7 15 mm 0 60 in with Right Angle SCSI Connector 149 PID with Programmable Logic Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota CPC400 SERIES 150 Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below 40 Number of Loops 4 4loops 8 8loops Controller Type 1 Standard EPROM Terminal Board O zNoterminal board accessory 1 18 pin terminal block mounted on unit no SCSI cable required 2 50 pin terminal board includes 3 foot SCSI cable Power Supply O zNo power supply 2 120 240V ac 50 60Hz power supply adapter 5V dc 4A 15V dc 1 2A CE approved
69. C Communications e EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 232 e Opto isolated e Modbus RTU protocol e 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 baud rates e 32 maximum units can be connected With additional 485 repeater hardware up to 247 units may be connected W Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES 96 RTD Inputs Allowable Operating Ranges e Calibration accuracy 0 1 percent TypeJ 1 0 O to 815 C Specifications Cont of span 1 C at standard 32 to 1500 F Accuracy conditions 0 1 0 to 815 C e Input ranges e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F 32 to 1500 F Type J O to 750 C ener TypeK 1 0 270 to 1370 C 32 to 1382 F e Temperature stability 0 05 454 to 2500 F Type K 200 to 1250 C degree per degree change in 0 1 200 to 1000 C 328 io 2282 F amelan 328 to 1832 F Type T 200 30C Process inputs TypeT 1 0 270 to 400 C 328 to 662 F e Voltage input ranges 454 to 750 F Type N O to 1250 C Accuracy x15mV x1 LSD at 0 1 200 to 400 C 32 to 2282 F standard conditions 328 io 750 F Type E 200 to 900 C Temperature stability j 5 o o ypeN 1 0 O to 1300 C 328 O MORAL TOUR C maximum 32 to 2372 F Type C W5 to ide Milli amp input ranges 0 1 O to 1000 C 32 to 4200 F Accuracy 30uA 1 LSD at 32 to 1832 F Type D W3 2 E E standard condwons TypeE 1 0 270 to 800 C O Temperature stability 454 to 1470 F Pt 2 to 1393 C 100 C i is to 2540 P c EN 0 1 200 to 800 C
70. C or F e Eight red indicator lights e Six tactile feedback keys e Menu driven operation and manual modes available e Real time clock option displays time of day e WATHELP diagnostics Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 2 0 F for Type J thermocouple and RTD 0 35 percent of span for Type K and E thermocouples 1 LSD 77 F 5 F ambient and rated line voltage of 10 percent e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 15 C C 0 15 F F change in ambient typical Sensors Inputs e Thermocouple software select able Type J K or E 0 to 650 C 32 to 1200 F Dual channel applications require at least one ungrounded thermocouple e RTD 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 500 10009 at 0 C 32 F software selectable DIN or JIS curves 20 to 650 C 0 to 1200 F 3 wire will function as 2 wire e Input A D resolution 15 bit e Contact inputs TTL compatible with internal pull up resistor two available Output Options e Solid state relay 0 4A with or without contact suppression e Switched dc signal 4 5V to 5 25V 30mA maximum output minimum load resistance gt 1509 non isolated load resistance gt 150Q non isolated e Internal audible alarm 75dB at 10cm Connectors e Sensor Input Terminal Strip RIACON 6 position quick connect available separately e Power and Input Output Terminal AMP 15 position quick connect available
71. Control Systems F O B Winona Minnesota Control Consoles Quad Control Consoles The quad series offers four zones of control in one compact package Watlow SERIES 96 or SERIES SD controllers can be utilized for each zone Each zone utilizes a solid state relay for longer heater life and a lower cost than other power switching devices The heater output connector can be ordered as either an AMP Mate n Lok or a twist and lock connector Features e Small foot print Pre wired outputs e AMP Mate n Lok 2 pin or a twist and lock output connection Miniature thermocouple connector Watlow SERIES 96 or SD controllers On off rocker switch Specifications Controller e Watlow SERIES 96 e Watlow SERIES SD Dimensions e 114 mm H x 305 mm W x 191 mm D 4 5 in H x 12 0 in W x 7 5 in D Output Power Switching e Utilizes solid state relays e Output is powered through line cord e 16 amp maximum load 4 amps per zone Power Requirements e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent NEMA 5 20 plug Sensor Input e Factory selectable thermocouple e Miniature thermocouple jack and plug Output Configuration e Factory selectable AMP Mate n Lok connector A twist and lock connector e Mating connector provided Operating Environment e 0 to 45 C 32 to 11 F e 0 to 90 percent RH non condensing Weight e 6 Ibs 2 7 kg Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with
72. Energy Management Equipment e CE Mark Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Firmware Options Choose firmware with the features needed for the application e Standard includes closed loop PID control auto tune alarms job memory and failed sensor detection e Extruder includes the standard firmware features with PID control specifically adapted for plastic extruders e Enhanced Features includes the standard firmware features with the addition of process variable retransmit remote analog set point cascade control ratio control and differential control algorithms Each channel can be configured for standard PID control or one of the other control algorithms Each channel of cascade control or remote analog set point requires two controller channels Unused control outputs on any channel can be configured for retransmit e Ramp and soak see page 123 Input Module Options Choose the input module appropriate for the application e AIM316 and AIM332 provides screw terminations for 16 or 32 sensors e CIM316 and CIM332 provides DB 50 connector terminations for 16 or 32 sensors in a compact size dir 50 mm 1 96 in E 25 mm 1 00 in e 188 mm 7 40 in 15 mm 0 60 in with Right Angle SCSI Connector Processor Module Side 50 mm 1 96 in LOOP PROCESS UNITS RAMP SOA
73. F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F on voltage of 5A Q 30V dc Type T 200 to 400 C e Switched dc non isolated 328 to 750 F minimum turn Type N O to 1300 C 6V dc into a minimum 5009 32 to 2372 F load with a maximum on voltage Type E 200 to 800 C of not greater than 12V dc into 328 to 1470 F an infinite load Maximum Type C O to 2315 C switched dc power supply current 32 to 4200 F available for up to two outputs is Type D O to 2315 C 60mA 32 to 4200 F e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A Type PTII O to 1395 C 24V ac minimum 264V ac 32 to 2543 F maximum opto isolated without Type R O to 1760 C contact suppression 32 to 3200 F e Electromechanical relay Form C Type S O to 1760 C rated 5A Q 120V ac 5A 32 to 3200 F 240V ac or Type B O to 1816 C Open collector 42V dc 32 to 3300 F 250mA maximum RTD DIN ee E Eri Dimensions o i l e DINS Process 1999 to 9999 units b Gi Control Outputs e Electromechanical relay Form A rated 2A 120V ac 2A 240V ac or 2A 30V dc maximum Ordering Information e Width 52 1 mm 2 05 in e Height 52 1 mm 2 05 in e 97 8 mm 3 85 in behind panel To order complete the model number on the right with the information below 6L J A D SERIES SD 1 16 DIN panel mount limit controller with DeviceNet Control Type L Limit control dual display Power Supply H
74. F S dc ranges 2 5mV nominal ambient and rated line voltage Process 19 999 to 30 000 units H mA ranges SUA nominal 10 percent with the following Sensor Accuracy Ranges v s e Calibration accuracy exceptions Input ranges Type T 0 12 percent of span for dc ranges 15mV yp is p o Type J 0 to 815 C mA ranges 30uA 200 C to 50 C 328 F to 58 F 82 to 1500 F e Temperature stability 100ppm C Types R and S 0 15 percent of Type K 200 to 1370 C Alan Outputs span for 0 C to 100 C 32 F to 328 to 2500 F 212 F Type T 200 to 400 C Output upao fale able Type B 0 24 percent of span for 328 to 750 F Electromechanical relay Form C 870 C to 1700 C 1598 F to Type N O to 1300 C 2A 30V dc or 240V ac max 3092 F 32 to 2372 F Communications Accuracy span Less than or Type E ee ue e EIA 232 and EIA 485 serial equal to operating ranges 540 C E ee Eit communications with Modbus 1000 F minimum Type C T i o RTU protocol 9600 or 19 2K e Temperature stability 0 1 C C l E o Aun Type D O to 2400 C baud rate 0 1 F F rise in ambient for 82 to 4352 F Safety and Agency Approvals thermocouples 2 Type Pt 2 O to 1395 C e UL C UL 916 listed e 0 05 C C 0 05 F F rise in 32 to 2543 F File E185611 process control ambient for RTD sensors Type R 0 to 1760 C equipment Displays 32 to 3200 F e NEMA 4X and IP65 e Process 5 seven segment Type S RN as e CE to
75. Green Red display GG Green Green display 59 182 mm 2 330 in Customer s Front Panel i 9 322 mm 0 367 in 94 Temperature Meter SERIES TM Watlow s new family of micro processor based temperature meters provide an economical solution for applications requiring process temperature viewing The temperature meter can be ordered in DIN square panel mount or DIN rail mount design configurations The TM temperature meter incorporates a microprocessor design platform A red four character seven segment LED displays the temperature process value The new temperature meters are UL and C UL listed and carry CSA and CE approvals Watlow s temperature meters include industry leading service and support and are backed by a three year warranty Applications e Food preparation e Industrial machinery e Packaging e Plastics processing Features and Benefits Four character LED display e Easy to see process value Multiple mounting options e Minimize installation time Fahrenheit or Celsius operation with indication e Offers application flexibility Agency approvals e Meet certification requirements compliance Microprocessor based technology e Ensures accurate repeatable temperature display Specifications Operator Interface e Four digit seven segment LED displays 7 mm 0 28 in high e C or F indicator LED Standard Conditions For Specificat
76. H gw H Heat C Cool Fixed Set Point Temperature Value Overlay Customs Options A Standard OA is used in the left most digit of the fixed set point indicates a negative temperature value On Off Controllers SERIES 80M6 Watlow s SERIES 80M6 temperature controllers provide an economical easy to install unit for temperature sensing and control in a space saving package The SERIES 80M6 delivers single zone on off heating control and is available in three temperature ranges The controller features open sensor and positive off circuit protection preventing heating once the sensor temperature falls below the low end of the set point range The SERIES 80M6 consists of a temperature controller along with a relay output potted in a rugged plastic shell This feature makes the SERIES 80M6 ideal for foodservice and other applications requiring rugged construction With 6 35 mm 0 25 in quick connect terminals for thermocouple input power input and relay output as well as a sub panel mount the SERIES 80M6 also allows for simple quick installation The SERIES 80M6 provides the convenience of precision temperature control with the turn of a potentionmeter and fits within the same footprint as the current Watlow 80M5 The SERIES 80M6 controller is backed by a 12 month warranty from Watlow Winona and is UL 873 and C UL recognized Applications e Proofers e Ovens e D
77. N A N A N A NA N A N A N A N A No 2100 0815 000A 25 75 3 00 120 4 75 65 2 60 50 2 00 12 0 50 4 0 15 115 4 45 No HS 25 35 94 3 70 81 3 20 74 2 90 N A N A N A NIA N A N A N A N A No 2100 0815 000B 40 140 5 50 120 4 75 65 2 60 115 4 50 12 0 50 4 0 15 115 4 45 No HS 40 50 230 9 00 125 5 00 90 3 50 175 7 00 N A N A N A N A 150 5 90 No HS 50 55 145 5 70 81 3 20 91 3 60 N A N A N A NA N A N A N A N A No 2100 0815 000C 75 190 7 50 125 5 00 140 5 50 175 7 00 25 1 00 4 0 15 120 4 70 Yes HS 75 1 75 190 7 50 125 5 00 140 5 50 175 7 00 25 1 00 4 0 15 120 4 70 Yes9 HS 75 2 Heatsink includes fan requires customer to supply and wire 120V ac to the fan 9 Heatsink includes fan requires customer to supply and wire 240V ac to the fan Note Z100 0815 000 A B and C are DIN rail or back panel mount heatsinks QPAC SCRs Watlow s modular QPAC SERIES SCR power controller features plug in flexibility with ratings from 150 to 1000 amps in 1 phase 3 phase 2 leg and 3 phase 3 leg A variety of transformers from 120V ac to 575V ac along with 50 60Hz operation enables the QPAC to operate virtually anywhere in the world Firing modes are defined by plug in cards that set the QPAC for Burst fire variable time base e Phase angle operation Burst fire firing to act as a solid state contactor Mod
78. Only use sensor in non flammable liquids that are compatible with the Incoloy sheath and 304 stainless steel screw plug e Application should tolerate sheath temperature at limit set point e The time delay between the low liquid level condition on set and the sensor s ability to signal the control device should be adequate to protect the heater s See nstallation and Maintenance Instructions for details Controller Recommendation e Use Watlow Safety Limit Temperature Controller SERIES 142 Code number 142A 3605 1300 This controller features compact sub panel mounting and is sealed against ambient environment UL recognized for limit protection UL9 991 Tests For Safety Related Controls Employing Solid State Devices Controller supplied by Watlow in Winona Minnesota General Purpose NEMA 1 Enclosure 19 mm 0 75 in NPT Conduit Opening 13 mm FIREROD h Cartridge Heater osin X 13 mm 0 5 in No Heat 140 mm 5 5 in gt Specifications Screw plug 26 mm 1 in NPT Plug material 304 stainless steel Sheath material Incoloy9 Watt density 13 W in 2 W cm Watts 100 Volts 120V ac Immersed length 140 mm 5 5 in Thermocouple ANSI Type J Est ship wt 1 kg 2 Ibs Availability Stock Same day shipment Modified Stock Five to seven working days Made to Order Four to six weeks Options complexity and quantity may affect availability a
79. PPC 2000 system can have up General to 10 modules e Input status LEDs Processor Module with TB50 e Maximum number of modules Digital I O Cable per system 4 Cable from module to terminal board Input 1 3 foot cable CA SCSI 3 2 6 foot cable CA SCSI 6 e Number 8 or 16 Tee Communication Cable Input range 70 120V ac Cable between processor and host computer 10 percent PPC 2070 1 1 10 foot EIA TIA 232 cable 12 24Vx ac dc 10 percent Handset plug to DB9F CA 232 DB910 PPC 2072 3 2 25 foot EIA TIA 232 cable e Input response time 32ms Handset plug to DB9F CA 232 DB925 3 50 foot EIA TIA 232 cable OUS erede Handset plug to DB9F CA 232 DB950 e Logic levels lt 20V ac Low 4 10 foot EIA TIA 232 cable gt 70V ac High PPC 2070 1 Handset plug to DB25F CA 232 DB2510 lt 3V dc Low 10V dc 5 25 foot EIA TIA 232 cable High PPC 2072 3 Handset plug to DB25F CA 232 DB2525 6 50 foot EIA TIA 232 cable Handset plug to DB25F CA 232 DB2550 A EIA TIA 485 terminal block with 2 foot cable B EIA TIA 485 terminal block with 4 foot cable Power Supply DC power for the PPC 2000 0 No power supply customer provides own supply 2 PPC IPS 2 supply 24V dc 4 A and 5V dc 6A 156 PID with Programmable Logic Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota PPC 2000 SERIES PPC 202X Analog Input Module Ordering Information To order
80. SDAC modules may only be used with Watlow Anafaze CLS200 CPC400 D8 MLS300 and PPC 2000 controllers DAC The DAC digital to analog converter converts a controller s variable time base also known as distributed zero crossing or DZC output to an analog process control signal Each DAC supports two independent analog outputs Output signals are available in 4 20mA V dc 0 5 V dc and 0 10V dc DAC Specifications Storage Temperature e 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Operating Temperature e Oto 50 C 32 to 122 F Humidity e 10 to 95 percent non condensing Dimensions e Length 112 mm 4 4 in Width 91 mm 3 6 in Height 44 mm 1 75 in Power Requirements e 12 to 24 V dc 100 mA Q 15 V dc Accuracy e 6 percent of full scale UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc SDAC The SDAC serial digital to analog converter allows CLS200 CPC 400 D8 MLS300 and PPC 2000 controllers to output precise analog voltage or current signals The unit is typically used for PV retransmit open loop control motor or belt speed control or phase angle fired SCR power controller The SERIAL DAC is jumper selectable for a 0 to 10 V dc or 4 to 20 mA outputs Multiple SERIAL DAC modules can be used with the same controller SDAC Specifications Storage Temperature e 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Operating Temperature e 0 to 50 C 32 to 122 F Humidity e 10 to 95 percent non cond
81. Sensor input sampling rate e On off P PI PD PID heat or cool Specifications 10 samples second 10Hz action adjustable switching Control Mode Microprocessor based user selectable control modes e Single input single output e Heat or cool auto tuning Agency Approvals e UL C UL 508 recognized File E102269 Industrial Control Equipment e CE to EN 61010 Operator Interface e EIA 485 serial communications with Modbus RTU protocol e 9600 19200 user selectable baud rates e One to 63 user selectable address range Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 25 C x3 C x1 Q 77 F 5 F ambient and rated line voltage 10 percent with the following exceptions Type T 0 12 percent of span for 200 C to 50 C 328 F to 58 F Types R and S 0 15 percent of span for O C to 100 C 32 F to 212 F Type B 0 24 percent of span for 870 C to 1700 C 1598 F to 3092 F e Accuracy span Less than or equal to operating ranges 540 C 1000 F minimum Temperature stability 0 2 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum for thermocouples 0 05 C C 0 05 F F rise in ambient maximum for RTD sensors e Voltage stability 0 01 percent of span per percent of rated line voltage Thermocouple grounded or ungrounded sensors RTD 2 or 3 wire platinum 1000 Q O C calibration to JIS curve 0 0039162 Q C or DIN curve 0 003852 Q C Sensor break p
82. Sheet Metal 12 GA Front panel is touch safe no clearance is required 146 mm 5 74 in Panel Cutout Typical Pan Opening Ground Wire Drill 5 8 mm 0 228 in 8 24 Heatsink Outline 7 Ti 9 5 mm 0 375 in Reference E 10 8 mm 0 425 in T A 441 3 mm 1 625 in 161 9 mm ES 9 1 6 375 in i i 117 5 mm 4 625 in ToS 148 6 mm i pem in ME pee 78 8mm 3 103 in 98 1 mm 7 8 862in 105 1 mm 4 137 in k 8 6 mm 0 338 in Reference 7 0 mm 0 275 in L 26 3 mm 1 034 in Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Style D Availability All combinations available in three working days or less CE approved product Must use CE filter listed on page 190 for conducted emission Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below Style D Solid state power controller DD10 LE a a T Phase 1 1 phase 1 controlled leg Cooling and Current Rating Natural convection current rating 80A 50 C 122 F 0 Line and Load Voltage 02 24to48V ac 24 100 to 240V ac 48 277 to 480V ac 60 277 to 600V ac Input t Control Signal CO 4 5 to 32V dc contactor FO 4to20mA dc proportional K1 22 to 26V ac contactor K2 100 to 120V ac contactor
83. Style C Single Cycle Variable Time Base e j phase and 3 phase operation e Linearized input to output e Linear voltage current or manual control input 5kO input impedance for voltage and 250 ohms for 4 20mA e 120 208 240 277 400 480 and 600V ac operation Model number dependent Amperage Style D e j phase 100 amp output maximum at 30 C 86 F e Maximum surge current for 16 6mSec 1800 amps peak e Maximum I t for fusing 20 000 A2 Sec Operating Environment e Up to 80 C 176 F see output rating curve for specific application Storage Temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Mounting Options include DIN rail or standard sub panel mounting e The DIN rail specification is DIN EN 50022 35 mm x 7 5 mm Shorted Output Alarm Option Styles B C amp D e Triac output e 24 to 240V ac 300mA Q 25 C 125mA 80 C 176 F e Energizes on alarm e Holding current 2000A minimum e atching current 5mA typical Terminals Styles A amp B e Compression will accept 48 18 AWG wire 8 4 mm 0 82 mm Terminals Style C e Compression will accept 4 14 AWG wire 21 2 mm 2 1 mm Terminals Style D e Compression will accept 2 6 AWG wire 33 6 mm 13 3 mm Mounting Style D e Standard sub panel mounting fits the same mounting pattern as a 100 amp 1 phase MDR e Mounting holes offer clearance for 10 screw e On board semiconductor fusing Bussmann P N 170N34
84. Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES F4S offering choices for step are step selectable Since your configuration For better operator thermal systems characteristics may Set Point Ramp and Soak recognition profiles and digital I O change over the operating range Programming The enhanced programming features found in the SERIES F4S ramping controllers are the result of listening to our customers demand for greater capabilities with reduced programming complexity A profile guide leads the programmer through the programming process by used for events can be given names of up to 10 characters in length Five step types including ramp soak jump auto start and end offer the programmer complete flexibility Ramp steps can be based on time or rate Ramp and soak steps can be programmed to wait for up to four event inputs and three process variables Up to eight event outputs Temperature Chamber Application with Cascade Input 1 Inner Loop Input 3 Outer Loop Serial Communication EIA 232 and EIA 485 serial communication interfaces are included in the base unit of both the SERIES FAS single channel and the SERIES F4D dual channel controllers The baud rate is selectable as either 9600 or 19200 baud The protocol is Modbus Alarms Two Form C electromechanical alarm relays are included in the base units These alarms can be programmed as either process or deviation alarms The alarms can be ti
85. Type D O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type PTII O to 1395C 32 to 2543 F Type R O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type S O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type B O to 1816 C 32 to 3300 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Process 1999 to 9999 units 68 Conirol Outputs 1 amp 2 e User selectable for heat cool as on off P Pl PD PID or Alarm action e Electromechanical relay Form A rated 2A 120V ac 2A e 240V ac or 2A 30V dc e Switched dc non isolated minimum turn on voltage of 6V dc into a minimum 5002 load with a maximum on voltage of not greater than 12V dc into an infinite load Maximum switched dc power supply current available for up to two outputs is 60mA e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A e 24V ac minimum 264V ac maximum opto isolated without contact suppression Ordering Information F O B Winona Minnesota Process output Non Isolated User selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 1KQ minimum 0 20mA 4 20mA 8002 maximum Electromechanical relay Form C rated 5A 120V ac 5A 240V ac or 5A 30V dc Open collector 42V dc 250mA maximum Dimensions SD6C_D or SD6R_D or SD6L_D ie DIN Size 97 8 mm 3 85 in behind panel maximum Width 52 1 mm 2 05 in Height 52 1 mm 2 05 in To order complete the model number on the right with the information below SERIES SD 1 16 DIN panel mount ramping controller with DeviceNet
86. TypeE 200to 787 C 1 0 C 328 to 1448 F 1 8 F TypeJ 212to 760 C 1 2 C 350 to 1400 F 2 2 F TypeK 268 to 1371 C x1 3 C 450 to 2500 F 2 4 F Type R 18 to 1766 C 2 8 C 0 to 3210 F 5 0 F Type S 18 to 1760 C 2 8 C 0 to 3200 F 5 0 F TypeT 268to 399 C 1 6 C 450 to 750 F 2 9 F RTD DIN 200 0 to 621 0 C 0 5 C 328 0 to1150 0 F 0 9 F Note Accuracy 25 C 77 F ambient Valid for 10 to 100 percent of span except Type B which is specified for 427 C 800 F to 1760 C 3200 F RTD is for 100 percent of span Linear Voltage and Current Inputs Requires scaling resistors See special inputs in Ordering Information 0 10mA dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 100mV dc 0 500mV dc 0 1V 0 5V 0 10V dc 0 12V dc Other ranges available Consult factory Input Sampling Rate 2 60Hz Each channel has the following scans per second e D84 Six samples per second update time 0 167 sec e D88 Three samples per second update time 0 333 sec dc dc Internal Measurement Resolution e 0 006 percent greater than 14 bits Calibration e Automatic zero and full scale Digital Inputs e TTL level used for logic remote alarm acknowledge selecting recipes or jobs e Eight inputs with 50 pin terminal board option Three inputs with 18 pin terminal block option Digital Outputs e 18 digital outputs available with a 50 pin termin
87. Winona MN 55987 5580 Phone 507 454 5300 FAX 507 452 4507 Winona Minnesota Polymer Watlow Polymer Technologies Inc Manufactures e Polymer Heaters 1265 East Sanborn Street Winona MN 55987 Phone 507 457 9797 FAX 507 457 9736 Wright City Missouri Watlow Process Systems Manufactures Process Heating Systems 10 Cooperative Way Wright City Missouri 63390 Phone 636 745 7575 FAX 636 745 0537 Asian Manufacturing Facilities Singapore Watlow Asia Engineering Manufactures FIREROD Heaters Thermocouples Pump Line Heaters Controllers Power Controllers 16 Ayer Rajah Crescent 3403 23 Singapore 139949 Phone 65 6777 1266 FAX 65 6777 7662 Oo o 3 D gt 7 O o e o i D Customer Assistance Watlow Italy Latin American Manufacturing Manufacturing Watlow Italy S r l Facilities Facilities Manufactures Mexico Lu e Thermocouples Watlow de Mexico S A de C V European Manufacturing Facilities a Meucci id Manufactures Germany 20094 Corsico MI Italy e FIREROD Heaters Watlow GmbH Phone 39 02 4588841 Cartridge and Metric Manufactures Ceramic Knuckle Heaters e Cable Heaters e Cartridge Heaters FIREROD EB Cartridge and Metric FIREROD Silicone Rubber Heaters K RING Heaters Pump Line Heaters Electronic Assemblies Lauchwasenstr 1 Postfach 1165 D 76709 Kronau Germany Phone 49 7253 94 00 0 FAX 49 7253 94 00 44 FAX 39 02 458
88. a high limit temperature controller and contactor be used for protection Sysiem Diagrams Shorted SSR Alarm SDA command signal from the Single Phase SDA Thermocouple The most prevalent concern when temperature controller using solid state relays is the The triac can be wired to a bell or 7 1 Heater possibility of a relay failing in a to a normally closed latching relay reed shorted condition With this in mind to remove power to the heater T wt Transformer Watlow has designed a cost lL Soli PA ed SSH effective Shorted SSR Alarm SDA Tenet Bc The device monitors the output reno EE E current through the heater and Collector loand activates a triac alarm if there is no ihn Contactor Relay Single Phase SBL UNTERE Temp With Loop Powered Board 4 20mA loop powered firing card for B amp G Description Control direct mounting on a dc solid state SBL Burst firing 4 20mA only 08 5399 Ie S relay Can be used in three phase loop powered card SBL mode with two dc input and zero for dc input relays only mio cross solid state relays SSR SDA Shorted SSR alarm 06 5386 Output O for dc input relays only DC Single Phase AT and BT AT Single phase phase 08 5422 F SSR Heater Requires external power switching angle firi
89. ac 48 480V ac 57 575V ac Cooling Fan Voltage Customer to supply wiring and hook up 1 120V ac 2 240V ac Output Current Amps 150 150 amps 200 200 amps 300 300 amps 400 400 amps 500 500 amps 600 600 amps 800 800 amps 01K 1000 amps Note See POWER SERIES and DIN A MITE equivalent products on pages 168 and 175 for 30 through 100 amps Input Control Card CA Solid state ac input 08 5285 contactor CD Solid state dc input 08 5286 contactor BF Burst fired fixed time base 08 5289 4 20mA BV _ Burst fired variable time base 08 5342 4 20mA AF Phase angle fired not available on Q32 08 5288 4 20mA AL Phase angle fired w current limit not available on Q32 08 5411 4 20mA includes one current transformer Add second CT for 3 phase 3 leg AL models 75 amps and above require one interstage transformer V Oo D e ie 3 m 2 o o Availability Open Heater Shorted SCR Detector Shipment within five working days 0 None on models up through 300 amps 1 Single phase operation Beyond 300 amps consult the factory 2 Three phase operation MOV comes only on Q33 3 phase 3 leg 9 The open heater shorted SCR detector is 9 Included one current transformer for All cooling fans rated 20 watts each for burst fire operation only 1 phase and two current transformers for must be wired by customer 3 phase Models 150 amps and
90. advanced features and enhanced performance make it ideal for industrial and laboratory applications that require reliable alarm monitoring and data analysis The CAS200 comes standard with WATVIEW CAS Windows software that provides on line setup alarm notification recipe management trend graphing and spreadsheet importable report data The CAS200 now supports Modbus RTU protocol The CAS200 addas independent data acquisition and alarm monitoring to your process It can measure up to 16 inputs Sensor data is transferred to a computer or programmable logic controller PLC through a standard RS 232 or RS 485 port Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Modbus is a trademark of Schneider Automation Incorporated Features and Benefits Multiple and mixed inputs e Connect any combination of thermocouples linear dc voltage or dc current Serial communications Use EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 485 communications to connect up to 32 CAS200 alarm monitoring systems Process display in engineering units e Shows the process in the engineering units used Remote alarm acknowledge Digital input acknowledges alarms from an external contact or push button Simple setup e Configured with a series of pass sequence protected supervisory menus Job storage and recall e Stores up to eight jobs or recipes Digital inputs e Eight digital inputs available to select jobs Digital outputs e 34
91. alarm notification EM GATEWAY Page 193 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota CDN GATEWAY Pag e 195 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Multi Loop Auto Tuning PID Cont DIN UL C UL CE PID Dual line 0 1 percent EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU Vertical or NEMA 4X IP65 4 digit span EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU Horizontal Digital LED EIA TIA 422 Modbus RTU 55 mm x 102 mm 217 in x 4 02 in 102 mm x 55 mm 4 02 in x 2 17 in SERIES 998 999 Pa ge 99 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN Sub panel or DIN rail mounting UL C UL CSA CE PID 0 1 percent span Ethernet Modbus TCP IP HTTP FTP SERIES PDD Page 1 03 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 13 P o 3 D gt 7 e o e o m i D 14 Quick Reference Guide 5 g o S Multi Loop Auto Tuning PID 4 80r 16 4 8 or 16 Analog Functions Control Feedback 36 Digital 15 24V dc Cascade Differential Ratio Remote Set point Functions Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware Thermocouple RTD 4 and 8 loop only Retransmit Global Alarm System Safe V dc mA Hardware Switched dc Open Collector 8 Digital Functions Job Select Output Override Hardware Vl
92. available for up to two outputs is G0mA e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A Q 24V ac minimum 264V ac maximum opto isolated without contact suppression e Process output Non Isolated User selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 1KQ minimum 0 20mA 4 20mA 800Q maximum e Electromechanical relay Form C rated 5A Q 120V ac 5A Q 240V ac or 5A 30V dc e Open collector 42V dc 250mA maximum e EIA 485 serial communications with Modbus protocol Typical Block Diagram SERIES SD PID Te LII Output 1 Output 2 ust INFOSENSE Sensor Technology Watlow s INFOSENSE sensor technology improves temperature sensing accuracy by 50 percent Each INFOSENSE smart sensor contains four numeric values located on tags attached to each sensor that are programmed into the SERIES SD controller memory These values characterize Watlow sensors and allow the controller to provide enhanced accuracy SERIES SD Limit WATVIEW HMI WATVIEW Watlow s Windows9 based HMI Human Machine Inter face software supports the SERIES SD controllers The software can be used to setup monitor and edit the values of controller parameters to monitor and manage alarms and to log and graph process data Temperature J Limit Sensor Heaters Form C Relay Note Consult user s manual for wiring aD o D iv Ej o 7 v s zi iv uU i
93. can operate as a stand alone system and includes built in serial communi cations for computer interface and data acquisition Ramp and soak features allow complex batch processing and sequencing Up to 17 ramp and soak profiles can be programmed with up to 20 steps each Individual loops can be configured for standard control or ramp soak Unused control outputs can be configured for events alarms and process variable retransmit The CLS200 SERIES controllers are UL and C UL listed and meet the requirements of the European Community EMC Directive and carry the CE mark YE 4 29H Features and Benefits Ramp and soak control of up to 16 heat and cool loops e Minimal panel space per loop e Reduces installation time More reliable fewer parts means fewer failures Auto tuning ess time tuning e Achieve excellent control with less expertise Menu guided operation with full text display e Setup controller quickly e Easy to operate Eight jobs stored and recalled e Quick to change from one process to another Multiple and mixed inputs e Easy to change sensor types at the last minute e Less to learn less inventory Sensor failure detection e Reduces time troubleshooting reversed shorted and open sensors High low process and deviation alarms for each input e Configure alarms as needed to integrate with PLC or other control elements 34 digital outputs e Flexible configuration use o
94. communications for computer interface and data acquisition Ramp and soak features allow complex batch processing and sequencing Up to 17 ramp and soak profiles can be programmed with up to 20 steps each Individual loops can be configured for standard control or ramp and soak Unused control outputs can be configured for events alarms and process variable retransmit The remote analog input options allow for shorter sensor wires and flexible mounting which reduces sensor cost and installation time Watlow s new CIM option provides OEMs with a space and labor saving alternative to the standard AIM module This innovation allows users to construct a wiring harness to attach sensors via a connector instead of connecting individual wires to the controller The MLS300 SERIES controllers are UL and C UL listed meet the requirements of the European Community EMC Directive and carry the CE mark nS wi mw mT na E Fi a e es ae Features and Benefits Ramp and soak control of up to 16 heat and cool loops or 32 heat loops e Minimal panel space per loop e Reduces installation time e More reliable fewer parts mean fewer failures Auto tuning e Less time tuning e Achieve excellent control with less expertise Menu guided operation with full text display e Set up controller quickly e Easy to operate Store and recall eight jobs e Change quickly from one process to another Multiple and mixed inputs
95. complete the model number on the right with the information below Order up to four modules per system to accommodate sensor inputs Do not exceed 128 inputs total Only 48 inputs may be used for control All modules accept T Cs current and voltage inputs Only differential input modules accept RTDs The high isolation modules provide 240V ac protection between inputs and 120V ac protection between input and ground Each module includes an analog input terminal board with T C linear voltage keys PPC AITB 1 For other sensor input keys see the special inputs section below Analog Input Modules with AITB PPC 202 1 16 channel module differential inputs PPC 2021 2 32 channel module single ended inputs PPC 2022 3 4 channel high isolation module differential inputs PPC 2023 4 8 channel high isolation module differential inputs PPC 2024 5 16 channel high isolation module differential inputs PPC 2025 Analog Input Cable Cable from module to terminal board 1 2 3 foot cable CA SCSI 3 2 6 foot cable CA SCSI 6 PPC SIKX PPC Special Input Keys Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the yi nia below P l Each analog input terminal board ships configured with T C sensor keys this key can be also used for linear voltage For other sensor types choose from the special inputs below Input Type 1 Single ended current two i
96. conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 LSD 25 C 8 C 77 F 5 F ambient and rated line voltage 10 percent e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F change in ambient gt c 9 4 c E Ko o 41 doo a 6uis 42 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES 988 989 Type R O to 1760 C e Electromechanical relay 32 to 3200 F Form C 5A 120 240V ac 6A E 3 28V dc hp 120V ac fi T 17 Specifications Cont ype S O to idis 125VA 120V ac With or Sensors Inputs 32 to 3200 F without contact suppression Off Contact input for software Type T 200 to 399 C state output impedance with RC function select event input 328 to 750 F suppression is 20kQ e Thermocouple Types B oe D Pt 20 0 to 1395 C e Process 0 20mA dc E J K N R S T Pt 2 E i J K N Si and Pt 32 to 2543 P 4 20mA dc into 8000 e RTD resolution in 1 or maximum 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 1 increments RTD Resolution DIN or JIS or 0 1 OV dc into 1kQ minimum e Process variables 0 50mV 1 DIN 200 to 800 C reverse acting isolated 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 328 to 1472 F e Electromechanical relay 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 1 JIS 200 to 680 C Form A B 5A 120 240V ac 0 10V dc 328 to 1166 F 6A Q 28V dc hp Slidewire digital event input or 0 1 DIN and JIS 120V ac 125VA 120V ac heater current options without contact su
97. digital outputs available for alarms Process variable scanning and display Display one channel or scan and display each channel e Continuously monitor critical process variables Versatile alarms e Configure independent high and low process alarms and deviation band alarms cS EM a De O Emme 5 143 144 Limits Alarms CAS200 Alarm Type PL II 10 to 1100 C 1 0 C Alarm Outputs Scanner 50 to 2012 F 1 8 F e Any alarm can be assigned to any Type R 18 to 17669C 2 8 C ined digital ees De include process alarms an Specifications 010 3210F Des O P deviation alarms Operator Interface TypeS 1810 176000 2 8 C Global alarm Digital output for e 32 character vacuum 0 to 3200 F 5 0 F any alarm Output is cleared with fluorescent display TypeT 268to 399 C 1 6 C front panel alarm acknowledge or e 8 key keypad to access guided menus and prompts enter passkey sequence set values switch between single channel and multiple channel displays e Controller configuration can be loaded through the standard serial port Analog Inputs e 16 single ended Noise Rejection e 120db at 60Hz Temperature Coefficient e 40 ppm C Sensors Inputs e Thermocouples User selectable type direct connection linearization reference junction compensation and upscale break protection e Linear current and voltage signals from linear transmitters e Pulse input Input Range and Accuracy R
98. e CAS200 Rev 2 0 e FAS FAD Rev 2 06 e CLS200 SERIES standard enhanced and extruder Rev 3 30 ramp and soak Rev 3 40 e MLS300 SERIES standard enhanced and extruder Rev 3 30 ramp and soak Rev 3 40 e CPC400 SERIES Rev 1 00 e F4P Rev 3 00 e POWER SERIES Rev 1 00 e SERIES SD Dual Display Rev 1 00 e SERIES SD Dual Display Limit Rev 1 00 APE Software ANAWIN 3 HMI Software for PPC 2000 ANAWINS3 is Watlow Anafaze s HMI Human Machine Interface software designed specifically for PPC 2000 Use it to set up and monitor up to 32 controllers With easy controller setup a recipe and alarm manager data logging and trend plot graphing capabilities animated custom overview screens and a superior online help system you can be assured that ANAWING is the ideal software for your application ANAWINS Editions ANAWING is available in three editions making your software decision quick and effortless e ANAWING R The Run Time Edition Provides trend plot graphing setup screens data logging recipe manager with calendar start spreadsheet data editor system activity log and alarm manager The Run Time Edition will play back custom screens created with the Developer Edition e ANAWING D The Developer Edition Includes all functions of the Run Time Edition plus a custom screen designer and user defined variables e ANAWING C The Configurator Edition I
99. e Heater output equal to load demand Minimized temperature over and undershoot Terminal System Helps Prevent Wiring Failures A proven high current copper terminal design ensures optimum electrical connection to reduce heat build up This helps avoid connection failures and ensures overall wiring reliability To further reduce hot spots we ve eliminated all unnecessary wires and fasteners which could possibly loosen heat up and break down Compact Solid State Power Controller Delivers Big Performance in a Small Package Watlow s DIN A MITE Style A B C and D power controllers provide a low cost highly compact and versatile solid state power control What s more no need to worry about mercury all DIN A MITEs are mercury free and fit the same footprint as a comparably rated MDR Each feature sub panel mounting while Styles A B and C also have DIN rail mounting capability Style A Capabilities Style A capabilities include single phase burst fire switching up to 25 amps at 600V ac see rating curve Variable time base 4 20mA dc process control or V ac V dc input contactor versions are available All configurations are code number dependent and factory selectable 50 60Hz independent 162 Style B Capabilities Style B capabilities include 1 phase and 3 phase burst fire up to 40 and 33 amps respectively at 600V ac see rating curve Variable time base 4 20mA dc process control or V
100. footprint is equal to that of an industry standard mercury displacement relay DIN A MITE Style A B C and D Features e Faster switching with solid state components Better control saves energy and extends heater life e Back to back SCR design for increased durability e Three year warranty assures Control Confidence Style B and C Features 1 and 3 phase power permits use in a variety of applications e Shorted output detector optional notifies a shorted SCR condition Style C Features Open heater detector optional notifies when a partial or totally open heater occurs Style D Features e On board semiconductor fusing provides quick access with no extra mounting necessary Optional load current monitor detects changes in load current Applications e Petroleum chemical e Ovens furnaces e Wave solder and reflow e Packaging e Foodservice equipment e Semiconductor processing Agency Approvals e UL 508 Listed File E73741 e C UL approved e CE approved with proper line filter e DIN A MITE Style C thru wall mount is also UL 50 and UL 1604 approved e CE and EN 61326 Industrial Immunity Class A emissions with filter EN 50178 safety directive Power Controllers DIN A MITE Family z T E m DIN A MITE DIN A MITE DIN A MITE Style A Style B Style C Style D 1 Phase Up to 25 amps Up to 40 amp
101. for DIN A MITE Products Code Number 14 0019 14 0020 Description Single phase parallel connected filter Three phase parallel connected filter Replacement Fuses for Power Series Watlow Code No 0808 0102 0100 0808 0102 0125 0808 0102 0160 0808 0102 0200 0808 0102 0250 0808 0102 0315 Description 100 amp 9 600V ac 125 amp 9 600V ac 160 amp 600V ac 200 amp 9 600V ac 250 amp 9 600V ac 315 amp 9 600V ac Ferraz Part No L330037 M330038 N330039 P330040 Q330041 R330042 Bussmann Part No 170M1317 170M1318 170M1319 170M1320 170M1321 170M1322 Quencharc is a registered trademark of ITW Paktron Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Accessories Semiconductor Fuse Selection Guidelines The following steps will help you identify the proper semiconductor fuse for your application 1 Semiconductor fuses are required for SCR protection 2 In North America semiconductor fuses are considered a specialty fuse and not yet approved for All fuses should be rated at 125 percent of the connected load or the next standard fuse rating above 125 percent Do not exceed 160 percent of the DIN A MITE For example A 30 amp Style B DIN A MITE with a 20 amp connected load should use a 25 amp semiconductor 4 Due to special applications cooler ambient temperatures small loads etc the connected load should be the de
102. frequency Each controller can operate as a stand alone system and includes built in serial communications for computer interface and data acquisition An enhanced features option offers cascade control ratio control differential control process variable retransmit and remote analog set point The CLS200 SERIES controllers are UL and C UL listed meet the requirements of the European Community EMC Directive and carry the CE mark Features and Benefits PID control of up to 16 heat and cool loops e Minimal panel space per loop e Reduced installation time e More reliable fewer parts means fewer failures Auto tune e Less time tuning e Achieve excellent control with less expertise Menu guided operation with full text display e Quick controller setup e Easy to operate Eight jobs stored and recalled e Quickly change from one process to another mE Sp E ZJHRHNT BeawWee Multiple and mixed inputs e Simply change sensor types at the last minute e Less to learn less inventory Sensor failure detection e Reduces time troubleshooting reversed shorted and open sensors High low process and deviation alarms for each input e Configure alarms as needed to integrate with PLC or other control elements 34 digital outputs e Flexible configuration use outputs as needed for control alarms and process variable retransmit EIA TIA 232 and 485 communications e Use software to configure a
103. in training programs that keep our personnel on the forefront of innovation This advantage is available to give your company s product the competitive edge Innovation Watlow offers a diversity of experience By serving many different industries we offer a blending of technological backgrounds as well as an awareness of the latest in controller technology and advances Watlow s versatility means we re not limited to the conventions of any one industry It s easier for us to bring in better innovative solutions Accountability We assume full accountability for managing the development process to a successful conclusion A partnership with Watlow means you can devote your own resources to your core competencies We work within your time requirements and we guarantee confidentiality and protection of proprietary information Controller Manufacturing Involves Hardware Design e Microprocessor analog and discreet digital e Surface mount technology e Through hole technology e Qualification lab e Electromagnetic compatibility e Environmental testing e Shock and vibration e Agency approvals Packaging Design e Mold design e Mold tools e Injection molding in plant PC Board Design e Multi layer e Double sided Software Design e High level language for flexibility and fast development e Software demo design e Communications e Application overview screens e Custom menus and functions e Custom logic functi
104. ingle Ch I Single Channel WATLOW PD PID Controller Power Ethernet Link Ethernet Activity EQUES Input Error Output 07 Output gt Output gt Output gt Addres 4 outputs can be configured or event alarm outputs Any output can be assigned to either channel 1 or 2 gt c 9 4 c 2 E Ke ES o doo7 uIS 49 50 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES PD Single Loop Features and Benefits Ethernet connectivity Convenient easy to use operator interface e Simplified process monitoring DIN rail sub panel mounting Quick economic installation Watlow INFOSENSE sensor technology e INFOSENSE technology improves sensor accuracy by a minimum of 50 percent Side View 146 mm 3 750 in 129 mm 5 062 in 73 mm 2 875 in Attachment m Advanced control algorithm e Tighter process control Heater burn out detection e Improved process yields Internal data logging e Reduces external hardware demands Virtual or hardware alarms with e mail delivery e Remote alarm notification Front View Bracket for 8 mm Panel Mounting 0 318 in 6 Screw or m3 5 Required WATLOW PD ID Controller Power Ethernet Link f Sam j Ethernet Activity a in CD Input Error ro Input Error 118mm 4 650 in nod Output gt Output gt Output gt
105. input impedance e Update rate 10Hz Conirol Outputs 1A 1B 2A 2B Open Collector Switched dc e Internal load switching nominal Switched dc 22 to 28V dc limited 30mA e External load switching maximum Open collector 42V dc 0 5A Solid State Relay e Zero switched optically coupled 0 5A 24V ac minimum 2538V ac maximum Process Outputs Optional Retransmit e User selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA e Update rate 1Hz 128 maximum Digital Outputs 8 e Update rate 10Hz Open collector output e Off 42V dc max 10uA e On 0 2V dc max 50mA sink e Internal supply 5V dc 80mA Communications EIA 232 and EIA 485 serial communications with Modbus RTU protocol 9600 or 19 2K baud Safety and Agency Approvals e UL C UL 916 listed File E185611 Process Control Equipment e P65 and NEMA 4X e CE to EN 61010 1 and EN 61326 Terminals e Touch safe removable terminal blocks accepts 12 to 22 gauge wire Power e 100 240V ac 15 percent 10 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 24 28Vx ac dc 15 percent 10 percent order option e 39VA max power consumption e Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory 7 years for battery backed RAM Sensor input isolation from input to input to output to communi cation circuitry is 500V ac Operating Environment e Oto 55 C 32 to 130 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing e Storage tem
106. menu e Improves operational efficiency Save and Restore feature for user settings e Allows the user to save individual or factory settings e Eliminates the need to contact the OEM or factory to restore settings WATVIEW HMI Human Machine Interface e Permits operation configuration and data logging via a standard Windows PC Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Control Input Infrared Configure Up to three outputs two for 12 DIN Results in application versatility Dual display on all limit models e Provides better recognition of process changes Infrared communications optional e Facilitates recipe management and data logging Allows easier controller setup operation and monitoring Watlow s INFOSENSE sensor technology e Thermal sensing technology improves sensor accuracy by a minimum of 50 percent 1 39 DIN cannot have an Output 3 Infrared option is not available on 1 3 DIN Limit Alarm or Communications Output 3 b Limit or Alarm Infrared Monitor Specifications 100 to 240V ac 10 15 percent 85 264V ac 50 60Hz 5 percent 24Vx ac dc 10 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent 10VA maximum power consumption Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory 85 Limits Alarms SERIES SD L Wiring Termination Touch Safe Type D O to 2315 C Terminals 32 to 4200 F Specificatio
107. on page 164 for your specific application ratings Phase angle fire is not CE approved 9 Will fit within the width dimension of most comparable MDRs 163 U ie D e e 3 e 2 o o 164 Power Controllers DIN A MITE Family Output Current Rating Curves Style A DIN A MITE Style A Ratings at 100 On wo o m m a o oun uluuluuluuluuluu Current Amps into a Resistive Load a o TTTT TTTT TTTTI TTTT TTTTETTTT TTTTE TTTT TTTTETTTT TTTT 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 Maximum Internal Enclosure Ambient Temperature C Style C DIN A MITE Style C Ratings at 100 On o o eo e Natural Convection ANN HH o TES ERI a m o o a o o cO o0 o O0 o ou iul Raa 2 ES m 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 Current Amps into a Resistive Load Style C Thru Wall Maximum Internal Enclosure Ambient Temperature C L DIN A MITE Style C Ratings at 100 On 80 Recommended maximum Ambient Air Around Heatsink Fins c 85888 88888383 N a A I TET TET TIT TTTT TTTT TITT 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 Current Amps into a Resistive Load Style B DIN A MITE Style B Ratings at 100 On Natural Convection TAAN COA Maximum Internal Enclosure Ambien
108. operating temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage temperature O to 90 percent RH non condensing DeviceNet 9 oo amp D D NET SD D NET z Output 1 Control or Alarm Output 2 Control or Alarm e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage e Calibration ambient temperature 25 C 23 C 77 F 5 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum e UL 3121 C UL CSA CE IP65 NEMA 4X and NSF 2 DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES SD6R D Specifications Cont Controller Microprocessor based user selectable control modes e Single universal input up to three outputs e Control sampling rates input 6 5Hz display 10Hz outputs 6 5Hz Operator Interface Dual 4 digit 7 segment LED displays e Advance infinity and up down keys e DeviceNet on CAN for the packaging or general industrial markets or SEMI SIG ODVA for the semi conductor industry Allowable Operating Range Type J O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Type T 200 to 400 C 328 to 750 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type C O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F
109. percent 15 percent NEMA 5 15 Plug e 208 240V ac 10 percent NEMA 6 15 Plug e Fused 10 amp Sensor Input e Factory selectable thermocouple e Miniature thermocouple jack and plug Output Configuration e AMP Mate n Lok connector e Mating connector provided Operating Environment e 0 to 45 C 32 to 113 F 0 to 90 percent RH non condensing Weight e 2 lbs 0 9 kg Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below 0000 MINI Mini Control Console Input J Type J thermocouple K Type K thermocouple T Type T thermocouple R RTD 2 wire Control 5 SERIES SD Display SERIES SD R Red Green Line Voltage 1 120V ac 2 208 240V ac Control Systems F O B Winona Minnesota Control Consoles Single Control Consoles The single series offers a variety of control input and heater output options The single series can be fitted with either a Watlow SERIES 96 or SD controller The heater output and control circuit are fused to protect the internal components from damage The heater output connector can be ordered as either an AMP Mate n Lok or a twist and lock connector The heater output is pre wired making installation quick and easy Features e Small foot print e Pre wired output e AMP Mate n Lok two pin or a twist and lock output connection e Miniature thermocouple co
110. power failure operation resumption after power recovery ability to display time of day Audible Alarm e Internal audible alarm 85dB 10cm 2KHz Output frequencies supported 250 500 1000 2000 4000Hz Operating Environment e 0 C to 80 C 32 F to 176 F O to 90 percent relative humidity non condensing Storage Temperature e 40 C to 80 C 40 F to 176 F Dimensions e Vertical 196 85 mm x 76 2 mm x 50 8 mm 7 75 in x 3 in x 2 in e Horizontal 76 2 mm x 196 85 mm x 50 8 mm 3 in x 7 75 in x 2 in Communications e Communications parallel connector e Supports addition of Ethernet communications board e Support development of additional memory e DB 9 communications connector e EIA 232 and EIA 485 connections for e Flash download e PC communications Modbus communications e Expansion bus connector For connection to expansion devices such as Motor speed control e Encoder Multiple or custom displays e Other custom remote I O Connectors Connectors are customer supplied Molex e Standard I O 16 pin connector housing 43025 1600 e Optional I O 14 pin connector housing 43025 1400 e Pins 43030 0007 High Voltage Module Adder Board Ordering Information e A007 2660 0000 Two SSRs e A007 2660 0001 Two SSRs and four mechanical relays e A007 2660 0002 Six SSRs A007 2660 0003 Four SSRs and 2 mechanical relays e A007 2660 0004 Two SSRs and f
111. power failure via nonvolatile memory Operating Environment e Oto 65 C 32 to 149 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing e Storage temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Controller Weight approx e 0 2 kg 0 4 Ib Allowable Operating Ranges TypeJ 1 0 O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F 0 1 O to 815 C 32 to 1499 F TypeK 1 0 270 to 1370 C 454 to 2498 F 0 1 199 9 to 999 9 C 327 8 to 1831 8 F TypeT 1 0 270 to 400 C 454 to 750 F 0 1 199 9 to 400 C 327 8 to 750 F TypeN 1 0 O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F 0 1 O to 999 9 C 32 to 1831 8 F TypeE 1 0 270 to 800 C 454 to 1470 F 0 1 199 9 to 800 C 327 8 to 1472 F TypeC 1 0 O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F 0 1 O to 999 9 C 32 to 1831 8 F TypeD 1 0 O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F 0 1 O to 999 9 C 32 to 1831 8 F Pt 2 1 0 O to 1395 C 32 to 2543 F 0 1 O to 999 9 C 32 to 999 9 F TypeR 1 0 O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F TypeS 1 0 O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F TypeB 1 0 O to 1816 C 32 to 3300 F DIN 1 0 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F 0 1 199 9 to 800 C 327 8 to 1472 F JIS 1 0 200 to 630 C 328 to 1166 F 0 1 199 9 to 630 0 C 327 8 to 1166 F Process 1999 to 9999 units as o a 3 D iv o 7 E D s iv UU E Q 71 doo7 a buls 72 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES
112. selectable 4 DualRTD platinum 10009 curve selectable Output 1 1 Switched dc 5V nominal 30mA non isolated 2 Solid state relay Form A 0 4A without RC suppression 3 Solid state relay Form A 0 4A with RC suppression Output 2 1 Switched dc 5V nominal 30mA non isolated 2 Solid state relay Form A 0 4A without RC suppression 3 Solid state relay Form A 0 4A with RC suppression 1 __ AA TT LU Output 3 and 4 1 Two event outputs switched dc 5V nominal 30mA non isolated Battery and Real time Clock 0 None 1 Includes battery and real time clock Audible Alarm O Alarm signal available at connector switched dc 5V nominal 30mA non isolated 1 Internal alarm included Software AA Standard Food Equipment Application Software Set XX Custom set up parameters or Made to Order custom software Consult your local Watlow sales engineer Code number assigned by factory doo7 1inW iJ i z 3 D s 3 mol 7 A 2 c EX iv v EY Q 137 138 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers MINICHEF 2000 Accessories MINICHEF 2000 Documentation Kit 0238 0679 0000 ie d spin ERE Code Number Description ovens EC Dun 0600 0006 0008 Rev A The Complete MINICHEF 2000 User Manual 120 65 mm 4 75 in x 4 75 in 0600 0006 0010 Rev A M NICHEF 2000 Tutorial Diskette 34 inch 0600 0006 0000 Rev A MINICHEF 2000 Gen
113. separately Power Line Voltage e 20 4 to 26 4V ac 47 to 63Hz e 15VA maximum e For CE applications input power must be limited to 15W external to the control e Program retention upon power failure via non volatile memory e Battery real time clock option six year lithium battery provides power backup upon power failure operation resumption after power recovery ability to display time of day Operating Environment e Oto 80 C 32 to 176 F O to 90 percent RH non condensing Storage Temperature e 40 to 80 C 40 to 176 F D The MINICHEF 2000 controller is to be used in Systems with an external high temperature imiting device Thermocouple lead resistance of 2009 causes lt 1 C error RTD 22 gauge wire will not contribute more than 0 086 F error ft Dual channel applications require either two hermocouple sensors or two identical RTD sensor types For mating connector information see Ordering Information Accessory section amp NSF certified for thermometer accuracy oven and hot food holding applications from 0 C to 315 C 32 F to 600 F when used with an RTD or Type J thermocouple temperature sensor probe PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota MINICHEF 2000 Specifications Cont Mechanical Case polycarbonate Lexan with adjustable mounting collar vertical or horizontal orientation designed for mounting on 16 18
114. to 1472 F 6 Dual universal inputs RTD JIS ee to i Auxiliary Retransmit Module to 1 7 0 None Process 19 999 to 30 000 units 1 Single retransmit output 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA Sensor Accuracy Ranges 2 Dual retransmit outputs 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA ic ues 0 1 750 C Language and RTD Options ype J O 1 English with 100Q RTD 32 to 1382 F 2 German with 1009 RTD Type K Fo to Loo 8 French with 1002 RTD NEUE o o 4 Spanish with 1002 RTD Ype i 328 iS 5620F 5 English with 500 and 1KQ RTD 6 6 German with 500 and 1KQ RTD Type N 0 to 1250 C 7 French with 500 and 1K RTD 32 to 2282 F Type E 200 to 800 C 8 Spanish with 500 and 1KQ RTD 328 to 1472 F Display and Custom Options Type C W5 O to 2315 C RG Standard display Red Green display only 32 to 4200 F XX Custom options software setting parameters overlay Type D W3 0 to 2400 C 32 to 4352 F Type PTII O to 1393 C 32 to 2540 F Type R O to 1450 C 32 to 2642 F Type S O to 1450 C 32 to 2642 F Type B 870 to 1700 C 1598 to 3092 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F RTD JIS 200 to 630 C 328 to 1166 F Process 19 999 to 30 000 units Limits Alarms SERIES LV Watlow s family of microprocessor based limit controllers provides an economical solution for applications requiring temperature limit control These limits are available in a broad range of packaging options
115. to all Watlow temperature and power controllers as well as control panels and boxes e Carefully read understand and follow the instructions contained in the User s Manual e Always disconnect electrical power prior to installing servicing or replacing temperature or power controllers e All temperature and power controllers should be used with approved conductors of the correct wire gauge e Do not use solid state power controllers in safety limit controller circuits Solid state components tend to fail in a closed circuit mode and will not cut power e Safety limit control should be provided by an isolated redundant sensor and controller system of the appropriate type design and installation e Electrical enclosures and or control panels housing temperature and power controllers should match the application s environment and be able to withstand worst case failures especially in hazardous locations e Do not apply temperature or power controllers where ambient conditions exceed specified operating environments and or exceed power draw permitted by the device or applicable rating curve e Special attention should be paid to wiring practices Power sensor and communications wiring should be effected in an appropriate way to avoid inductive and capacitive coupling These conditions can create errant and or erratic operation and pose a safety hazard Use noise suppression devices where appropriate Mak
116. 0 C J zT m e lt o 7 High limit manual reset High limit auto reset Low limit manual reset Low limit auto reset Fixed Set Point Temperature Value N Xzcrm A0U0 Overlay Customs Options A Standard 9A is used in the left most digit of the fixed set point indicates a negative temperature value SERIES SD L The SERIES SD family of limit controllers has been designed with the same microprocessor based technology as the SERIES SD PID family of temperature controllers The limits come with FM Factory Mutual agency approval the industry s most recognized designation for insurance concerns Limit controllers are typically added to thermal applications to monitor an over temperature condition as a safety precaution Limit controllers provide a redundant safety assurance to guard against instances where a high temperature runaway condition could result from a shorted input sensor or from an output device that fails in a closed position Limits are recommended and are often required in applications where thermal runaway could result in costly operator safety concerns product scrap damage to capital equipment or a fire hazard The SD L limit family is also designed to work with Watlow s HMI software WATVIEW Features and Benefits FM approved Watlow s patented User Defined Menu System e Allows the user to assign up to 20 parameters in the operations
117. 00 in 1 60 in e M EN Y SEM Terminals pe E Bezel Steel Case il i SCSI Cable not used with TB 18 15 mm 0 6 in with Right Angle SCSI Connector Modbus is a trademark of AEG Schneider Automation 109 Auto Tuning PID Controllers 4 8 16 Loop CLS200 SERIES Note Controller is configured for thermocouples and 10 to 60mV dc linear inputs For other sensors order special inputs see below For analog outputs order DAC or SDAC modules see page 159 For easy setup order WATVIEW software see page 197 Availability Up to four weeks depending on complexity and order release quantity Consult factory for details Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below 2 Number of Channels Ed 04 4channel 08 8channel 16 16 channel Controller Type 1 Standard EPROM 2 Extruder 3 Ramp and soak 4 Enhanced features Terminal Block O Noterminal block accessory 1 18 pin terminal block CLS204 and CLS208 only 2 2 50 pin terminal block installed includes 3 foot SCSI cable Power Supply O No power supply 2 120 240V ac 50 60Hz power supply adapter 5V dc 4A 15V dc 1 2A CE approved SCSI Cables O No SCSI cable 3 foot cable included with 50 pin terminal block 1 6 foot SCSI cable 2 3 foot right angle SCSI cab
118. 0mA maximum e EIA 485 serial communications with Modbus protocol e 9600 19 2K or 38 4K baud rates WATVIEW HMI WATVIEW Watlow s Windows based HMI Human Machine Inter face software supports the SERIES SD controllers The software can be used to setup monitor and edit the values of controller parameters to monitor and manage alarms and to log and graph process data Typical Block Diagram SERIES SD PID Input 1 Output 1 Output 2 Advantages of IDC include automated logging of key process variables increased accuracy and ease of use for recipe or con figuration setups Infrared data data exchange in physically restricting environments such as semiconductor clean rooms governmental radio active test labs or those hard to reach areas and reduces the use of paper to record instrument information as well as human transposition errors Infrared Communications The Infrared Data Communications IDC option is available on all SERIES SD controller models except the DIN and can support complete SERIES SD parameter configuration and operation The IDC option supports wireless communications with PDAs personal digital assistants or other devices equipped with infrared communications that support the Infrared Data Association IrDA 1 0 Standard The actual user interface or configuration is dependent on the master device application software A source for this software is Instant HMI from So
119. 1 W Moisture resistant NEMA 4 E Explosion resistant NEMA 7 E W Explosion moisture resistant NEMA 7 4 D Dust resistant NEMA 12 Options Celsius dial scale CD Chrome bezel CB Liquid tight brass fitting 0 375 in 18 NPT LTB Pilot Light PL11 Availability Modified Stock Three to five Thermostats working days Stock Same day shipment Standard Eight to 10 working days Remote Mount Thermostats Options complexity and quantity Stock Same day shipment may affect availability and lead times Consult factory Assembly Stock Three to five Stock or Assembly Stock units with catalog working days options e o 2 D 2 gt s O D O o 2 223 SalIOSSed0V 01 U0D Control Accessories F O B Hannibal Missouri Sensors and Accessories Low Liquid Level Sensor The Watlow low liquid level sensor can protect a heating system by sensing when a liquid drops below a predetermined level This is accomplished by locating the sensor at the minimum desired liquid level in the tank or vessel The sensor s ANSI Type J thermocouple output can be connected to a variety of controls alarms and limit protection devices To provide an additional margin of protection the Type J thermocouple makes this low liquid level sensor respond considerably faster than conventional capillary bulb thermostats To order specify code number BCN5J1SJ Application Hints e
120. 12 dual DAC modules coMPU C DIRE DIN A MITE Family Made in the United States of America Watlow s DIN A MITE family of solid state power controllers provides SCR control heatsink wiring and touch safe exterior in one package By designing the DIN A MITE as a total power controller unit the need to prep wires for terminals find the right heat sink and determine adequate terminations is eliminated It s a complete package you can install with Control Confidence Performance Capabilities Four DIN A MITE styles meet most power controller needs with ratings from 18 to 100 amps with voltages from 120 to 600V ac Features and Benefits DIN rail or sub panel mounting e Simple fast installation No mercury e Environmentally safe product Compact size e Reduced panel space less cost Touch safe exterior Increased safety for installer user Easy Installation Installation is simple and fast saving time and money All you have to do is strip wires and make connections e Sub panel or DIN rail mounting e No drilling and tapping necessary e Same footprint as comparably rated MDRs Agency Approvals e UL 508 listed and C UL e UL 50 UL 1604 and CE UL and C UL are registered trademarks of the Underwriter s Laboratories Inc co Single Contactor bl availa wa nsult Your W AN ROPE st tive Reque senta eon repre tlow ac or dc Proportional Volt
121. 1326 EN 55011 3 25 in W x 133 4 mm 5 25 in D Control modes P Pl PID or on off add 24 38 mm 0 96 in width for gach additional module e Outputs loop 2 heat cool or heat cool PPC 2030 excepted Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation W PID with Programmable Logic Controllers PPC 2000 SERIES PPC 2010 Processor Module The PPC 2010 A N executes PID process control and program mable logic control This unit contains the CPU HC memory a Ame B communi 7 cations and H amp R digital O T Specifications General e Memory 512kB flash 128kB RAM battery backed Digital Inputs and Outputs e Number of digital I O 46 24 input or output 22 output only e 2 system outputs System safe global alarm e Input limiting and protection 40V dc Input logic levels lt 0 6V dc Low gt 3 8V dc High e 1 counter input up to 10kHz 16 bit Output current capacity 100mA continuous sink to power common e Maximum voltage on outputs 24V dc Communication Ports e Ports 1 amp 2 EIA TIA 232 3 wire or EIA TIA 485 5 wire isolated e Baud rate 19 200 or 9600 Platinel is a registered trademark of Englehard Industries TB50 SCSI Digital I O Terminal Board The PPC TB50 1 conne
122. 1A C Open collector switched dc E s Electromechanical relay Form C 2 amp without contact suppression K Solid state Form A 0 5 amp relay without contact suppression Fo Process 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA Output 1B I 108 05 mm A None 4 254 in E Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without contact suppression 97 79 mm C Open collector switched dc 3 850 in K Solid state Form A 0 5 amp relay i without contact suppression Fe Process 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA Enhanced Control Operation A Standard control operation B Enhanced control operation dual universal inputs cascade ratio duplex differential l slidewire C Auxiliary Retransmit Module ME 0 None Lk 10 26 mm t Single retransmit output 0 5 1 5 O 10V dc 404 in 0 20mA 4 20mA 2 Dual retransmit outputs 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA Language and RTD Options 1 English with 1000 RTD 5 English with 500 amp 1KQ RTD Specifications Cont 2 German with 1000 RTD 6 German with 500 amp 1KQ RTD Di i 3 French with 1000 RTD 7 French with 500 amp 1KQ RTD HRS 4 Spanish with 100 RTD 8 Spanish with 500 amp 1KQ RTD Width x height x depth Display and Custom Options 99 mm x 99 mm x 97 mm panel RG Red Green display mount 3 93 in x 3 93 in x 385 in XX Custom options software setting parameters overlays 48 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SE
123. 2A9 Output 4 A None C Switched dc open collector K SSR Form A 0 5A E Mechanical relay Form C 2A9 On Board Data Logging 0 None t s 16 megabytes of memory Custom Options AA Watlow logo BB No logo 9 Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life Auto Tuning PID Controllers MICRODIN The Watlow MICRODIN SERIES controllers provide precise measurement and control with easy communication to personal computers and programmable logic controllers used in laboratories and industry This superior controller is designed with simple and straight forward commands to make it easy to set up and operate The MICRODIN is a high performance controller that is capable of stand alone operation and uses the popular Modbus communications protocol with a standard EIA 485 serial interface for parameter set up and viewing The behind the panel DIN rail mount design of the MICRODIN controller provides significant savings by eliminating the need for expensive panel hole punching and by simplifying panel wiring Combine these savings with touch safe removable connectors and the result is low installation costs and minimal down time for service and repair MICRODIN is the perfect solution for applications that require top of the line dedicated temperature control loops with no user
124. 2V dc Start Channel XX Channel Number XX End Channel XX Channel Number XX Availability Up to 4 weeks depending on complexity and order release quantity Consult factory for details W PID with Programmable Logic Controllers PPC 2000 SERIES The Watlow Anafaze PPC 2000 is a powerful multi loop programmable process control system It combines easy to set up multi loop process control and programmable logic control in one integrated package Its modular design enables users to select a set of hardware and develop a logic control program based on their specific control loop and logic application making it ideal for OEMs The PPC 2000 controls up to 48 PID loops and supports additional analog inputs for logic programming or monitoring It accepts multiple sensor inputs including thermo couples RTDs linear dc voltage or current inputs and counters The base system has 46 digital I O for temperature control or program mable logic Plug in I O modules expand the capacity of the base system Options include modules for pulse inputs current and voltage analog outputs digital inputs for ac and dc signals and relay outputs Two serial communication ports support read write access by a host computer and or operator interface panel using Modbus RTU protocol ANAWIN 3 the PPC 2000 s Human Machine Interface HMI software makes it easy to configure monitor and customize applications
125. 32 multi loop controllers e Four Watlow SERIES 988 temperature controllers with remote set point e NEMA 12 skid mounted cabinet e Main disconnect switch e 22 safety contactors e 22 sets of load fusing e Watt transducer e Two 50kW heaters piped in parallel e 60 gom pump e Solenoid valve e Isolation valve e Flow switches e High limit thermocouples Completely interconnected to control system consisting of e Watlow process temperature and limit temperature controllers e Main disconnect Mechanical contactors for power switching 205 206 F O B Wright City Missouri Process Systems e 20kW 480V 3PH e Watlow circulation heater e 30 gpm high temperature canned sealless pump e Water cooled heat exchanger Cooling water pressure switch and solenoid valve e High temperature three way control valve e Expansion tank with sight level gauge Pressure relief and back pressure purge valves e Watlow SERIES 988 process temperature controller e Watlow SERIES 988 mixing valve temperature controller e Manual disconnect e Watlow DIN A MITE power controller e NEMA 12 control cabinet e Framed skid with sealed drip pan e Insulated skid shroud for low temperature safe touch e 400 gallon water calorifier e Internal epoxy coating on tank e 40kW 400V 3Ph flange immersion heater e NEMA 4X control panel e Watlow SERIES 988 process temperature controller e Two Watlow DIN A MITE power contr
126. 37 Current Sensing Style D e On board current transformer 0 2V ac output signal per amp load current into 10000 load U e zu z E e m a2 m x 20 7 166 Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Style A Availability All combinations available in three working days or less CE approved product Must use CE filter listed on page 190 for conducted emission Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below DIN A MITE Style A Solid state power controller Phase DA10 TET ET 1 t phase 1 controlled leg Cooling and Current Rating O Natural convection current rating 18A 50 C 122 F See derating curve for current rating at other temperatures Line and Load Voltage 02 24 to 48V ac 24 100 to 240V ac 60 277 to 600V ac Input Type CO 4 5 to 32V dc contactor FO 4to20mA dc proportional K1 22 to 26V ac contactor K2 100 to 120V ac contactor K3 200 to 240V ac contactor Manual Language O English 1 German 2 Spanish 3 French Custom parts Designation 00 Standard parts Recommended Semiconductor Fuses and Fuse Kits See page 191 for listings and part numbers Style A Dimensions
127. 4 8 6 i Y l Rail Release Tab pre Gab in Dis Pull Down oes sani 49 mm Allowance for 8 Fastener 102 mm 4 00 in Clearance for Air Flow Y up 3 25 in 1 91 in Metric M4 and Wire Bending Radius Zero Electrical Clearance Required DIN EN 50022 35 mm by 7 5 mm Rail Clipping distance 34 7 mm 1 366 in to 35 3 mm 1 390 in 167 Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Style C Current Rating Table Phase Cooling Current 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 Availability All combinations available in three working days or less CE approved product Must use CE filter listed on page 190 for conducted emission 168 Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below DC Style C Zero cross solid state power controller in natural and forced air cooled versions Phase 1 1 phase 1 controlled leg 2 S phase 2 controlled legs 3 3 phase 3 controlled legs use with four wire wye 8 2 independent zones Input Type C K 9 3 independent zones Input Type C K Cooling and Current rating Per Leg see table on left Natural convection standard Din rail or panel heatsink Fan cooled 120V ac standard Din rail or panel heatsink Fan cooled 240V ac standard Din rail or panel heatsink Fan cooled 24V dc standard Din rail or panel heatsink Natural convection through wall or cabinet heatsink NEMA 4X 0 1 2 3 T
128. 4 line LCD 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU 40 profiles 256 total steps Flush mount SERIES F4D Page 127 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota UL C UL CSA CE NSF NAFEM data protocol communications PID Dual line 4 digit 7 segment LED 8 digit alphanumeric 11 C Ethernet NAFEM protocol EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU SERIES N7 Page 131 Flush mount NSF AGA Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota UL C UL CSA CE PID Single line 5 digit LED 0 35 percent span MINICHEF 2000 Page DIN rail or Fastener Sub panel mount 135 Limits Alarms Cont UL C UL CE FM On off Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 5 percent or 1 percent of trip point TLM 8 Page 139 DIN Horizontal UL C UL CE On off Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 2x16 Vacuum Fluorescent Display x 0 08 percent span typical EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU CAS200 Page 143 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 17 P o 9 3 D gt 2 o o Pe o m i D 18 Quick Reference Guide x e 5 Multi Loop PID with Programmable Logic
129. 40V ac 30V dc e Relay type Form A SPST NO on fault or inactive e Isolation 240V ac to power common or ground e Maximum load current 2A per relay PPC 2062 1A per relay 5A per common PPC 2061 e Commons 8 PPC 2062 2 PPC 2061 2 o v fe Ko o El EU z 7 rc 7 155 c fe PID with Programmable Logic Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota PPC 2000 SERIES PPC IPS 2 Power Supply e Mounting DIN rail or panel mount The PPC IPS 2 supplies power to a e Input voltage 120 240V ac PPC 207X Digital Input Module PPC 2000 system which requires a 50 60Hz The PPC 207X accepts Re 12to meni ache pe Output voltage input signals from on off Mp d d dia pn dc V1 5V dc at 6 amps sensors The digital input mO en re i ne V2 24V dc at 4 amps module is available with HMM Peak current output 9A cee E i 5V do 6A 24V dc General e Agency approvals CE UL and 1001 Dimensions 114 3 mm 4 5 in H C UL recognized 7 x 48 3 mm 1 9 in W x 215 9 mm Pis 8 5 in D i pua on PPC 2010 Processor Module soos Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below PPC 2010 The PPC 2010 Processor Module includes ANAWIN3 CNF TM software for PPC 2000 configuration only and a TB50 SCSI Specifications digital I O terminal board A
130. 41 2 200 262 2 200 362 2 200 462 3 270 273 3 270 373 3 270 473 4 350 274 4 350 374 4 350 474 4 350 284 4 350 384 4 350 484 6 490 296 6 490 396 6 490 496 Control Systems F O B Wright City Missouri Made to Order Control Panels How to Order To order your standard control panel please specify e Watlow code number e Process sensor type e High limit thermocouple sensor type e Options e Quantity If our standard units do not meet your application needs Watlow can manufacture control panels to your special requirements For standard units please complete the code number in the build a code to the right and include any additional requirements Availability Standard DIN and CON configured panels available in five to seven days shipment SCR panels Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below 12T OT TT ut ITT T Power Controller Type DIN DIN A MITE solid state power controller SCR SCR power controller CON Mechanical contractor Code Number Enter three digit code number from table on page 208 NEMA Rating 01 NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure 04 NEMA 4 moisture resistant enclosure 4X NEMA 4X corrosion resistant enclosure 47 NEMA 4 7 moisture explosion resistant enclosure 07 NEMA7 explosion resistant enclosure 12 NEMA 12 dust resistant enclosure standard
131. 4200 F Pt 2 O to 1393C 32 to 2540 F Type R O to 1450 C 32 to 2642 F Type S O to 1450 C 32 to 2642 F Type B 870 to 1700 C 1598 to 3092 F DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F JIS 200 to 630 C 328 to 1166 F Process 1999 to 9999 units Thermocouple Inputs e Calibration accuracy 0 1 percent of span 1 C at standard conditions Exceptions Type T 0 12 percent of span for 200 C to 50 C 328 F to 58 F Types R and S 0 15 percent of span for O C to 100 C 32 F to 2120 F Type B 0 24 percent of span for 870 C to 1700 C 1598 F to 3092 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 degree per degree change in ambient RTD Inputs e Calibration accuracy 0 1 percent of span 1 C at standard conditions e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 05 degree per degree change in ambient Process Inputs e Voltage input ranges Accuracy x15mV 1 LSD at standard conditions Temperature stability 100ppm C maximum e Milli amp input ranges Accuracy 30uA 1 LSD at standard conditions Temperature stability 100ppm C maximum Agency Approvals e UL 916 File 185611 C UL CE NEMA 4X Terminals e Touch safe e 22 to 12 AWG Power e 100 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 24 28V ac or V dc 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 7 0VA maximum power consumption e Data retention upon
132. 43 F user selectable control modes Type R O to 1760 C g e Single or dual channel universal 32 to 3200 F Features and Benefits Cont inputs Type S O to 1760 C Heater burn out detection e Current transformer inputs digital 32 to 3200 F e Improved process yields inputs Type B O to 1815 C Internal data logging Up to four programmable outputs 32 to 3300 F e Reduces external hardware Update rates inputs 10Hz RTD DIN 200 to 800 C demands outputs 10Hz 328 to 1470 F Single or dual channel versions Operator Interface Process V Oto 10V dc Process Oto 20mA e Provides application versatility Virtual or hardware alarms with e mail delivery e Improves quality control and reduces maintenance costs Specifications Power e 24Vx ac dc 10 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 12VA maximum power consumption e Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Environment e 0 to 65 C 32 to 149 F operating temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage temperature 0 to 90 percent RH non condensing Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage Calibration ambient temperature 25 C x3 C 77 F x5 F Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum Temperature stability x 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum Agency Approvals e UL9 508 C UL CSA and CE Browser based HMI Wir
133. 5 345 8130 Fax 215 345 0123 Phoenix 14664 North 15th Drive Phoenix AZ 85023 5179 Phone 602 795 7712 Fax 602 298 6960 Pittsburgh 1241 West North Avenue Pittsburgh PA 15233 1935 Phone 412 322 5004 Fax 412 322 1322 Portland 1306 Northeast 149th Place Vancouver WA 98684 3658 Phone 360 254 1009 Fax 360 254 2912 Sacramento 1698 River Oaks Circle Fairfield CA 94533 7797 Phone 707 425 1155 Fax 707 425 4455 Saint Louis 12001 Lackland Road St Louis MO 63146 4039 Phone 636 441 5077 Fax 636 447 8770 San Francisco 780 Montague Expressway Suite 308 San Jose CA 95131 1317 Phone 408 434 1894 Fax 408 435 5409 Seattle 1420 NW Gilman Blvd Suite 2571 Issaqua WA 98027 5394 Phone 425 222 4090 Fax 425 222 5162 Tampa St Petersburg 831 Huntington Court Winter Park FL 32789 4722 Phone 407 647 9052 Fax 407 647 5466 Tulsa 4444 East 66th Street Suite 101 Tulsa OK 74136 4205 Phone 918 496 2826 Fax 918 494 8901 Asian Sales Offices Australia Watlow Australia Pty Ltd 23 Gladstone Park Drive Tullamarine VIC 3043 Australia Phone 61 39 335 6449 FAX 61 39 330 3566 Sales Territory Australia New Zealand Asian Sales Offices China Watlow China Rm 1903 Chang De Building No 478 5 Chang Shou Road Shanghai 200060 China Tel 86 21 62772138 86 21 62273133 Fax 86 21 62278559 Sales Territory China Oo o 3 D gt 7
134. 5 C 40 to 185 F Dimensions e DIN rail model can be DIN rail or chassis mount DIN rail spec DIN 50022 35 mm x 7 5 mm 1 38 in x 0 30 in Open Board 61 7 mm 61 7 mm 45 1 mm 2 43 in 2 43 in 1 78 in Potted 70 1 mm 102 9 mm 46 6 mm 2 76 in 4 05 in 1 84 in DIN Rail 78 1 mm 112 3 mm 90 7 mm 3 08 in 4 42 in 3 57 in Square 72 4 mm 72 4 mm Behind panel DIN panel 2 85 in 2 85 in 51 7 mm 2 04 in Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below SERIES CF z On off controller fixed set point no user interface CF AAAA Power Supply 120V ac switched dc output 120V ac eight amp relay output 230 to 240V ac switched dc output 230 to 240V ac eight amp relay output 24V ac switched dc output 24V ac eight amp relay output ckage Panel mount square DIN DIN rail mount Open board non potted Potted case ensor Type and Scale T C Type J Fahrenheit 346 to 1900 F T C Type J Celsius 210 to 1038 C T C Type K Fahrenheit 454 to 2500 F T C Type K Celsius 270 to 1370 C T C Type T Fahrenheit 454 to 750 F T C Type T Celsius 270 to 400 C RTD Fahrenheit 328 to 1472 F RTD Celsius 200 to 800 C T C Type E Fahrenheit 328 to 1470 F T C Type E Celsius 200 to 800 C Control Type Jg onmootu Qo omo AMNDVZZO HACL Iu og nog Hn og
135. 5 g ce m 5 E a oa E o E oz D2 p E EO lt lt 3 lt 5 Fo Single Loop Auto Tuning Cont 2 DIN UL CSA CE NSF PID Single line 0 1 percent EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU 30 8 mm 1 21 in H NEMA 4X IP65 4 digit span Modbus WATVIEW 53 6 mm 2 11 in W Digital LED SERIES SD31 Page 27 SERIES SD6C_D Pa Ys DIN 52 mm 2 04 in H 52 mm 2 04 in W ge 33 UL C UL CE NEMA 4X IP65 PID Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Dual line 4 digit Digital LED x0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU WATVIEW SERIES 96 Page 35 DIN Vertical or Horizontal 55 mm x 102 mm 2 17 in x 4 02 in 102 mm x 55 mm 4 02 in x 2 17 in UL C UL CE NEMA 4X IP65 PID Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Dual line 4 digit Digital LED 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 422 Modbus RTU SERIES 988 989 Page 39 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota RH Relative Humidity RTD Resistance Temperature Detector SSR Solid State Relay T C Thermocouple V Vertical V dc Volts Direct Current Disclaimers Select mode Requires optional enhanced software Modbus is a trademark of Schneider Automation Incorporated DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNe
136. 5V 0 10V dc 0 12V dc Other ranges available Consult factory Pulse Input One TTL level square wave input up to 2kHz Input Sampling Rate 60Hz Each channel has the following scans per second e MLS316 1 5 samples per second update time 0 667 sec e MLS332 0 75 samples per second update time 1 33 sec dc dc Internal Measurement Resolution e 0 006 percent greater than 14 bits Calibration e Automatic zero and full scale Digital Inputs e TTL level used for selecting recipes or jobs or R S triggers e 8 inputs and 1 pulse input with 50 pin terminal board option Digital Outputs e 34 outputs available with 50 pin terminal board option e One or two control outputs are user assigned for each loop e Each control output can be configured for on off time proportioning or distributed zero crossing e Outputs sink up to 60mA each at 5V dc Alarm Outputs e Independent process and deviation alarms for each channel e Alarms can operate any output not used for control e Programmable deadband delay and startup suppression e Global alarm output activates when any alarm occurs e Watchdog output indicates controller is functioning correctly Analog Outputs e Use DAC and SDAC accessory modules For process variable retransmit use SDAC only See page 159 Serial Interface e EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 485 Baud Rate e 2400 9600 or 19200 user selectable W PID with Time Temper
137. 6 Cor 0 1 NN Nisil T O to 350 32 to 662 1 0 Cor 0 75 05 Cor 04 Cryogenic Range Pt2 PTP Platinel 5355 Eo 200100 328 to 32 17 Cor 196 g ON ESI 7674 K2 200t00 328 to 32 2 2 C or 2 9 R EIS 13 Rhodium TO 200t00 328 to 32 1 0 C or 1 5 9 RN Pure Platinum Where tolerances are given in percent the table are not necessarily an indication of S SP Platinum 10 Rhodium SN Pure Platinum percentage applies to the temperature being measured in degrees Celsius For example the standard tolerance of Type J is 0 75 percent If the temperature being measured is 538 C the tolerance is 0 75 percent of 538 C or 4 0 C To determine the tolerance in degrees Fahrenheit multiply the tolerance in degrees Celsius times 1 8 Thermocouples and thermocouple material are normally supplied to meet the tolerances specified in the table for the normal specified range The same materials however may not fall within the cryogenic tolerances in the second section of the table Tolerances indicated in this the accuracy of temperature measurements in use after initial heating of the materials 9 Little information is available to justify establishing special tolerances for cryogenic temperatures Limited experience suggests the following tolerances for Types E and T thermocouples Type E 200 to 0 C 1 0 C or 40 5 whichever is greater Type T 200 to 0 C 0 5 C or 0 8 whichever is greater
138. 69954 United Kingdom Watlow Limited Manufactures e Band Heaters Cartridge Heaters FIREROD Heaters Silicone Rubber Heaters Thermocouples Robey Close Linby Industrial Estate Linby Nottingham England NG15 8AA Phone 44 0 115 964 0777 FAX 44 0 115 964 007 1 THINBAND Heaters HV Band Heaters Silicone Rubber Heaters Tubular Heaters Cable Heaters Av Epigmenio Gonzalez No 5 Col Parques Industriales Quer taro C P 76130 Quer taro Mexico Phone 52 442 217 62 35 Fax 52 442 217 64 03 Sales Support United States Sales Offices Atlanta 1320 Highland Lake Drive Lawrenceville GA 30045 8225 Phone 770 972 4948 Fax 770 972 5138 Austin 12343 Hymeadow Suite 2l Austin TX 78750 1830 Phone 512 249 1900 Fax 512 249 0082 Birmingham 308 Honeysuckle Lane Chelsea AL 35043 9669 Phone 205 678 2358 Fax 205 678 2567 24 Charlotte 10915 Tara Oaks Drive Charlotte NC 28227 5493 Phone 704 573 8446 Fax 866 422 5998 Chicago 1320 Chase Street Suite 2 Algonquin IL 60102 9668 Phone 847 458 1500 Fax 847 458 1515 Cincinnati 4700 Duke Drive Suite 125 Mason OH 45040 9379 Phone 513 398 5500 Fax 513 398 7575 Cleveland 28 West Aurora Road Northfield OH 44067 2063 Phone 330 467 1423 Fax 330 467 1659 Dallas 609 Storrs St Rockwall TX 75087 Phone 972 620 6030 Fax 972 620 8620 Denver 5945 West Sumac Avenue Littleton CO 80123 0886 Phone 303 798 7778 F
139. 7 is recommended for any application where thermal runaway could result in large product scrap costs affect operator safety cause damage to equipment or create a fire hazard The SERIES 97 is manufactured by ISO 9001 registered Watlow Winona and reliably backed up by a three year warranty WATLOW 102 3 4 Input 1 Process Input 2 Remote Reset or Hardware Lockout Features and Benefits Programmable messages Patented e Controller can be set up to display user programmed limit message NEMA 4X IP65 e Water and corrosion resistant front panel can be washed down Microprocessor based Accurate set point settings and quick output response Second auxiliary input e Remote reset capability 9 LIMIT 97 Output 1 Limit Relay I oO l Output 2 Alarm Output 3 Alarm Output 4 Alarm Analog or Communications Four outputs e Handles high low limit alarms communication and retransmit requirements Software and hardware lockouts e High security e Three year warranty provides Control Confidence Applications e Furnace and ovens e Environmental chambers e Semiconductor e Food processing e Boilers e Laboratory equipment 91 E 3 z 2 E E 7 o e D LI E o Limits Alarms SERIES 97 e Voltage input event high state3 Oto 20mA current output into an to 36V dc event low state O to 8002 maximum load res
140. 8 3 28 One 200 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 150 90 115 One 250 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 200 85 20 One 400 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 300 85 20 One 500 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 400 85 20 One 600 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 500 85 3 28 20 One 800 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 600 Consult factory One 1000 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 800 Consult factory One 1250 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 1000 Consult factory mm 120 120 145 145 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 Note For safe operation fuses must be rated 125 percent of power controller rating Example 100 amp power controller should use a 125 amp semiconductor fuse This 125 amp fuse is already included in the above SLF 100 fuse kit Fuse Block Dimensions EM GATEWAY Watlow s EM GATEWAY serves as a bridge for Modbus communication between Ethernet and Watlow standard controllers The gateway provides a quick convenient and economical means of adapting controllers to Ethernet connectivity Ethernet communications is rapidly gaining popularity in industrial control applications by enabling the flow of information between process ing equipment and the company s Ethernet based management systems Watlow s EM GATEWAY provides an operator interface by serving web pages to an Internet browser to support key control operations such as process monitoring
141. 883 European Sales Offices France Watlow France S A R L Immeuble Somag 16 Rue Ampere Cergy Pointoise 95307 Phone 33 1 3073 2425 FAX 33 1 3073 2875 Sales Territory France Germany Watlow GmbH Industriegebiet Heidig Lauchwasenstr 1 Postfach 1165 76709 Kronau Germany Phone 49 7253 9400 0 FAX 49 7253 9400 44 Sales Territory All Other European Countries 20094 Corsico MI Italy Phone 39 02 458884 1 Fax 39 02 45869954 Sales Territory Italy United Kingdom Watlow Limited Robey Close Linby Ind Estate Linby Nottingham England NG15 8AA Phone 44 0 115 964 0777 FAX 44 0 115 964 0071 Sales Territory Great Britain Ireland Latin American Sales Office Mexico Watlow de Mexico S A de C V Av Epigmenio Gonzalez No 5 Col Parques Industriales Quer taro CP 76130 Quer taro Mexico Phone 52 442 217 62 35 FAX 52 442 217 64 03 Sales Territory Mexico and Latin America Corporate Headquarters Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company St Louis MO 12001 Lackland Road St Louis MO 63146 Phone 314 878 4600 FAX 314 434 1020 Sales Territory All countries and Canadian provinces not specified Auto Tuning PID Controllers SD31 The SERIES SD family of PID temperature controllers utilizes today s advanced micro electronics technology to provide the value benefits and accuracy you ve come to expect from Watlow The SERIES SD31 offers improved accuracy of 0 1 p
142. 96 AA Functionality Matrix Universal Output 3 Output 4 Dimensions Overall Height 52mm 2 05 in Width 52mm 2 05 in Length 107 mm 4 2 in Depth behind panel surface 98 4mm 3 875 in 9 Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life A 107 747mm 4 242 in F 98 425 mm 3 875 in Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below SERIES 96 Microprocessor based 7 DIN with universal input 1 Options include software power supply input 2 outputs and display color Power Supply 100 240Vzx ac dc B 24 28Vx ac dC Input 2 O0 None 1 Eventinput and 0 5V dc 4 20mA Remote set point input Output 1 C Switched dc open collector D Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression F Universal Process range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc K 0 5A solid state relay without RC suppression Output 2 A None C Switched dc open collector D Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression F Universal Process range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc K 0 5A solid state relay without RC suppression Output 3 A None D EBElectromecha
143. A dc 4 20mA dc isolated Process 0 10V dc non isolated Power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 30mA N A Retransmit Alarms e 1 or 2 devices impedance dependent Chart recorder Master remote slave system Data logging device e 1 or 2 devices impedance dependent e Chart recorder e Master remote slave system e Data logging device e Multiple devices impedance dependent e Chart recorder e Master remote slave system e Data logging device e Multiple devices impedance dependent e Chart recorder e Master remote slave system e Data logging device e Various devices in on off mode with RC suppression e Various devices in on off mode without RC suppression e Various devices in on off mode without RC suppression 0 20mA dc 4 20MA dc non isolated 4 20mA dc non isolated 0 5V dc non isolated 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 1 10V dc Isolated Electromechanical relay Form A or B Electromechanical relay Form C Electromechanical relay Form A LELI Watlow power controller process inputs ME Best Life calibrated for 4 20mA unless otherwise Me Better Life specified with order ES Good Life Standard output no option code Power Controller Comparison Guide Power Controller Characteristics Initial 3 Year Control Heater EMI Response Cost Cost Life Life Generation Control Rate Comments Electromechanical Relay and Con
144. AC input solid state relay SSR AC input solid state contactor High impedance load typ 5kQ Piezoelectric buzzer Indicator lamps Various devices in on off mode with RC suppression Various devices in on off mode high impedance or inductive devices with coils suppressed Indicator lamps Small heaters AC input solid state contactor A safety limit circuit with contactor electromechanical relay or mercury displacement relay MDR A safety limit circuit with contactor electromechanical relay or mercury displacement relay MDR Various devices in on off mode Indicator lamps Small heaters AC input solid state contactor Various devices in on off mode Solenoid coil valve Mercury displacement relay MDR Electromechanical relay General purpose contactor Pilot duty relays Various devices in on off mode high impedance or inductive devices with coils suppressed Indicator lamps Small heaters AC input solid state contactor DC input solid state relay SSR PLC dc input Low voltage panel lamp DC input solid state relay SSR PLC dc input Low voltage panel lamp DC input solid state relay SSR PLC dc input Low voltage panel lamp Controller Output Solid state relay Form A with RC suppression Solid state relay Form A without contact suppression Electromechanical relay Form A Electromechanical relay Form A without contact suppression with RC suppression Elect
145. CC n Line and Load Voltage 02 24to 48V ac Control C F K 24 100to 240V ac Control C F K 60 277 to 600V ac Control C F K Input Control Signal CO 4 5 to 32V doc contactor FO 4to 20mA dc proportional K1 22 to 26V ac contactor K2 100 to 120V ac contactor K3 200 to 240V ac contactor Alarm 0 Noalarm S Shorted SCR alarm not available with options 8 and 9 above Language 0 English 1 German 2 Spanish 3 French Custom Part Numbers O0 Standard part XX Any letter or number custom options labeling etc Recommended Semiconductor Fuses and Fuse Kits See pages 191 for listings and part numbers Note Allow one fuse and one holder per leg fused Example a 3 phase 2 leg DIN A MITE requires two fuses and two holders Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Style C Style C Enhancements Option e Manual Control Kit for process input cards 1k potentiometer order 08 5362 separately Current Rating Table Cooling Current en N wo Joc olan ko hy T w Ar 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 T N e gt CE approved product Must use CE filter listed on page 190 for conducted emission Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below TEE DC Snin nia sin Style C Zero cross and phase angle fired solid state powe
146. D or Alarm action e Electromechanical relay Form A rated 2A 120V ac 2A 240V ac or 2A 30V dc e Switched dc non isolated minimum turn on voltage of 6V dc into a minimum 500Q load with a maximum on voltage of not greater than 12V dc into an infinite load Maximum switched dc power supply Ordering Information Open collector 42V dc 250mA maximum EIA 485 serial communications with Modbus protocol output 2 only 9600 19 2K or 38 4 baud rates Communications Modbus EJA 485 WATVIEW Dimensions Y amp DIN size 97 8 mm 3 85 in behind panel maximum Width 52 6 mm 2 07 in Height 29 7 mm 1 17 in To order complete the model number on the right with the information below DIN Size SD31 J A AA LT 3 DIN Control Type 1 DIN single display PID control Power Supply H 100 to 240Vz ac dc L 24 to 28Vx ac dc Output 1 C Switched dc SSR Form A 0 5A F Universal process Mechanical relay Form A 2A C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A J Mechanical relay Form A 2A U EIA 485 Modbus communications Display Colors and Custom Options OR Red Single display units OG Green Single display units XX Custom options special overlays etc SDC The features and performance offered by SERIES SD C controllers make them ideally suited for a broad range of applications in temperature and process co
147. D2 p o EO ica 3 lt 5 Fo Single Loop PID with Time Temperature Profiling Cont Ke he UL CSA CE PID Dual line 0 1 percent EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU 4 profiles 1 amp 4 DINS NEMA 4X IP65 4 digit span IrDA wireless Except SD3R 40 total steps Digital LED Modbus IrDA via IRCOMM SERIES SD_R Page 63 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Ye DIN UL CSA CE PID Dual line 0 1 percent DeviceNet on Canbus 4 profiles 52 mm 2 04 in H NEMA 4X IP65 4 digit span 40 total steps 52 mm 2 04 in W Digital LED SERIES SD6R D Page 67 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota e DIN 52 mm 2 04 in H 52 mm 2 04 in W UL C UL CE NEMA 4X IP65 PID Dual line 4 digit Digital LED 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU 2 profiles 16 total steps SERIES 96_AA Page 69 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN Vertical or Horizontal 55 mm x 102 mm 2 17 in x 4 02 in 102 mm x 55 mm 4 02 in x 2 17 in UL C UL CE NEMA 4X IP65 PID Dual line 4 digit Digital LED 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 422 Modbus RTU 4 profiles 24 total steps SERIES 981 982 Page 73 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN 100 mm x 100 mm 3 94 in x 3 94 in
148. EN 61010 1 and 61326 LED red 32 to 3200 F Type B O to 1816 C Terminals e Control interface display hiahsdefinition LCD 32 to 3300 F e Touch safe removable terminal eee green RTD DIN 200 to 800 C blocks accepts 12 to 22 gauge Sensor Operating Ranges 328 to 1472 F wire Type J O to 815 C RTD JIS 200 to 800 C Power 32 to 1500 F C328 to 1166 F e 100 240V ac 15 percent Type K o E prd Process 19 999 to 30 000 units 10 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent Woet 200 to 400 C e 24 28Vx ac dc 15 percent 328 to 750 F 10 percent order option Type N 0 to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F 47 o 5 e D i ue o Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES F4P Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below SERIES F4P DIN temperature process controller FAP A Panel Cutout SERIES F4P 92 mm x 92 mm 3 622 in x 3 622 in Temperature Process Controller 99 82 mm Single channel temperature 3 930 in process controller two alarms fa gt E t EIA 232 485 comms four S event inputs S 99 82 mm Power Supply o 3 930 in H 100 240V ac dc o 10881 mm 24 28Vx ac dc 4 824 in Output
149. Ensures accurate repeatable control Specifications On Off Coniroller e Microprocessor based on off control mode e Nominal switching hysteresis typically 1 7 C 38 F e Input filter time 1 second Standard Conditions For Specifications e Rated line voltage 50 to 60Hz O to 90 percent RH non condensing 15 minute warm up e Calibration ambient range 25 C 77 F x3 C Sensor Input Thermocouple e Grounded or ungrounded e Type E J K or T thermocouple e gt 10 MQ input impedance e 250 nV input referenced error per 1Q source resistance RTD e 2 wire platinum 100Q e DIN curve 0 00385 curve e 125 uA nominal RTD excitation current Input Accuracy Span Range Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type J O to 750 C 32 to 1382 F Type K 200 to 1250 C 328 to 2282 F Type T 200 to 350 C 328 to 662 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Thermocouple Input e Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient Exception Type T 2 4 percent of input accuracy span for 200 to O C 328 to 32 F e Temperature stability 0 3 degree per degree change in ambient RTD Input e Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient e Temperature stability 0 2 degree per degree change in ambient On Off Controllers F O B Winona Mi
150. For 24 to 50 amp models e Maximum wire size 16 0 mm 6 AWG stranded torque to 1 5 1 7 Nm 13 15 in Ibs Operating Environment e Up to 80 C 176 F See output rating curves for your application e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing e Insulation only tested to 3 000 meters Units are suitable for pollution degree 2 e Cycle time should be less than three seconds Mounting Options include DIN rail or standard back panel mounting e The DIN rail specification DIN EN 50022 35 mm x 7 5 mm 1 37 in x 0 30 in Minimum clipping distance 34 8 mm 1 37 in e Maximum clipping distance 35 3 mm 1 39 in e Mount cooling fins vertical Output Rating Curves Maximum Ambient Temperature F 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 Current Amps 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Maximum Ambient Temperature C Ordering Information Weight Dimensions e 260 g 9 2 oz e 24 to 50 amp models 100 mm 3 95 in high x 45 mm 1 75 in wide x 109 mm 4 3 in deep e 18 amp models 100 mm 3 95 i high x 22 6 mm 0 89 in wide x 99 mm 3 9 in deep Maximum Ambient Temperature F 50 68 Current Amps 10 20 Maximum Ambient Temperature C n 86 104 122 140 158 176 30 40 50 60 70 80 To order complete the code number to the right with the information below C A V jh TtT TE Control Mode R Random Z Zero cross Output Amperage 18 18 a
151. IES F4P temperature process controller is a single channel PID controller that supports either closed or open loop operation The design utilizes the latest technology to provide a controller capable to meeting very complex processing needs while maintaining an easily understood operator interface Full non abbreviated parameter choices are displayed using a four line liquid crystal display The display is back lit for wide angle viewing The firmware guides the operator through parameter choices for feature configuration An information key I provides the operator with detailed help information regarding the parameter or feature being configured The main page menu can be programmed to display output power through 16 control variables including bar graphs set points and operating ranges Up to four programmable messages can be activated remotely to let the operator know that the process requires their attention Five sets of PID values can be auto tuned to support varying system reaction over the complete operating range Up to 10 offset points can programmed to compensate for differences between the actual process value and sensor readings caused by sensor placement Conirol Inputs Up to three universal analog inputs are supported These inputs are configured through software to support thermocouples RTDs and process voltage current sensors Auxiliary inputs 2 and 3 can function as aremote set point input sources
152. IEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE AND ALL OTHER SUCH WARRANTIES ARE SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED THE CORRECTION OF ANY DEFECT IN OR FAILURE OF PRODUCTS BY REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT TO THE EXTENT SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL BE WATLOW S LIMIT OF LIABILITY AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY AND ALL LOSSES DELAYS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCTS IN NO EVENT SHALL WATLOW BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WATLOW SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR AND BUYER AND ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY TO WHOM PRODUCTS ARE TRANSFERRED DURING THE PERIOD OF THIS WARRANTY ASSUMES RESPONSI BILITY FOR ALL PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE RESULT ING FROM OR RELATED TO THE HANDLING POSSESSION OR USE OF PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AND SOLD BY WATLOW HEREUNDER Miscellaneous THE VALIDITY INTERPRETATION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND OR ORDER AND ANY DISPUTE CONNECTED HEREWITH SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MISSOURI These Terms and Conditions constitute the full understanding of the parties a complete allocation of risks between them and a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions of their agreement and or Order relating to the subject matter herein Except as otherwise expressly provided herein no conditions usage o
153. Iconnector TB50 and 6 foot right angle cable Power Supply O No power supply 1 CE power supply Special Inputs EE Thermocouples and 10 to 60 mV inputs only X Number of current voltage and RTD inputs Special Inputs Specify an input type for each channel or block of channels that needs factory installed resistors Include a descriptor in the controller part description in the form specified below for each special input type Make sure the number of special inputs specified is equal to the number of special inputs in the controller part number D8SI IT tT Special Input Type y Not required for thermocouple sensor inputs 23 RTD 43 0 10mA dc 44 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 50 0 100mV dc 52 0 500mV dc 53 0 1V dc 55 0 5V dc 56 0 10V dc 57 0 12V dc Start Channel XX Channel Number XX End Channel XX Channel Number XX Availability Up to four weeks depending on complexity and order release quantity Consult factory for details 118 W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers 4 8 16 Loop CLS200 SERIES The Watlow Anafaze CLS200 SERIES is a powerful line of controllers combining performance and flexibility with compact design The four eight and 16 loop versions provide complete control solutions for a broad range of applications Support for multiple types of sensor inputs is available including thermocouples RTDs linear voltage current and frequency Each controller
154. J O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Type T 200 to 400 C 328 to 750 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type C O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type D O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type PTII O to 1395 C 32 to 2543 F Type R O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type S O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type B O to 1816 C 32 to 3300 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Process 1999 to 9999 units Control Outputs Outputs 1 2 3 Output 3 not available on 75 DIN User selectable for heat cool as on off P PI PD PID or Alarm action Not valid for limit controls e Electromechanical relay Form A rated 2A Q 120V ac 2A 240V ac or 2A 30V dc Switched dc non isolated minimum turn on voltage of 6V dc into a minimum 5004 load with a maximum on voltage of not greater than 12V dc into an infinite load Maximum switched dc power supply current available for up to two outputs is G0mA e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A 24V ac minimum 264V ac maximum opto isolated without contact suppression Auto Tuning PID Controllers SDC Specifications Cont e Process output Non Isolated User selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 1KQ minimum 0 20mA 4 20mA 8000 maximum e Electromechanical relay Form C rated 5A Q 120V ac 5A Q 240V ac or 5A 30V dc e Open collector 42V dc 25
155. J Transmitter Power Supply Percent Power Analog Retransmit Serial Communications Hardware and software lockout options e e Offer several parameter levels of operator security e UL CE NEMA 4X IP65 front panel e Provides corrosion resistance 5Hz sampling rate per channel and variable time base burst fire control e Delivers smooth accurate process control Three year warranty s e Provides Control Confidence Lal n Applications Any process requiring multiple control loops Complex process furnaces Environmental chambers Processes needing control monitoring from a computer UL is a registered trademark of Underwriter s boratories Inc To effect NEMA 4X IP65 rating requires a minimum mounting panel thickness of 1 5 mm 0 06 in and surface finish not rougher than 0 000812 mm 0 000032 in Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life 99 100 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES 998 999 Specifications Control Mode Dual input four control outputs and two additional output options selected as retransmit alarms or digital communication outputs e Programmable direct and reverse acting control outputs e One step auto tuning Agency Approvals e 89 336 EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive e EN 50081 2 1994 Emissions e EN
156. K ALARM ACK ALARM SETPOINT STATUS OUT e A v 96 mm 3 78 in Processor Module Front 41 mm 1 60 in gt c 9 c E RI o 113 doo7 ninw 114 Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota 16 32 Loop MLS300 SERIES Analog Input Module AIM332 shown 146 mm H 5 75 in Compact Input Module CIM332 shown Availability Up to four weeks depending on complexity and order release quantity Consult factory for details Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below 3 Input Module E m 16 16 channel analog input module AIM316 32 32 channel analog input module AIM332 C1 16 channel compact input module CIM316 C2 32 channel compact input module CIM332 Processor Module MLS300 PM O Input module only No MLS300 PM t MLS300 PM with standard firmware 2 MLS300 PM with extruder firmware 3 MLS300 PM with enhanced features firmware 4 MLS300 PM with ramp and soak firmware Terminal Block 0 No terminal block accessory do 50 pin terminal block includes 3 foot SCSI cable Power Supply OQ None 2 120 240V ac 50 60Hz power supply adapter SCSI Cables For use with 50 pin terminal board 0 1 2 d om Serial Communication Cables For communications with computer OAnNWNM O ll Module Interconnect Cables 0 d
157. K3 200 to 240V ac contactor Current Sensing or Alarm O Noalam 1 Load current transformer S Shorted SCR alarm User Manual Language O English 1 German 2 Spanish 3 French Custom Options 00 Standard parts Recommended Semiconductor Fuses Bussmann part number 170N3437 65 amp 660V ac Watlow part number 0808 0096 0000 requires two fuses per Style D DIN A MITE These should be replaced in pairs Style D Dimensions Footprint Same mounting footprint as industry standard mercury displacement relays _ 54mm 2 13 in rr 67 mm 2 63 in si C 67 mm 2 63 in 61 mm i gt E in 13 mm 0 50 in L Allowance For 10 Fastener Metric M5 Side 203 mm 8 0 in Clearance For Air Flow and Bending Radius ry F 203 mm 13mm 0 50 in erin n o i o S Go 9 o Lo AR 185mm 9 6 1ra mm 7 28in Pe 7 0 in Els E eu Li 4 203 mm 203 mm 8 0 in Clearance For Air 8 0 in Flow and Bending Radius i Top g 64 mm z 250 in gt m Grounding Screw 9 5 mm 375 in 406 mm 16 in 239 mm 9 41 in w 000 y _ 66 mm 2 58 in 171 UV 9 D e 9 3 e 2 o o Power Controllers System Diag
158. KQ input impedance Control Outputs 1A 1B e Update rate 20Hz Open Collector Switched dc e Internal load switching nominal Switched dc 22 to 28V dc limited 30mA e External load switching max Open collector 42V dc 0 5A Solid state Relay e Zero switched optically coupled 0 5A Q 24V ac minimum 253V ac max W Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES F4P e 39VA maximum power Type E 200 to 800 C consumption 328 to 1470 F Specifications Cont e Data retention upon power failure Type C s to ee Elect hanical Rel via nonvolatile memory Sensor a P R input isolation from input to input Type D O to 2400 C e Form C 2A Q 250V ac or to output to communication 32 to PN 30V dc max circuitry is 500V ac Type Pt 2 9 do kes e Resistive or inductive load Operating Environment inen poe e Without contact suppression e 0 to 65 C 32 to 149 F 32 to 3200 F Process Outputs Optional 0to90 percent RH non condensing Type S O to 1760 C Raransmi e Storage temperature 40 to 70 C 32 to 3200 F e Update rate 1Hz 40 to 158 F Type B 0 to sake e User selectable 0 10V dc Accuracy 32 to 3300 F 0 5V dc 1 5Vz dc 1KQ min l RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 0 20mA 4 20 Q 8000 Calibration accuracy and sensor 328 to 1472 F gt i Ut c nax conformity 0 1 percent of span RTD JIS 200 to 800 C e Resolution 1 C 25 C 3 C 77 F 5 F 328 to 1166
159. LS316 1 5 samples per second update time 0 667 sec e MLS332 0 75 samples per second update time 1 33 sec Internal Measurement Resolution e 0 006 percent greater than 14 bits Calibration e Automatic zero and full scale Digital Inputs e TTL level used for selecting recipes or jobs or R S triggers e Eight inputs and one pulse input with 50 pin terminal board option Digital Outputs e 34 outputs available with 50 pin terminal board option e One or two control outputs are user assigned for each loop e Fach control output can be configured for on off time proportioning or distributed zero crossing e Outputs sink up to 60mA each at 5V dc Alarm Outputs e Independent process and deviation alarms for each channel e Alarms can operate any output not used for control e Programmable deadband delay and startup suppression e Global alarm output activates when any alarm occurs e Watchdog output indicates controller is functioning correctly Analog Outputs e Use DAC and SDAC accessory modules For process variable retransmit use SDAC only see page 159 W Auto Tuning PID Controllers 16 32 Loop MLS300 SERIES Specifications Cont Serial Interface e EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 485 Baud Rate e 2400 9600 or 19200 user selectable Communication Protocol e Modbus RTU Line Voltage Power e 15to 24V dc 3V dc 1A Agency Approvals e UL C UL Listed UL9 916 Standard for
160. Minnesota SERIES SD L Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below SERIES SD L Temperature limit controllers DIN Sizes SDL 2 DIN e DIN DIN Vertical DIN Horizontal V4 DIN OMA o WwW Control Type L Limit Control Dual Display Power Supply H 100 to 240Vx ac dc L 24 to 28Vx ac dc J Output 1 J Mechanical relay Form A 2A Output 2 A None C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A J Mechanical relay Form A 2A U EIA 485 Modbus communications Output 3 Not available on DIN None Switched dc open collector SSR Form A 0 5A Universal process Mechanical relay Form C 5A m71AQO D Infrared Comms Options IrDA A None Default selection on 2 DIN R IrDA ready Not available on 2 DIN _A T T Display Colors and Custom Options RG Red Green Dual display units RR Red Red Not available on Y amp DIN Dual Display XX Custom options special overlays etc Only available in dual displays red green Limits Alarms SERIES SD6L D Watlow SERIES SD6L D offers excellent Limit control and application flexibility in a c DIN panel mount package The SERIES SD6L D controller has been successfully tested for use with both ODVA and Semi conductor SIG standards for DeviceNet on CAN networks and comes with FM Approval
161. O 4 5 to 32V dc contactor FO 4to20mA dc proportional K1 22 to 26V ac contactor K2 100 to 120V ac contactor Availability K3 200 to 240V ac contactor All combinations available in three working days or less O Noalarm S Shorted SCR alarm not available with options 8 and 9 above CE approved product Must use ser Manual CE filter listed on page 190 for O0 English conducted emission 1 German 2 Spanish 3 French Custom Part Numbers 00 Standard part XX Any letter or number custom options labeling etc Recommended Semiconductor Fuses and Fuse Kits See page 191 for listings and part numbers n Style B Dimensions 2 Front Side Top E to im Allowance for 8 Fastener 102 mm 4 00 in Clearance for Air Flow ry gt ro 211m 7 Metric M4 and Wire Bending Radius pme ry L E 46 mm 1 03 in 102 mm 1 tSt y Grounding Screw 6 Y oo Me 38 mm Y 1 51 in z 1 124 mm t i 1 3 3 5900 4 88 in Oo 94 U AOOO 3 69 In 75 mm 71 mm d 2 97 in 2 80 in d L E sh M ifgoeeons M Dia miel o 25 in ETT oll as Cz Cz C Je 49 mm Y Es E ooo 1 92 in ry
162. Open Relay Relay Relay 240V ac e ARC ABSORBED 240V ac ARC ABSORBED OPERATING mmmmm Conduction Path Normally Open Relay Solid State Relays SSRs Lower cost and longer heater life are the main advantages provided by Watlow solid state relays SSRs A unique loop powered firing card permits a very fast time proportional cycle rate of less than one tenth of a second that allows using higher watt density heating elements and or increasing heater life In addition temperature control accuracy is optimized with this fast cycle card Watlow SSRs can be ordered with all the components necessary for hassle free mounting including heatsinks thermal foil and bevel washers along with semiconductor fuses Performance Capabilities e Burst firing 10 to 75 amps Operating environment 25 to 50 C 13 to 122 F with proper heatsink e Can switch up to 575V ac Features and Benefits Fast cycle card Heater life is increased temperature control is optimized and higher watt density heaters can be used Zero cross firing Minimal electrical noise Back to back SCR design e Will withstand harsh or hostile environments UL recognized CSA certified VDE licensed e For applications requiring agency approval Applications e Food processing equipment e Lighting equipment e Resistive heating Not available on random fired models Specifications Standard to all SSRs e
163. RIES PD Single Loop Watlow s new SERIES PD controller utilizes embedded Ethernet tech nology to provide a convenient economical means for setting up and viewing key process variables such as temperature pressure and humidity The DIN rail mount SERIES PD controller offers up to four control alarm outputs as well as a digital current transformer input Watlow s SERIES PD controller is ideally suited for a wide range of temperature or process control applications where the operator interface is supported from a remote location The SERIES PD provides interfacing via embedded firmware which serves dedicated web pages These pages support key functions including operation alarm monitoring configuration and are displayed using standard web browser software The SERIES PD is also capable of generating e mail messages for remote alarm notification Ethernet based products are rapidly gaining popularity in industrial applications because they allow an instantaneous exchange of information between processing equipment and the company s management system Advanced features of the SERIES PD controller include internal data logging of key control parameters INFOSENSE P technology heater burn out detection and an enhanced control algorithm The SERIES PD controller is backed by a three year warranty from Watlow Winona and is UL 508 C UL CSA and CE approved Ethernet Communications 1 Universal Analog Input
164. S 981 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 Mounting collar 0822 0438 0000 Mounting bracket Z100 0636 0000 Protective terminal cover 0822 0444 0000 Internal bezel gasket 0830 0425 0000 Case gasket 0830 0424 0000 Electromechanical relay 0003 0103 0000 Solid state relay 0842 0164 0000 Quencharc RC suppressor 0804 0147 0000 Noise Suppression Devices MOV 150V ac 20 joule 0802 0273 0000 Quencharc RC suppressor 0804 0147 0000 Solder in part Solder in parts require opening the controller and soldering the component into the circuit board Note opening the controller for installation will void warranty To retain warranty protection Watlow Winona can install component Consult factory for details Quencharc is a registered trademark of ITW Paktron Division of Illinois Tool Works SERIES 998 999 The Watlow SERIES 998 vertical and the SERIES 999 horizontal are DIN dual channel process controllers offering two channels of PID control in a single package With up to six outputs this controller is well suited for most applications where multiple process parameters need controlling The SERIES 998 999 features a NEMA 4X IP65 front panel to withstand wet and corrosive environments Compact four inch case depth and palm safe wiring terminals make installation easy The two universal signal conditioner inputs accept 11 different thermocouple types RTD and scaleable process inputs A single event input allows operators to tur
165. SA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Up to 80 amps 1 phase Vz ac dc contactor Burst Fire DIN rail UL C ULS 80 C 176 F 600V ac 3 phase 2 leg 4 20mA multi zone Shorted SCR Sub panel CE Maximum 3 phase 3 leg input alarm O to 90 percent Potentiometer Open heater RH non alarm on Zero condensing Cross Phase angle 1 phase only Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Up to 100 amps 1 phase Vz ac dc contactor Burst Fire Sub panel UL C ULS 80 C 176 F 600V ac Shorted SCR CE Maximum alarm Load O to 90 percent Current Monitor RH non CT On board condensing Style D Page 171 semiconductor fusing Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Quick Reference Guide Controller aximum urrent M Cc Output Features Mode Power Controllers SCRs Silicon Controlled Rectifiers Agency Approvals Operating Environment CZR 18 50 amps 1 phase Vz ac dc contactor Zero cross DIN rail UL CSA 75 C 167 F up to 600V ac Random Sub panel VDE CE Maximum 0 to 90 percent RH non condensing CZR Page 173 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota POWER SERIES 65 250 amps 1 phase 0 20mA and Burst Fire zero Sub panel UL C ULS 65 C 149 F 3
166. SCSI Cables For use with 50 pin terminal board 0 No special SCSI cable 3 foot cable included with 50 pin terminal block 1 6 foot SCSI cable 2 foot right angle SCSI cable 3 6 foot right angle SCSI cable Serial Communication Cables For communications with computer O No serial communication cable 1 10 foot serial communication cable DB 9 female bare wire 2 25 foot serial communication cable DB 9 female bare wire 3 50 foot serial communication cable DB 9 female bare wire Serial Communication Jumper Settings O EIA TIA 232 1 EIA TIA 485 2 EIA TIA 485 terminated Special Inputs Standard unit is configured for thermocouples and 10 to 60mv linear inputs For other sensors order special inputs O z Thermocouples and 10 to 60mV inputs only X z Number of current voltage or RTD inputs Special Inputs Specify an input type for each channel or block of channels that needs factory installed resistors Include a descriptor in the controller part description in the form specified below for each special input type Make sure the number of special inputs specified is equal to the number of special inputs in the controller part number CPCSI CI Special Input Type Not required for thermocouple sensor inputs 23 RTD 43 0 10mA dc 44 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 50 0 100mV dc 52 0 500mV dc 53 0 1V dc 55 0 5V dc 56 0 10V dc 57 0 1
167. SERIES CZR include single phase 18 to 50 amp zero cross and random switching up to 600V ac see output rating curve The unique integrated design removes the guesswork associated with selecting a proper heat sink and precise terminations for the application SERIES CZR contactors are available in Vx ac dc input contactor versions All configurations are model number dependent and factory selectable The SERIES CZR is reliably backed by a two year warranty from Watlow Winona Performance Capabilities e Output 18 to 50 amps e Output voltage up to 660V ac Features and Benefits DIN rail or standard panel mount e Versatile quick and low cost installation Compact size e Reduces panel space less cost Touch safe terminals e Increase safety for installer and operator Mercury free e Environmentally safe Faster switching with solid state e Saves energy and extends heater life Agency Approvals e UL recognized CSA certified VDE and CE e Applications requiring agency approval Mur SAUD ETATE jer AY iub C TaT Back to back SCR design e Rugged design Specifications Control Mode e Zero cross or random fired contactor output Operator Interface e Command signal input e Input signal indication LED Input Command Signal e Input Type DC1 e Turn on voltage 4V dc max turn off voltage 1V dc min e nput current dc typically 10mA 4V dc 13mA Q 32V dc e Input Type AC1 e 90 to 140Vrms must turn on at 90V ac m
168. T C Unused Input 100 C 212 F 150 C 302 F 200 C 392 F 252 C 486 F 303 C 577F 353 C 667 F Ozzr Ac TOoOmTmmoouc 401 C 754 F 455 C 851 F 504 C 939 F 556 C 1033 F AC TIQoOmnmootu Type K T C con t 603 C 1117 F 651 C 701 C 753 C 807 C 851 C 907 C 1665 F 952 C 998 C 1057 C 1101 C 2014 F 1157 C 2115 F 1205 C 2201 F Type R T C Unused Input 501 C 934 F 602 C 1116 F 708 C 1306 F 800 C 1472 F 903 C 1657 F 999 C 1830 F 1100 C 2012 F 1935 F 1206 C 2203 F 1306 C 2383 F 1410 C 2570 F 1497 C 2727 F 1593 C 2899 F 1720 C 3128 F Type S T C Unused Input 506 C 943 F 601 C 1114 F 700 C 1292 F 810 C 1490 F 902 C 1656 F 1005 C 1841 F 1110 C 2030 F 1210 C 2210 F 1313 C 2395 F 1404 C 2559 F 1500 C 2732 F 1600 C 2912 F 1711 C 3112 F Type T T C Unused Input 100 C 212 F 202 C 396 F 291 C 556 F 384 C 723 F zz Ac IrI0onmoour X z cdom3ovuozzr ZzrAc TQomnmoou moou2 E J gt 3 D 141 E O fe Ts 142 Limits Alarms F O B Winona Minnesota TLM 8 Thermal Limit TLMP Trip Point Descriptions Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below TLME Fixed temperature limits model TLME Sensor Type RTD 1009 platinum thermal switch Ty
169. Temperature Controller 00 Notemperature controller SD SERIES SD DIN temperature controller 98 SERIES 988 temperature controller Temperature Controller Sensor Type i O No sensor available in 10 to 15 days shipment p RTD Made to Order Consult factory J Typed K TypeK TES X Special Specify in notes Temp Controller Specifications Limit Controller Power O0 No limit controller jemperature Code LV SERIES LV limit controller Controller Number E Limit Controller Sensor Type DIN A MITE SERIES SD SD6C HCAA AARG rw NT SERIES 988 988A 10CA AARR Dc ex CRTDUDINIUIS J _ Type J max 540 C 1000 F SCR K Type K max 1205 C 2200 F SERIES SD SD6C HCAA AARG X Special specify in notes SERIES 988 988A 10CA AARR System Power Requirements kW CON Specify maximum kW here SERIES SD SD6C HKAA AARG Options SERIES 988 988A 10BA AARR O Without options Stainless steel enclosure See temperature controller specification table 1 With options See options list on page 210 S eued jonuo23 209 Oo o 3 m 2 o lt o e D 3 i2 210 Control Systems Made to Order Control Panels Dimensions SCR 150 1260 x 915 x 305 48 x 36 x 12 200 1524 x 915 x 305 60 x 36 x 12 300 1524 x 1220 x 406 60 x 48 x 16 DIN A MITE 20 40 50 610 x 508 x 254 24 x 20 x 10 80 914 x 610 x 254 36 x 24 x 10
170. The SD6L D single channel controller includes a universal sensor input with two outputs Output 1 comes preconfigured with a Mechanical Relay dedicated for safety shutdown purposes to meet FM requirements Output 2 can be configured as an Alarm The DeviceNet communications interface is supplied with either a five pin circular DIN connector for Semiconductor SIG specific applications or with a five position removable screw terminal connector for traditional market applications Additional features of the SD6L_D family of controllers include Watlow s INOFSENSE sensor technology a user definable menu system as well as a Save and Restore feature that allows the restoration of factory and user defined parameter values Watlow SD6L_D DeviceNet Limit controllers include a three year warranty and are FM approved with IP65 NEMA 4 CE and NSF ratings When not used as a Limit device the following agency approvals apply UL C UL listed and CSA ratings DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriters Laboratories Inc WATLCO 1 a WATLOW 102 Control Input 6 Features and Benefits Variable burst fire e Prolongs heater life Ordering Options including DeviceNet on CAN or SEMI SIG ODVA protocols e Provides DeviceNet on CAN for Semiconductor applications e DeviceNet on CAN for the packaging or general i
171. Tolerance DIN IEC 761 Class A Class B Fe 0 55 0 24 1 3 0 56 0 35 0 14 0 8 40 32 0 15 0 06 0 3 0 12 0 35 0 13 0 8 0 30 0 55 0 20 1 3 0 48 0 75 0 27 1 8 0 64 0 95 0 33 2 3 0 79 1 15 0 38 2 8 0 93 1 35 0 43 3 3 1 06 1 45 0 46 3 6 1 13 Responsible Engineering Think Safety All thermal systems inherently pose hazards associated with misapplication improper application and failure to adhere to recognized national state and local electrical codes as well as agency standards These can result in injury to personnel or damage to plant and process The user is responsible for determining controller to application suitability Care should always be exercised in controller selection installation and use Each temperature and power controller comes with its own User s Manual Controller installation and wiring is the customer s responsibility Take time to review and understand the User s Manual This useful information will help maximize safety thermal system performance efficiency and life All Watlow temperature and power controllers should be installed by qualified personnel knowledgeable about the thermal system s characteristics and in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any applicable state or local codes The following recommendations apply
172. UL C UL CE NEMA 4x IP65 PID Five lines 4 digit LED 4 line LCDO 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU 40 profiles 256 total steps SERIES F4S Page 77 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Oo o 3 D gt 7 o o e o i D 10 Quick Reference Guide E iE fo 5 Single Loop Limits Alarms 1 Single Input Single output 120V ac Hardware Thermocouple RTD Function Limit Alarm 230 240V ac Hardware EMR 24V ac SERIES LV Page 81 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 Single Input Single Output 120V ac Hardware Thermocouple RTD Function Limit Alarm 230 240V ac Hardware EMR 24V ac SERIES LF Page 83 1 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 3 outputs 2 on SD3L Function Limit Alarm Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 100 240V ac 24x ac dc SERIES SD L Page 85 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 SERIES SD6L D Page 89 Watlow USA Manufacturing Fac 1 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA ility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 1 auxiliary Func
173. UL 878 File E151484 E73741 e CSA LR700195 e VDE 0805 EN60950 File 90995UG e CE 60950 e 4000 Volts RMS Voltage range e 3 32V dc model no dependent e 4 32V dc model no dependent Input current e 4mA 5V dc Turn on voltage e 3V dc minimum Turn off voltage e 1V dc maximum Voltage range e 90 280V ac Input current e 2mA max Q 120V ac Turn on voltage e 90V ac minimum Turn off voltage e 10V ac maximum Forward voltage drop e 1 5V ac typically Minimum holding current e 50mA ac Turn on off time e 8 3ms e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F e 0 090 kg 0 21 Ib e 0 045kg 101b 181 182 Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Solid State Relays SSRs Ordering Information Order by selecting the code number from the specifications table below D D Q Q Q D ode D O O O ci P SSR 240 10A DC1 10 120 3 32V dc 10mA 120 60 1 48 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 25A DC1 25 120 3 32V dc 10mA 250 260 1 02 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 40A DC1 40 120 3 32V dc 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 50A DC1 50 120 3 32V dc 10mA 625 1620 0 63 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac Zero Cross SSR 240 75A DC1 75 120 3 32V dc 10mA 1000 4150 0 31 C W 47 63Hz 24 280V ac 600V ac 240V ac
174. V dc Multi Loop CDN GATEWAY Page 195 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Auto Tuning PID 1 universal 4 outputs 100 240V ac SERIES 998 999 Page 99 Watlow USA Manufacturing Fac Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Function Control Heat Cool Alarm 24Vx ac dc 2 auxiliary Retransmit Signal conditioner Functions RH percent Event power supply Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Hardware Switched dc Open Collector Resistance contact SSR EMR V dc mA ility F O B Winona Minnesota 2 2 universal 5 outputs 24Vx ac dc Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Function Control Heat Cool Alarm 2 auxiliary Retransmit On board data logging Functions Event Current transformer memory Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA SERIES PDD Page 103 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Quick Reference Guide 7 i 2 T E e S E a gt oo T i E Ec Sao E 8 E 3E D2 9 E EO ic 3 lt 5 Fo Single Loop Temperature Meter Cont DIN square UL CSA CE Indicator Single line 1 percent None 72 mm x 72 mm only 4 digit LED span 2 83 in x 2 83 in or DIN rail mount SERIES TM Page 95 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Communication Gateways Cont CE Ethernet Modbus TCP HTTP e mail or
175. V dc Low gt 3 8V dc High Digital Output e Number 32 e Maximum voltage 24V dc e Maximum current 150mA sink to common PPC 205X Analog Output Module The PPC 205X module generates analog output E p signals to control power Tm T controllers variable os frequency drives and other devices The C UL Op analog output module is available with 4 or 8 outputs c Specifications General e Maximum number of modules per system 4 Output e Number 4 isolated or 8 pair isolated e Current or voltage selectable e Isolation from power common and earth ground 120V ac solation from output to output PPC 2051 120V ac e Isolation between output pairs PPC 2050 120V ac e Voltage range 0 10V dc 10mA maximum e Current range 0 20mA with 8V maximum compliance 400Q load e Accuracy 0 5 percent voltage 0 8 percent current of range at 25 C 75 F e Output update time 0 1 second e Resolution 12 bit PPC 206X Digital Output Module The PPC 206X relay output drives actuators pilot lights and other e devices Each output is user configurable for _ alarms or logic The digital output module is available with 8 or 16 relays Specifications General e Output status LEDs e Maximum number of modules per system 6 Output e Number 8 or 16 e Contact voltage rating 2
176. View 34 54 mm 1 36 in 0 125 in Up to a total nf 16 legacy controllers Ethernet 10 Base T Connection SERIES 96 Communication Gateways F O B Winona Minnesota CDN GATEWAY The new CDN GATEWAY enables customers to connect Watlow s Modbus RTU based controllers to their existing DeviceNet on CAN based management systems DeviceNet on CAN communication protocol has widespread popularity in industrial control applications where communication between computers controllers sensors and actuators is necessary to improve process performance and reduce costs The CDN GATEWAY enables DeviceNet master nodes to send and receive data using standard POLL or EXPLICIT messaging Up to 32 unique Modbus pairs may be accessed in each POLL transaction and the Modbus registers may reside in one or a combination of up to 32 supported controllers The CDN GATEWAY unit is enclosed in a 63 5 mm x 82 55 mm 2 5 in x 3 25 in plastic housing with mounting tabs A nine pin D sub connector provides the EIA 485 interface and is fully isolated from the DeviceNet power The CDN GATEWAY is backed by a 12 month warranty from Watlow Winona DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association Features and Benefits Allows existing Modbus RTU based controllers to interface with DeviceNet based networks e Eliminates the need to purchase new controll
177. WNM O ll T 7 OT 0 No special cable 4 foot cable comes with input module 1 10 foot cable RJ45 connector RJ45 connector 2 8 25 foot cable RJ45 connector RJ45 connector Serial Communication Jumper 0 EIA TIA 232 i EIA TIA 485 2 EIA TIA 485 Terminated Special Inputs Standard unit is configured for thermocouples and 10 to 60mvV linear inputs For other sensors order special inputs sp oou ECT 00 Thermocouples and 10 to 60mV inputs only XX Number of current voltage or RTD inputs Include leading zero as needed MLS300SI Ax Special Input Type 20 RTD 1 0 1 Platinum 100 to 275 C 148 to 527 F 21 RTD 2 1 Platinum 120 to 840 C 184 to 1544 F 43 0 10mA dc 44 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 50 0 100mV dc 52 0 500mV dc 53 0 1V dc 55 0 5V dc 56 0 10V dc 57 0 12V dc Start Channel XX Channel number XX End Channel XX Channel number XX W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES F4D Watlow s SERIES F4D DIN industrial controllers offer an easy to set up and operate solution for the most demanding ramp and soak processing applications The features and performance of these units make them ideally suited for environmental chamber or furnace and oven applications Single and dual channel versions are available These competitively priced controllers feature a four line hig
178. above require one interstage transformer 187 Power Controllers QPAC SCRs Fuse Recommended Bending Lugs Phase Fuse Current Rating Wire Size oig Accept Code Mounting Transformer in Wire No Wiring Information 150 Triple O 100 4 to 3 0 All models 16 0008 Note A circuit breaker or dis 200 286 250 MCM 115 n 6 to 350 MOM All models ns 16 0045 connect is required in addition 300 400 500 MCM 205 8 4to 500 MCM All models O B 16 0073 to and at least of the same rating 400 500 Dual250MCM 380 15 2to 600 MCM All models O B 400A 0004 0286 0400 as the semiconductor fuses Fuse mounting for those controllers 500 600 Dual 350 MCM 380 15 2to 600 MOM All models O B 500 0004 0286 0500 with external EXT fuses will 600 800 Dual 500 MCM 380 15 2to 600 MOM All models O B 600 0004 0286 0600 DR bed s E Ben 800 1000 Quad 250 MCM 380 15 2to 600 MOM All models O B 800 0004 0286 0800 ock The space for the fuse wi i y depend upon the current rating 1000 1250 Quad 350 MCM 380 15 2 to 600 MOM All models O B 1000 0004 0286 1000 On board fuses O B do not require extra fuse space Where third leg fusing is selected additional space is required On 575V ac models the fuses are mounted external to the QPAC Case Styles Style C Note Style D eliminated and replaced with Style E Q01 Q32 Width W Depth D Weight lbs kg
179. ac G 24V ac Package 1 Panel mount square DIN 2 DIN rail mount Sensor Type and Scale T C Type J Fahrenheit 346 to 1900 F TIC Type J Celsius 210 to 1038 C T C Type K Fahrenheit 454 to 2500 F T C Type K Celsius 270 to 1370 C T C Type T Fahrenheit 454 to 750 F T C Type T Celsius 270 to 400 C RTD Fahrenheit 328 to 1472 F RTD Celsius 200 to 800 C T C Type E Fahrenheit 328 to 1470 F T C Type E Celsius 200 to 800 C Type ZI ACI m High limit manual reset High limit auto reset Low limit manual reset N lt SCHRAMDD Low limit auto reset Low Set Point Operating Range Value High Set Point Operating Range Value Overlay Customs Options A Standard A is used in the left most digit of the set point operating ranges to indicate a negative temperature value Limits Alarms SERIES LF Watlow s family of microprocessor based limit controllers provide an economical solution for applications requiring temperature limit control These limits are available in a broad range of packaging options allowing users to select the best version for their individual application The controllers are available without an operator interface and can be ordered in square DIN panel mount DIN rail mount or open board design configurations The LF limit family incorporates a microprocessor design platform This design provides sig
180. ac maximum opto isolated without contact suppression Ordering Information F O B Winona Minnesota Process output Non Isolated User selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 1KQ minimum 0 20mA 4 20mA 8002 maximum Electromechanical relay Form C rated 5A 120V ac 5A 240V ac or 5A 30V dc Open collector 42V dc 250mA maximum Dimensions SD6C_D or SD6R_D or SD6L_D e DIN Size 97 8 mm 3 85 in behind panel maximum Width 52 1 mm 2 05 in Height 52 1 mm 2 05 in To order complete the model number on the right with the information below SERIES SD6C D DIN panel mount PID controller with DeviceNet Control Type C PID controller SD6C A D Power Supply H 100 to 240Vzx ac dc L 24 to 28Vx ac dc Output 1 C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A F Universal process J Mechanical relay Form A 2A Output 2 A None C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A J Mechanical relay Form A 2A U EIA 485 Modbus communications DeviceNet Communications N S DeviceNet on CAN packaging or general industrial markets SEMI SG ODVA compliant semi conductor markets Display Colors and Custom Options RG Red Green with Watlow name and SD logo RR Red Red with Watlow name and SD logo AA Red Green SD logo only AB Red Red SD logo only SERIES 96 Watlow s SERIES 96 is a powerful s DIN dual display controller t
181. ac V dc input contactor versions are available All configurations are code number dependent and factory selectable 50 60Hz independent Style C Capabilities Style C capabilities include 1 phase and 3 phase 2 leg and 3 phase 3 leg burst fire as well as 1 phase phase angle fire Burst fire operation from 120 to 600V ac phase angle operation from 120 to 600V ac Current switching capabilities range from 30 to 80 amps depending on the model ordered see output rating Curve Input options include variable time base 4 20mA dc process control linear voltage control manual control or V ac V dc contactor input All configurations are code number dependent and factory selectable All models are 50 60Hz independent Style D Capabilities Style D capabilities include 1 phase switching up to 100 amps at 600V ac and 30 C 86 F see rating curve Limited 3 phase operation is possible by ganging two and or three Style D DIN A MITE contactor inputs together Style D features on board semiconductor fuses accessible from the front Application is further enhanced with optional current transformer option for external load current monitoring and shorted SCR detector on some models Variable time base 4 20mA dc process control or V ac V dc input contactor options are available All configurations are code number dependent and factory selectable 50 60Hz independent The standard sub panel mounting
182. age or Current att gt Current Monitor DIN A MITE Burst Fired to 100 Amps mm Phase Angle Fired up to 80 Amps Alarm Achieve Optimum Temperature Control With Variable Time Base Control Variable time base control meets the rapid switching demands of PID temperature control to deliver more accurate process control It also increases heater life by reducing temperature over and undershoot Low Electrical Noise Burst firing switches ac current at Zero cross zero potential to produce minimal RFI and EMI electric noise radio frequency interference electromagnetic interference This low electrical noise quality helps prevent interference with sensor circuits and particularly sensitive equipment in your system Rugged Back to Back SCR Design Insures Long Term Reliability With solid state components there s no limit on the number of switching cycles the DIN A MITE can perform The four DIN A MITE styles meet most application requirements by tolerating harsh industrial environments electrical spikes and dissipating less power When properly applied the DIN A MITE will outlast all other types of non electronic power controllers 161 Power Controllers DIN A MITE Family Reduce Wear On Thermal System With optional variable time base switching the DIN A MITE automatically adjusts output cycle time to meet system demands The benefits of this option are
183. ails Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below 3 Input Module E 16 16 channel analog input module AIM316 32 32 channel analog input module AIM332 C1 16 channel compact input module CIM316 C2 32 channel compact input module CIM332 Processor Module MLS300 PM x Input module only No MLS300 PM MLS300 PM with standard firmware MLS300 PM with extruder firmware MLS300 PM with enhanced features firmware MLS300 PM with ramp and soak firmware Terminal Block woONM O ll 0 No terminal block accessory T 50 pin terminal block includes 3 foot SCSI cable Power Supply 0 None 2 120 240V ac 50 60Hz power supply adapter 5V dc 4A 15V dc 1 2A CE approved SCSI Cables For use with 50 pin terminal board 0 No special SCSI cable 3 foot cable is included with 50 pin terminal board 1 6 foot SCSI cable 2 3 foot right angle SCSI cable 3 6 foot right angle SCSI cable Serial Communication Cables For communications with computer E No serial communications cable 10 foot EIA TIA 232 comm cable DB 9 female RJ12 phone plug 25 foot EIA TIA 232 comm cable DB 9 female RJ12 phone plug 50 foot EIA TIA 232 comm cable DB 9 female RJ12 phone plug EIA TIA 485 terminal block with 2 foot cable EIA TIA 485 terminal block with 4 foot cable Module Interconnect Cables OAnN
184. al board option e 11 outputs available with 18 pin terminal block option e One or two control outputs are user assigned for each loop e Each control output can be configured for on off time proportioning or distributed zero crossing e Outputs sink up to 60mA each at 5V dc Alarm Outputs e Independent process and deviation alarms for each channel e Alarms can operate any output not used for control e User programmable deadband delay and startup suppression e Global alarm output activates when any alarm occurs e Watchdog output indicates controller is functioning correctly Analog Outputs Use DAC and SDAC accessory modules See page 159 DeviceNet Interface e Fully compliant with the interface guidelines for DeviceNet on semiconductor manufacturing tools e Supports predefined master slave connection set e Group two only slave device e Module status and network status LEDs e Rotary baud rate and node address switches e Hardware and software selectable baud rates 125K 250K and 500K e Hardware and software selectable node address 0 to 63 e Supports polled I O and explicit messaging connections e Polled I O response less than 1 millisecond e Explicit message response less than 50 milliseconds e EDS Electronic Data Sheet e Connector 5 pin micro style sealed male e Optically isolated CANBUS interface e Bus plugable while hot e Bus miswire protection Line Voltage Power e 15 t
185. allowing users to select the best version for their individual application The limits are available with an operator interface and can be ordered in DIN square panel mount or DIN rail mount design configurations The LV limit family incorporates a microprocessor design platform This design provides significant improvements in the performance repeatability and accuracy offered by Watlow s current line of analog limit controllers The variable SERIES LV limit includes an operator interface for viewing and selecting the set point A red four character seven segment LED displays the set point The set point selection is made with a continuous turn rotary encoder Operating range temperature values are customer definable in the product configuration part number The limit controllers are FM approved with special UL approval for the open board potted versions Watlow s limit controllers include industry leading service and support and are backed by a three year warranty Applications e Food preparation e Industrial machinery e Packaging e Plastics processing Features and Benefits Adjustable set points e Offer control flexibility Four character LED display e Improves set point selection accuracy UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Multiple mounting options Minimize installation time High or low limit with auto or manual reset e Provides application flexibili
186. and D Push button Two position selector switch Three position selector switch Volt meter Control Systems Control Consoles Watlow combines superior products and innovative mechanical designs in its new series of control consoles Watlow designed these units using many of its temperature and process controllers making them an excellent choice for point of use applications The standard Watlow control consoles are available in one two or four control loop configurations Each unit is supplied with a heavy duty fused line cord fused output receptacle a solid state relay and on off rocker switch The powder coated metal case has vent openings on the top and bottom for heat dissipation keeping internal case temperatures lower On some models serial communication options are available through Watlow s ANAWIN Windows 95 based software or EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 422 Custom made systems are also available Please consult a Watlow sales representative for details Watlow provides total system development from concept to design through quality controlled manufacturing to on site installation and start up Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Features and Benefits Compact size Fits easily into confined areas Control options including on off proportional or PID control Provides simple reliable operation Self contained units Require no external components Pre wired
187. and equipment protection Semiconductor capital equipment OEMs will find these features ideal for meeting SEMI S2 93 safety guidelines The TLM 8 is compact and easy to install on a panel or a DIN rail No cutout is required reducing installation and fabrication costs Troubleshooting is simplified through a self test diagnostics input which simulates the alarm state The TLM 8 bears the CE mark LVD and EMC Directives and is UL listed and FM approved Applications e Any process requiring multi channel redundant temperature monitoring e Semiconductor capital equipment requiring SEMI S2 93 e Electronics packaging equipment e Plastics injection molding and extrusion equipment UL is a registered trademark of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Features and Benefits Multi channel monitoring e Eight channels in one package make the TLM 8 ideal for multi zone applications Multiple sensor types e TLM 8 supports six thermocouple types RTDs and thermal switches one sensor type per TLM 8 Selectable alarm limits e TLM 8 can be ordered with a different temperature limit on each channel e TLM P has field adjustable temperature limits Compact easy to install sub panel mounting e Reduces installation time Flexible interlocks e Interfaces with redundant controls ideal for SEMI S2 93 applications Self test diagnostics e Simplifies troubleshooting Latching alarms e Protects process and equipme
188. ange Accuracy Type B 66 to 1760 C x4 0 C 150 to 8200 F 7 2 F TypeE 200 to 787 C 1 0 C 328 to 1448 F 1 8 F 212 to 760 C 1 2 C 350 to 1400 F 2 2 F 268 to 1371 C 1 3 C 450 to 2500 F 2 3 F 268 to 1299 C 1 5 C 450 to 2370 F 2 7 F Type J Type K Type N 450 to 750 F 2 9 F Note Accuracy 25 C 77 F ambient Valid for 10 to 100 percent of span except Type B which is specified for 427 C to 1760 C 800 F to 3200 F Linear Voltage and Current Inputs Requires scaling resistors See Special Inputs in Ordering Information 0 10mA dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mMA dc 0 100mV dc 0 500mV dc 0 1V dc 0 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 12V dc Other ranges available Consult factory Pulse Input e TTL level square wave input up to 2kHz Input Sampling Rate at 60Hz e 24 channels per second e 1 5 samples per second update time 0 667 sec Calibration e Automatic zero and full scale Digital Inputs e TTL level used for remote alarm acknowledge and selecting recipes or jobs e 8 inputs and 1 pulse input with 50 pin terminal board option e 2 inputs and pulse input or 3 inputs with 18 pin terminal block option remotely through the serial interface Watchdog output on when scanner is functioning correctly Outputs sink up to G0mA each at 5V dc 350mA at 5V dc available from onboard supply Serial Interface EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 485 Bau
189. apidly gaining popularity in industrial applications because they allow an instantaneous exchange of information between processing equipment and the company s management system Advanced features of the SERIES PD controllers include internal data logging of key control parameters smart sensor technology heater burn out detection and an enhanced control algorithm The SERIES PD controller is backed by a three year warranty from Watlow Winona and is UL 508 C UL CSA and CE approved Ethernet WATLOW PID Controller paS hb 1 Power dress Features and Benefits Ethernet connectivity e Convenient easy to use operator interface e Simplified process monitoring DIN rail sub panel mounting e Quick economic installation Communications 2 Universal Ethernet Link Analog Inputs Ethernet Activit y 4 outputs Dual Channel can be configured as control or event 9 Input Error alarm outputs IURE Any output can nputError GN be assigned Output to either Event or a channel 1 or 2 Current son e Transformer Output CT Inputs Output gt PD mm Watlow INFOSENSE sensor technology e INFOSENSE technology improves sensor accuracy by a minimum of 50 percent Advanced control algorithm e Tighter process control 103 104 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES PD Controller Type PTII O to 1395 C Dual Loop Microprocessor based 32 to 25
190. ating curve applies only to 10 and 25 amp SSRs 40 through 75 amp SSRs should not exceed a seven amp load without using a heatsink Temperature Operating Curve 100 e Ambient Temperature C 40 5 80 50 6 o io With Heatsink BR s Dy o Percent of Rated Current 0 75 100 Ambient Temperature F 125 150 175 200 Replacing Contactors or MDRs Improvements in heater life and control accuracy can be anticipated with solid state relays operated with rapid cycle times as compared to slower operating electromechanical relays or even mercury displacement relays in some applications When replacing these types of relays with the SSR it is important to consider two aspects 1 Heat Solid state devices require a small voltage to turn on which is consumed as heat 1 5 watts amp This heat must be removed from the device and is usually accomplished by mounting the relay on heatsinks 2 Failure Mode Solid state devices should last for many years when properly protected with voltage and RC suppressors mounted on appropriate heatsinks and when fused against the high currents caused by electrical shorts However if the unit fails the most probable condition will be a short Both mechanical relays mentioned above also have a good probability of failing short In all cases where uncontrolled full power can cause damage it is recommended that
191. ature Profiling Controllers 16 32 Loop MLS300 SERIES Specifications Cont Communication Protocol e Modbus RTU Line Voltage Power e 15 to 24V dc 3V dc 1A Agency Approvals e UL C UL Listed UL9 916 Standard for Energy Management Equipment e CE Mark Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Input Module Options Choose the input module appropriate for the application e AIM316 and AIM332 provides screw terminations for 16 or 32 sensors e CIM316 and CIM332 provides DB 50 connector terminations for 16 or 32 sensors in a compact size 25 mm 188 mm 41 mm 1 00 in 7 40 in 1 60 in e 50 mm 1 96 in 15 mm 0 60 in with Right Angle SCSI Connector Processor Module Side LOOP PROCESS UNITS RAMP SOAK 50 mm 1 96 in ALARM SETPOINT STATUS OUT ux e amp v 96 mm 3 78 in Processor Module Front doo niniy v i z 3 D 3 s E mol D A o c iv UU EY Q 125 126 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota 16 32 Loop MLS300 SERIES Analog Input Module AIM332 shown 146 mm H 5 75 in Compact Input Module CIM332 shown 70 mm 95 mm 2 75 in 7 N 3 75 in Availability Up to four weeks depending on complexity and order release quantity Consult factory for det
192. ax 303 798 7775 Customer Assistance Sales Support United States Sales Offices Cont Detroit 155 Romeo Road Suite 600 Rochester MI 48307 1580 Phone 248 651 0500 Fax 248 651 6164 Houston 3403 Chapel Square Drive Spring TX 77388 5160 Phone 281 440 3074 Fax 281 440 6873 Indianapolis 160 W Carmel Drive Suite 204 Carmel IN 46032 4745 Phone 317 575 8932 Fax 317 575 9478 Kansas City P O Box 15539 Lenexa KS 66285 5539 Phone 913 897 3973 Fax 913 897 4085 Los Angeles 1914 West Orangewood Avenue Suite 101 Orange CA 92868 2005 Phone 714 935 2999 Fax 714 935 2990 Maryland Virginia 85 Old Dublin Pike Doylestown PA 18901 2468 Phone 215 345 8130 Fax 215 345 0123 Milwaukee Appleton 400 South Linwood Avenue Suite 13 Appleton WI 54914 4970 Phone 920 993 2161 Fax 920 993 2162 Minneapolis 14551 Judicial Road Suite 127 Burnsville MN 55306 5529 Phone 952 892 9222 Fax 952 892 9223 Nashville 212 Hidden Lake Road Hendersonville TN 37075 5502 Phone 615 264 6148 Fax 615 264 5654 New England 4 John Tyler Street Suite E Merrimack NH 03054 4800 Phone 603 882 1330 Fax 603 882 1524 New York Upsiate 6032 Old Beattie Road Lockport NY 14094 7943 Phone 716 438 0454 Fax 716 438 0082 Orlando 5514 Meadow Pine Ct Orlando FL 32819 Phone 407 351 0737 Fax 407 351 6563 Philadelphia 85 Old Dublin Pike Doylestown PA 18901 2468 Phone 21
193. ay change over its operating range up to 10 sets of PID heat cool parameters are step selectable The auto start step can start a profile based on a set date a day of the week or daily the choice is yours The jump step can be used to jump within a profile or to another profile The end step terminates a program with the control outputs programmed to your process needs Availability Up to four weeks depending on complexity and order release quantity Consult factory for details 130 3 universal analog inputs 4 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 2 alarms EIA 232 485 comms Power Supply H 100 240Vz ac dc L 24 28Vx ac dC Output 1A C Openoollector switched dc F Process 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA K Solid state Form A 0 5A amp relay Output 1B A None C Openoollctor switched dc F Process 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA K Solid state Form A 0 5A amp relay Output 2A C Openoollctor switched dc F Process 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA K Solid state Form A 0 5A amp relay Output 2B A None C Openoollector switched dc F Process 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA K Solid state Form A 0 5A amp relay Auxiliary Retransmit Module O None 1 Single retransmit output 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA 2 Dual retransmit outputs 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA Language and RTD Options 1 English
194. based user selectable control modes Heat and cool auto tune for control outputs Universal input one auxiliary input two four outputs Control outputs user selectable as on off P PI PID To effect NEMA 4X IP65 rating requires a minimum mounting panel thickness of 1 5 mm 0 06 in and surface finish not rougher than 0 000812 mm 0 000032 in Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life 69 70 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES 96 AA Specifications Cont e Input sample period Single input 10Hz 100ms dual input 5Hz 200ms digital filter adjustable e Display update 2Hz 500ms time filter adjustable e Output update burst 0 1 to 999 9 seconds e Input Output Communication isolation e Displayed in C F or process units Operator Interface e Dual four digit LED displays upper 10 2 mm 0 4 in lower 6 2 mm 0 244 in e Advance Up Arrow Down Arrow Infinity tactile keys Standard Conditions For Specifications e Ambient temperature 25 C 77 F 8 C rated line voltage 50 to 60Hz O to 90 percent RH non condensing 15 minute warm up Universal Input 1 Thermocouple e Type J K T N C W5 E Pt 2 D W3 B R S thermocouple e gt 20MQ input impedance e Maximum 209 source resistance e 30uA open detection bias RTD e 2
195. cable 2 lt 3 foot right angle SCSI cable 3 6 foot right angle SCSI cable Serial Communication Cables For communications with computer 0 4 foot serial communication cable DB 9 female bare wire 1 10 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire 2 25 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire 3S 50 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire Scanner Software WATVIEW CAS Windows based software Serial Communication Jumper Settings 0 EIA TIA 232 T EIA TIA 485 2 EIA TIA 485 terminated Special Inputs Standard unit is configured for thermocouples and 10 to 60 mV linear inputs For other sensors order special inputs 00 Thermocouples and 10 to 60 mV inputs only XX Number of current or voltage inputs Include leading zero as needed CASSI as a SERE Special Input Type a T 43 0 10mA dc 44 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 50 0 100mV dc 52e 0 500mV dc 53 0 1V dc 55 0 5V dc 56 0 10V dc 57 0 12V dc Start Channel XX Channel number XX End Channel XX Channel number XX Up to four weeks depending on complexity and order release quantity Consult factory for details PID with Programmable Logic Controllers CPC400 SERIES The Watlow Anafaze CPC400 controllers provide performance and flexibility in a compact design and integrate full featured closed loop control with user written logic Programmable logic can intera
196. cal code compliance Three year warranty e Provides Control Confidence Applications e Foodservice equipment e Custom applications consult factory 135 136 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers MINICHEF 2000 Time display formats H MM SS Audible Output Options HH MM or MMM SS e Switched dc signal 4 5V to 5 25V Specifications Audible alarms 30mA maximum output minimum Control Mode e Single and dual heat channels PID or on off Microprocessor based programmable reverse acting control outputs User selectable embedded software applications define the operation of display keys inputs outputs timing action e One step auto tuning WATHELP diagnostics WATCURVE temperature compensation Agency e CE approved 89 336 EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive EN 50081 1 Emissions EN 50082 1 Immunity 73 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive EN 60730 1 and EN 60730 2 9 e NSF Listed Criteria 29 e A G A UL tested to A G A standard Z21 23 UL File E43684 e UL and C UL recognized UL 197 873 991 and CSA standard C22 2 24 UL File E43684 Operator Interface e Membrane overlay contamination and water resistant supplied by customer e LED display five digit seven segment 14 22 mm 0 56 in high red e Displays times temperatures user prompts and diagnostic codes User selectable time and temperature display formats e Temperature display formats
197. ceramic fiber heaters Skid mounting designing and fabrication Piping design and fabrication Fabrication of heating and control systems for all hazardous and non hazardous locations CSA and CENELEC certified enclosures to 1270 mm 50 in flange Special cleaning procedures including passivation and electropolishing Special finishing blasting and painting of complete thermal systems Special packaging and crating for domestic and export systems Able to ship F O B factory F O B U S port ex factory C amp F destination CIF destination Can coordinate all Freight Forwarder shipping issues to insure smooth and timely export Complete I amp M packages drawings nameplates in English or other international languages as required On site technical reviews training commissioning service by factory engineers and local representatives F O B Wright City Missouri Process Systems triidi MEATY a es ri Pid LEELUEIREGE d Four Watlow Anafaze 32MLS controllers e 128 total control loops Four loops per zone Two process and two alarm outputs e Emergency stop pushbutton Interior lighting e NEMA 12 fan cooled cabinet Each zone contains On off selector switch with pilot light e Watlow DIN A MITE for power switching e Capacitors and resistors for Torodial heater coil e 75 KVA 480V x 240V step down transformer e Four C Style DIN A MITE SCR power switching devices e Three Watlow Anafaze MLS3
198. ched dc Open Collector 3 universal 4 outputs 100 240V ac Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Function Control Heat Cool Alarm 24Vz ac dc RH percent Retransmit Single or Dual 4 auxiliary Hardware Switched dc Open Collector Functions Cascade Event SSR EMR V dc mA Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 8 Digital outputs Resistance contact ility F O B Winona Minnesota Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA 6 outputs 24V ac Function Control Alarm ility F O B Winona Minnesota 2 Two inputs 3 outputs 24V ac Hardware Thermocouple RTD Function Control Heat Alarm Hardware Switched dc SSR 2 digital outputs Function Event Hardware Switched dc SSR Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 8 8 Analog 2 or 10 10 26V dc Function High Limit Alarm Functions Channel and Global High Hardware Thermocouple RTD Limit Annunciation Hardware Relay Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 16 16 Analog Function High Low Deviation Alarm 36 Digital 15 24V dc CAS200 Page 143 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Quick Reference Guide Multi Loop 2 zS ce oa oa PID with Time Temperature Profiling Cont Indication Accuracy Communications Time Temp Profiling DIN 100 mm x 100 mm 3 94 in x 3 94 in UL C UL CE NEMA 4X IP65 PID Five lines 5 digit LED
199. chine Interface e Permits operation configuration and data logging via a standard Windows PC Infrared communications optional e Facilitates recipe management and data logging e Allows easier controller setup operation and monitoring Dual displays e Provides better recognition of process changes 1 5 DIN cannot have an Output 3 Infrared option is not available on 1 5 DIN Output 1 b Control or Alarm Output 2 b Control Alarm or Communications Output 3 i Control or Alarm Infrared Monitor Specifications e 100 to 240V ac 10 15 percent 85 264V ac 50 60Hz 5 percent e 24Vz ac ac 10 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 10VA maximum power consumption e Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory e 18 to 65 C 0 to 149 F operating temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage temperature e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation 30 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SDC Specifications Cont Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage Calibration ambient temperature 25 C x3 C 77 F 5 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum Agency Approvals e UL 3121 C UL CSA CE
200. ck Hardware V dc CLS200 Page 119 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 16 or 32 16 or 32 Analog Functions Control Feedback 36 Digital 12 24V dc Hardware Thermocouple RTD 4 and 8 loop only V dc mA 8 Digital Functions Job Select Output Override Trigger Hardware V dc 1 Pulse Functions 2kHz Rate Control Feedback Hardware V dc Functions Control Heat Cool Alarm Retransmit Global Alarm System Safe Event Hardware Switched dc Open Collector MLS300 Page 123 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Quick Reference Guide E go oa oa ic Multi Loop Auto Tuning PID Cont Indication Accuracy Communications Time Temp Profiling DIN Horizontal UL C UL CE PID 2x16 Vacuum Fluorescent Display 0 08 percent span typical EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU CLS200 Page 107 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN Horizontal Sub panel mount analog input module UL C UL CE PID 2x16 Vacuum Fluorescent Display 0 08 percent span typical EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU MLS300 Page 111 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN Horizontal UL C UL CE PID 2x16 Vacuum Fluorescent Display 0 08 percent span
201. consumption Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Operating Environment 0 to 65 C 32 to 149 F O to 90 percent RH non condensing Storage temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Dimensions Retransmit Width 52 mm 2 05 in Height 52 mm 2 05 in Length 107 mm 4 2 in Depth behind panel surface 98 4 mm 3 875 in Approximate controller weight 0 2 kg 0 4 Ibs Note These specifications are subject to change without prior notice Allowable Operating Ranges Type J Type K Type T Type N Type E Type C Type D Type PTII Type R Type S Type B DIN JIS 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 32 0 32 270 454 200 328 270 454 200 200 328 t 200 328 200 328 200 328 to to to to tsi si si si si si si ss OOOO 000000000000 aa ao oa ao 815 C 1500 F 815 C 1500 F 1370 C 2500 F 1000 C 1832 F 400 C 750 F 400 C 750 F 1300 C 2372 F 1000 C 1832 F 1800 C 3272 F 800 C 1472 F 2315 C 4200 F 1000 C 1832 F 2315 C 4200 F 1000 C 1832 F 1395 C 2543 F 1000 C 1832 F 1760 C 3200 F 1760 C 3200 F 1816 C 3300 F 800 C 1472 F 800 C 1472 F 630 C 1166 F 630 C 1166 F E 3 g 2 E 3 o o e D i
202. ct with closed loop control and operate I O independently Four and eight loop versions offer complete control solutions for a broad range of applications The CPC400 supports thermocouples RTDs linear voltage current and frequency Built in diagnostics automatically detect sensor failures including open shorted and reversed conditions I O can also be utilized for closed loop control alarms and user programs Using the built in communications port system designers can interface one or more controllers to a host computer for operator controls and data acquisition The CPC400 offers PID cascade ratio and differential control strategies Process variable retransmit and remote analog set point can be used to integrate the CPC400 with other devices such as chart recorders The CPC400 carries the CE mark and is UL listed Features and Benefits Combines control loops with programmable logic e Easy integration of PID control and logic e Less time reinventing PID control e Augment closed loop control with user written logic e Add custom functions to controller e Reduces installation and setup time e Requires less panel space e Fewer parts reduces failures and increases reliability Flexible easy to use interfaces e Easy setup with menu guided full text prompts e Context sensitive on screen help saves time e WATVIEW software minimizes setup time e Integrate with other serial devices using Modb
203. cter 14 22 mm 0 56 in high seven segment LED display and an eight character 5 08 mm 0 2 in dot matrix display e Displays times temperatures user prompts and diagnostic codes e User selectable time and temperature display formats Time formats will include HH MM MM SS MMM SS Temperature formats will be C or F e Menu driven operation and manual modes available e Real time clock option displays time of day Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 1 F for Type J thermocouple and RTD e Voltage 25mV e Current 40uA e Accuracy span Normally 540 C 1000 F minimum span e Temperature stability Configured Sensor Inputs e Update rate 5Hz Thermocouple e Requires ungrounded thermocouples e Accuracy 1 1 C 2 F e Drift 0 10 C C x0 10 F F e Input ranges e Type J 46 C to 316 C 50 F to 600 F e Type K 46 C to 316 C 50 F to 600 F RTD e 2 or 3 wire platinum e DIN curve 0 00385 curve e Accuracy 1 1 C 2 F e Drift 0 10 C C 0 10 F F e Range 46 C to 316 C 50 F to 600 F Voltage e Input impedance 60kW e Input range O to 12V e Accuracy 25 mV e Drift 5mV F Current e Input impedance 100 W Input range 0 to 22mA e Accuracy x 40 mA e Drift 5 mA F Output Options Switched DC Outputs e 5V at 30mA maximum Voltage Outputs e Range O to 12V at 50mA maximum e Minimum load impedance 500 W e Accuracy
204. ctor Fuses Description Part No QPAC Models Used On 20 amp 700V ac 17 7071 All Q01 30 amp 2 fuses required 30 amp 700V ac 17 7072 All Q01 50 amp 2 fuses required 40 amp 700V ac 17 7007 All Q32 and Q33 30 amp 70 amp 700V ac 17 7010 All Q32 and Q33 50 amp 100 amp 700V ac 17 7012 All 75 amp 600V QPACs 100 amp 500V ac 17 7050 All 75 amp 480V or less QPACs 125 amp 500V ac 17 7051 All 100 amp 480V or less QPACs 200 amp 500V ac 17 7053 All 150 amp 480V or less QPACs 250 amp 500V ac 17 7054 All 200 amp 480V or less QPACs 400 amp 500V ac 17 7056 All 300 amp 480V or less QPACs 500 amp 500V ac 17 7057 All 400 amp 480V or less QPACs 600 amp 500V ac 17 7058 All 500 amp 480V or less QPACs 800 amp 500V ac 17 7059 All 600 amp 480V or less QPACs 1 000 amp 700V ac 17 7082 All 800 amp QPACs 1 250 amp 700V ac 17 7081 All 1 000 amp QPACs Third Leg Semiconductor Fuse Kits for QPAC and VPACs Dimensions Description mm in mm in 110 110 135 One 15 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 10 85 One 25 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 20 85 One 40 amp fuse one 1 phase holder 3LF 30 110 One 70 amp fuse one 1 phase holder SLF 50 110 135 One 100 amp fuse one 1 phase holder SLF 75 90 115 One 125 amp fuse one 1 phase holder SLF 100 90 3 50 115 4 50 3 50 3 28 3 2
205. cts to the PPC 2010 or PPC 2040 through a SCSI cable The terminal board is used to interface field wiring to the PPC 2010 or PPC 2040 Specifications e Dimensions 104 mm 4 1 in H x 102 mm 4 0 in W x 40 6 mm 1 6 in D e Number terminal points 50 Mounting DIN rail or panel mount Discrete terminal type Captive Screw cage clamp PPC 202X Analog Input Module Analog input modules accept a wide variety of signals A single module can easily be configured for any combination of _ thermocouple RTD linear voltage and linear current signals Analog input modules are available with high La isolation and standard isolation Specifications General e Maximum number of modules per system 4 Input Thermocouple and RTD Ranges Total Type Range Accuracy B O to 1820 C x3 C 32 to 3308 F 5 9 F C O to 2316 C x1 6 C 32 to 4200 F 2 8 F D O to 2316 C x1 5 C 32 to 4200 F 2 7 F E 270 to 661 C 1 0 C 454 to 1221 F 1 8 F F O to 1232 C 2 3 C 32 to 2250 F 4 1 F G O to 2316 C 1 5 C 32 to 4200 F 2 7 F J 210 to 870 C 1 2 C 346 to 1598 F 2 1 F K 270 to 1232 C 2 2 C 454 to 2249 F 3 9 F N 270 to 1300 C z1 5 C 454 to 2372 F 2 7 F R 50 to 1768 C 2 6 C 58 to 3215 F 4 6 F S 50 to 1768 C x3 f C 58 to 3215 F 5 6 F T 270 to 400 C 1 2 C
206. d Rate 2400 9600 or 19200 user selectable Communication Protocol Modbus RTU Line Voltage Power 15 24V dc 3V dc 1A maximum 320mA no load Agency Approvals UL C UL listed UL 916 Standard for Energy Management Equipment CE Mark Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Limits Alarms CAS200 Alarm Scanner Dimensions 25 mm 178 mm j 31 mm 1 00 in 7 00 in 2 00 in BU L Terminals Bezel Steel Case H nmm i SCSI Cable 25 mm 1 00 in with Right Angle SCSI Connector cS EM a gt am I 30 oS CHANNEL PROCESS UNITS RESET 50 mm 1 96 in CHANNEL NAME ALARM STATUS CHNG 96 mm 3 78 in 145 146 Limits Alarms F O B Winona Minnesota CAS200 Alarm Scanner Availability Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below 200 EN b Terminal Board 0 No terminal board accessory 1 18 pin terminal block mounted on unit no SCSI cable required 2 50 pin terminal board 3 foot SCSI cable included Power Supply 0 None 2 120 240V ac 50 60Hz power supply adapter 5V dc 4A 15V dc 1 2A CE approved SCSI Cables 0 No cable accessory 3 foot SCSI cable is included with 50 pin terminal board T 6 foot SCSI
207. d dc isolated E Dualelectromechanical relay Form A 2A without contact suppression F Single universal process 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA isolated K Dual solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression Output 3 None Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression Switched dc or open collector isolated Electromechanical relay Form A or B 5A without contact suppression Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression Retransmit 0 20mA 4 20mA Retransmit 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10 dc External signal conditioner power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 9 30mA uzZZEACOUDTP ll o c t lot Ind Z A e ne Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression Switched dc or open collector isolated Electromechanical relay Form C 5A with RC suppression Electromechanical relay Form C 5A without contact suppression Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression Isolated EIA TIA 232 communications Isolated EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 422 communications EIA TIA 232 EIA TIA 485 software selectable External signal conditioner power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 9 30mA Display Overlay GG Green Green display RG Red Green display GR Green Red display RR Red Red display XX Custom overlays or default settings ACODA MEOT DY I gt c 4 9 E c E Rd o doo7 1inW
208. dad 35 pDAC SDAC Modules 159 LOGICPRO desea crni ie deeds 201 SERIES 988 989 39 SERIES FAP coss is SERIES PD Single Loop 49 MICRODIN9 53 On Off SERIES CV tee tse i 57 SERIES CF sem oa eee RES 59 SERIES 80M6 61 PID with Time Temperature Profiling SERIES SD B sere 63 SERIES SD6R_D 67 SERIES 96_AA 00 69 Process Systems 203 SERIES 981 982 73 Control Panels 207 SERIES F4S 77 Control Consoles 211 Limits Alarms Control Boxes 218 SERIES EV ee deeper edn ed 81 Control Accessories 221 SERIES LP i eceeeERE EE 83 Controller Output SERIES SD L 85 Comparison Guide 225 SERIESSD6LD 89 Temperature Sensor SERIES 97 00ecc cece 91 Solid State Relays SSRs ML ea Think Safety 0 0 229 Temperature Meter QPAC SCRS cilius seeds apiece 185 Terms and Conditions 230 SERIES TM aooaa 95 Power Accessories 189 Custom Temperature and Power Controllers Your Complete Source For Solutions With Control Confidence If the controllers contained in this catalog do not meet your application needs contact Watlow about a custom controller solution Whether the application requires a temperature or power controller or a complete ready to install control panel Watlow has the e
209. dc 1 Pulse Functions 2kHz Rate Control Feedback Hardware VI dc CLS200 Page 107 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 16 or 32 16 or 32 Analog Functions Control Feedback 36 Digital 12 24V dc Cascade Differential Ratio Remote Set point Functions Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Retransmit Global Alarm System Safe 8 Digital Functions Job Select Output Override Hardware Switched dc Open Collector Hardware V dc 1 Pulse Functions 2kHz Rate Control Feedback Hardware V dc MLS300 Page 111 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 4or8 4or8 Analog Functions Control Feedback 20 Digital 15 24V dc Cascade Differential Ratio Remote Set point Functions Control Heat Cool Alarm Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Retransmit Global Alarm System Safe 8 Digital Functions Job Select Output Override Hardware Switched dc Open Collector Hardware V dc D8 Page 115 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota PID with Time Temperature Profiling 4 8 or 16 4 8 or 16 Analog Function Control Feedback 36 Digital 15 24V dc Hardware Thermocouple RTD 4 and 8 loop only Functions Control Heat Cool Alarm V dc mA Retransmit Global Alarm System Safe 8 Digital Functions Job Select Output Override Event Trigger Hardware Switched dc Open Collector Hardware V dc 1 Pulse Functions 2kHz Rate Control Feedba
210. dc 22 to 28V dc limited 30mA Solid state relay Form A 0 5A Q 24V ac minimum 264V ac maximum opto isolated without contact suppression User selectable 0 10V dc 1KQ minimum scalable 0 20mA 8002 maximum scalable e Electromechanical relay Form C rated 5A 120V ac or 5A Q 240V ac or 5A Q 30V dc Communications TCP IP Ethernet Modbus TCP Ethernet RJ 45 connector 10 base T HTTP interface DHCP auto IP or fixed IP address Dimensions Width x height x depth 42 mm x 116 mm x 132 mm 1 64 in x 4 56 in x 5 19 in DIN rail or chassis mount DIN rail spec DIN 5022 35 mm x 7 5 mm 1 38 in x 0 30 in gt c 9 E c E E E o doo 2a 6uis 52 Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES PD Single Loop Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below PDS A LT Auxiliary Inputs Dual digital inputs 2 One CT input and one digital input 3 Dual CT inputs dual channel only Output 1 C Switched dc open collector K SSR Form A 0 5A F s Universal process J Mechanical relay Form A 2A Output 2 A None G Switched dc open collector K SSR Form A 0 5A E Mechanical relay Form C 2A Output 3 A None Co Switched dc open collector K SSR Form A 0 5A F Universal process E Mechanical relay Form C
211. derwriter s Laboratories Inc E iv zj o ES g c iv 7 o 95 doo Ez le V S Temperature Meter F O B Winona Minnesota Dimensions e DIN rail model can be DIN rail or chassis mount DIN rail spec DIN 50022 35 mm x 7 5 mm 1 38 in x 0 30 in SERIES TM Specifications Cont Agency Approvals e UL9 60730 1 Recognized Temperature Controller and Indicator Style Width e UL 197 Reviewed for use in DIN rail 78 1 mm 112 3 mm 90 7 mm cooking appliances z DE in Ae in c in quare 4 mm 4 mm ehind pane e ANSI 221 23 Gas Appliance DIN panel 2 85 in 2 85 in 51 7 mm Thermostat approval 2 04 in Temperature Control and Indicator CSA 22 2 No 24 Terminals e 6 3 mm 0 25 in quick connect push on terminal Power Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below TM A AAAA AAAA SERIES TM Indicator only four character seven segment display e 24V ac 10 percent ipii R 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent D 230 to 240V ac e 120V ac 10 percent F 24V ac 96 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 230 to 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 10VA maximum power consumption e Data retention upon power failure Package 1 2 Sensor Type and Scale Panel mount square DIN DIN rail mount H T C Type J Fahrenh
212. e PPC 2040 Digital I O Module Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below PPC 2040 Order up to six modules per system A separate terminal board is included to interface with devices Digital I O Cable Cable from module to terminal board 1 2 3 foot cable CA SCSI 3 2 6 foot cable CA SCSI 6 PPC 205X Analog Output Module Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the ES Order up to four modules per system The terminal block is built into the module Quantity of Outputs O 8 analog outputs 1 4 analog outputs PPC 206X Digital Output Module Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the eee oe Order up to six modules per system The terminal block is built into the module Quantity of Outputs 1 16 relay outputs 2 8 relay outputs PPC 207X Digital Input Module Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the s Order up to four modules per system The terminal block is built into the module Quantity and Type of Inputs 0 8 point 120V ac 1 16 point 120V ac 8 point 24Vz ac dc 16 point 24Vz ac dc Multi Loop Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Accessories DAC and SDAC Modules The optional DAC and SDAC modules are used to convert open collector outputs to analog voltage or current signals
213. e ground connections for any device only to the appropriate electrical ground for that device chassis ground safety ground or computer ground 229 Terms and Conditions Quantity and Weights Products purchased and sold hereunder shall be those for which Buyer submits an Order which is accepted by Watlow Watlow s quantities shall govern unless proved to be in error On Orders for Products carried in stock Watlow will deliver the ordered quantity specified However in the manufacture of Products itis agreed that Watlow will be allowed production losses Watlow shall have the right to manufacture deliver and invoice for partial deliveries of Products as stated below Quantity Delivery Ordered Variation 1 4 No variation 5 24 1 unit 25 74 2 units 75 99 3 units 100 3 percent SERV RITE Insulated Wire and Cable 10 percent XACTPAK Sheathed Wire 10 percent Note Watlow will deliver exact quantities on Products with a net price of 100 00 or more If Buyer expressly requests no variation in delivered quantity of Products with a total net price under 100 00 a ten percent 10 surcharge will be added to the net billing on the invoice for such Order Delivery F O B Watlow s Plant Risk of loss shall pass to Buyer on delivery at the F O B point Watlow shall prepay freight assure the shipment and select the means of transportation unless Buyer provides specific written instructions otherwis
214. e information below CV SERIES CV On off controller rotary set point adjustment four character seven segment display Power Supply 120V ac switched dc output 120V ac eight amp relay output 230 to 240V ac switched dc output 230 to 240V ac eight amp relay output 24V ac switched dc output 24V ac eight amp relay output ckage DVONNOOW ou wg uote ul o 1 Panel mount square DIN 2 DIN rail mount Sensor Type and Scale H T C Type J Fahrenheit 346 to 1900 F J T C Type J Celsius 210 to 1038 C K T C Type K Fahrenheit 454 to 2500 F L T C Type K Celsius 270 to 1370 C M T C Type T Fahrenheit 454 to 750 F N T C Type T Celsius 270 to 400 C P RTD Fahrenheit 328 to 1472 F R RTD Celsius 200 to 800 C S T C Type E Fahrenheit 328 to 1470 F T T C Type E Celsius 200 to 800 C Control Type H Heat C Cool Low Set Point Operating Range Value High Set Point Operating Range Value Overlay Customs Options A Standard B Push to show process C Push to adjust set point OA is used in the left most digit of the set point operating ranges to indicates a negative temperature value On Off Controllers SERIES CF Watlow s new family of micro processor based temperature controllers provide an economical solution for applications requiring simple on off control The
215. e thermostat for pilot duty where the thermostat is not interconnected with the heater or heater exceeds the volt amp rating SPST 3 phase delta 1L1 47 o Warning Do not use thermostats for high limit sheath protection Thermostats fail in a closed circuit mode and will not cut power to the heaters Limit control should be provided by an isolated redundant sensor and control system of the appropriate type design and installation Thermostats are precalibrated at the factory No adjustment other than selecting the desired operating temperature is required All wiring should be performed by qualified personnel and comply with the National Electrical Code and other applicable state and local codes To help assure you select the correct thermostat as well as install and wire it properly we have put together a few helpful hints Schematics are provided for interconnecting thermostats to single and three phase heaters SPST 3 phase wye Sasa a st c Control Accessories F O B Hannibal Missouri Controls and Accessories Thermostat Control Temperature Ampacity Bulb Capillary Terminal Mode Type Range Differential Line Voltage Diameter Length Type c F C F 120 240 277 mm in in D On off Single 0 40 30 110 8 6 4 75 18 1 Temp Pole 0 120 30 250 8 15 25
216. e with Buyer s order Watlow shall not be bound to tender delivery of any quantities for which Buyer has not given shipping instructions Watlow shall be entitled to designate from time to time the locations from which Buyer may receive or pick up Products Payment Terms Terms are net 30 days upon approved credit Prices and discounts are subject to change without notice All quotations are valid for 30 days unless otherwise stated Restocking Charges Stock heaters controls sensors and accessories which have not been used or modified may be returned to the relevant Watlow Plant for a twenty 230 percent 20 restocking charge For Watlow s Hannibal Plant Products only modified stock Products may be returned if not permanently modified for a minimum thirty percent 3096 restocking charge All stock and modified stock Products require Watlow s prior authorization to be returned and must be returned within one hundred twenty 120 days from the date of delivery Controls may not be returned if the packaging seal is broken Non stock custom heaters controls sensors and accessories are not returnable Price Revision Prices are subject to change without advance notice If Watlow desires to revise the discounts prices points of delivery service allowances or terms of payment but is restricted to any extent against so doing by reason of any governmental request law regulation order or action or if the disc
217. each maximum and five profile step types Set Point Soak Jump Loop Link and End The SD6R D single channel controller includes a universal sensor input with two outputs that can be configured as heat or cool or alarm The DeviceNet communications interface is supplied with either a five pin circular DIN connector for Semiconductor SIG specific applications or with a five position removable screw terminal connector for traditional market applications Additional features of the SD6R D family of controllers include Watlow s INFOSENSE sensor technology a user definable menu system as well as a Save and Restore feature that allows the restoration of factory and user defined parameter values Watlow SD6R_D DeviceNet controllers offer a three year warranty are UL C UL listed CSA CE and NSF certified and include IP65 NEMA 4 ratings Features and Benefits Variable burst fire e Prolongs heater life Ordering Options including DeviceNet on CAN or SEMI SIG ODVA protocols e Provides DeviceNet on CAN for Semiconductor applications e DeviceNet on CAN for the packaging or general industrial markets WATLOW 102 Control Input NET MOD Specifications 100 to 240V ac 10 15 percent 85 264V ac 50 60Hz 5 percent 24V z ac ac 10 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent 1OVA maximum power consumption Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory 18 to 65 C 0 to 149 F
218. ective and carry Advanced control utilities Temperature Coefficient e the CE mark e Auto tune optimizes control with e 40ppm C SO Features and Benefits minimal effort and expertise A l i t ss nalog Inputs PID control of up to eight loops e Cascade minimizes overshoot gp e Thermocouples User selectable type direct connection e Minimal panel space per loop and improves control in systems e Reduced installation time ee linearization reference junction e More reliable fewer parts mean control in areas where the Eq fewer failures relationship between two or more Upscale bresk protection With Complies with ODVA Open loops is paramount output averaging DeviceNet Vendors Association d and Semiconductor SIG Special e RTD 2 or 3 wire platinum Interest Group specifications for 1002 0 C DIN curve Requires DeviceNet on CAN Controller scaling resistors See special Area Network inputs in ordering information Integrates with other DeviceNet Linear current and voltage nodes and software signals from linear transmitter e Sealed micro connector minimizes installation time and footprint while maximizing reliability Dewv ceNet CONFORMANCE TESTED DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association 115 116 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES D8 Specifications Cont Input Range and Accuracy Range Accuracy Type B 66 to 1760 C x4 0 C 150 to 3200 F 7 2 F
219. ed e Quickly change from one process to another Multiple and mixed inputs e Simply change sensor types at the last minute e Less to learn less inventory Sensor fail detection Reduces time troubleshooting reversed shorted and open Sensors High low process and deviation alarms for each input e Configure alarms as needed to integrate with PLC or other control elements TIA EIA 232 and 485 communications Use software to configure and operate e Integrate with other controllers and software 34 digital outputs e Flexible configuration use outputs as needed for control alarms and process variable retransmit CIM300 option e Small footprint per loop e Reduced installation time Watlow Anafaze s WATVIEW software is ideal to use with the MLS300 SERIES See for more information and ordering details 111 Auto Tuning PID Controllers 16 32 Loop MLS300 SERIES Specifications Operator Interface e 32 character vacuum fluorescent display e Fight key keypad to access guided menus and prompts enter passkey sequence set values switch between single channel and multiple channel displays e Controller s configuration can be loaded through the standard serial port Analog Inputs e MLS316 16 Differential e MLS332 32 Differential Noise Rejection e 120dB at 60Hz Temperature Coefficient e 40 ppm C Temperature Sensors e Thermocouples User selectable type direct connection
220. ed to up to three process variables 78 Compressor Cutout up to 10 sets of PID heat cool parameters are step selectable The auto start step can start a profile based on a set date a day of the week or daily the choice is yours The jump step can be used to jump within a profile or to another profile The end step terminates a program with the control outputs programmed to your process needs Environmental Chamber Outer Loop Temperature Sensor Inner Loop Temperature Sensor Panel Cutout 92 mm x 92 mm 3 622 in x 3 622 in 99 82 mm gt 3 930 in OO EIL d o gt 99 82 mm o 3 930 in o o 108 81 mm o 2 4 824 in Optional Retransmit s Optional retransmit capability is available to retransmit one or two I 108 05 mm 4 254 in 97 79 mm 4 3 850 in qr Efe e i m i 10 26 mm 404 in variables These variables include up to three process variables control set points or percent load power W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES F4S Solid State Relay Power TP e Zero switched optically coupled e 100 240V ac 15 percent Specifications 0 5A Q 24V ac minimum 10 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent Dimensions
221. eep Fryers e Griddles General heating applications Features and Benefits Potted shell design e Safe for use in various environmental conditions Compact size Easily retrofittable to the current 80M5 e Space saving replacement for filled bulb controllers Open sensor protection Contacts de energize in the event of an open sensor turning off power to the load and preventing a runaway Quick connect terminals e Fast easy installation On off control e Provides simple reliable operation Specifications Control Mode e On off control with a 16 C 4 F switching hysteresis for Type E thermocouple Operator Interface e Remote set point potentiometer user mounted potentiometer provides set point adjustment and indication e User provided dial scale Input e Type E thermocouple e Sensor may be isolated or grounded e Sensor break protection de energized output Output e Electromechanical relay SPST sealed 24V dc 30A 120V ac 30A 240V ac UL rated o 5 of io L oe e D 61 On Off Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES 80M6 Specifications Cont Power Nominal voltage 120 VRMS 10 percent 15 percent 102 to 132V ac 240VRMS 10 percent 15 percent 204 to 264V ac e Power requirements 4 0 VA nominal e Frequency 47 to 63Hz 50Hz 5 percent and 60Hz 5 percent Operating Environment e Operating temperature up to 0 to 55
222. eit 346 to 1900 F f J T C Type J Celsius via nonvolatile memory 210 to 1038 C Operating Environment K T C Type K Fahrenheit ji 454 to 2500 F e Oto 70 C 32 to 158 F L TiC Type K Celsius e 0 to 90 percent RH 270 to 1370 C non condensing M T C Type T Fahrenheit e Storage temperature 40 to 85 C pue on l 4 185 F ype T Celsius E 270 to 400 C P RTD Fahrenheit 328 to 1472 F R RTD Celsius 200 to 800 C S T C Type E Fahrenheit 328 to 1470 F T T C Type E Celsius Overlay Customs Options A 200 to 800 C Standard Single Loop Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Accessories The following accessories and replacement parts are available to enhance the application and service of Watlow temperature controllers To order simply identify the specification of the desired part and use its code number Consult your Watlow representative for availability Panel Mount Adapter Plates Panel mount adapter plates provide a convenient cost saving way to modify existing controller panels Available in popular DIN and non DIN sizes adapter plates make changing out old larger size temperature controllers with more sophisticated compact controllers easy Simply complete the build a code with the specifications you require Current Transformers Code No Current Ratio Current Transformer 16 0246 Oto50 amps Oto 50mA 16 0008 75 amp 5amp
223. electrical noise e Out performs mechanical contactors Compact size Fits footprint of definite purpose relays and most 30 to 50 amp mercury relays e Easily retrofittable Environmentally safer than mercury contactors e Eliminates toxic waste mercury from the application environment and disposal from failed mercury contactors Agency approvals e UL 508 listed and C UL Specifications e Output rating from 20A to 40A maximum resistive load at 30 to 55 C 22 to 130 F e Maximum power switching voltage 208 240V ac three pole e Coil voltage 24V ac 120V ac and 220V ac e Maximum operating ambient temperature 55 C 130 F e Maximum cycle rate 30 cycles per minute Control Mode e Zero cross switching output e Form A outputs without arcing e Cycle rate 30 cycles per minute maximum Input Command Signal e 24V ac 10 15 percent 120V ac 10 10 percent 220V ac 10 15 percent e 50 60Hz less than 9VA Note Do not place an R C snubber filter on the E SAFE RELAY input command signal Do not place on temperature control output zi WT LE Output Rating e 20A to 40A max per pole into a resistive load e 208 240V ac 50 60Hz each pole e Three pole Operating Life e 1 000 000 switching cycles at max rating Weight Dimensions e Weight 0 560 kg 1 25 Ibs e 96 0 mm 3 78 in high x 82 3 mm 3 24 in wide x 90 2 mm 3 55 in deep Terminals e Controller in
224. els are available with a wide variety of options High speed semiconductor fuses are included to protect the SCR from higher currents This modular approach using a standard base and plug in transformers and control cards allows quick shipment of a power controller specifically tailored to a particular application Performance Capabilities Available in ratings from 150 to 1000 amps e Ambient operating temperatures O to 50 C 32 to 122 F Features and Benefits Completely modular power controller Delivers application flexibility with a variety of plug in transformers and control cards Available in 150 to 1000 amp ratings e Provides appropriate power switching for small and large loads Burst firing solid state contactor and phase angle firing modes Meets most application requirements High speed semiconductor fuses and RC snubbers e Protects the SCR from voltage or current surges or spikes Signal Contactor ac or dc Proportional Voltage or ma Burst Fired 150 to 1000 Amps mm mm Phase Angle Fired 150 to 1000 Amps With or W O Current Limit QPAC High capacity heatsinks for 50 C 122 F ambient operation Allows using full power rating in industrial applications Open heater or shorted SCR detector option e On burst fire models provides diagnostic capability Standard models up to 300 amps UL 508 listed and C UL9 e For applications requiring agenc
225. ensing Dimensions e Length 137 mm 5 4 in Width 91 mm 3 6 in Height 44 mm 1 75 in Power Requirements e 4 75 to 5 25 V dc 100 mA Resolution e 15 bits Accuracy e 0 05 percent voltage full scale 0 5 percent current full scale Agency Approvals UL9 and C UL UL 916 CE EMC directive 89 336 EEC souossoooy 159 u 160 Multi Loop Controllers Accessories Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below DAC DAC Type 1 Dual digital to analog converter module converts two DZC control outputs to two 0 5V dc analog outputs Separate power supply required 2 Dual digital to analog converter module converts two DZC control outputs to two 0 10V dc analog outputs Power supply is separate 3 Dual digital to analog converter module converts two DZC control outputs to two 4 20mA dc analog outputs Power supply is separate 4 Serial digital to analog converter module SDAC provides one high precision isolated voltage or current analog output range is set from the controller Separate power supply required if more than 1 SDAC used Additional Products A None B 120V ac 60Hz wall mount power supply adapter 15V dc 9 800mA powers up to 8 dual DAC modules C 120 240V ac 50 60Hz panel mount power supply adapter 5V dc 4A 15V dc 1 2A powers up to 13 SDAC modules or
226. er configuration and operation The IDC option supports wireless communications with PDAs personal digital assistants or other devices equipped with SERIES SD Limit Form C Relay Temperature Limit Sensor Heaters Note Consult user manual for proper wiring infrared communications that support the Infrared Data Association IrDA 1 0 Standard The actual user interface or configuration is dependent on the master device application software A source for this software is Instant HMI from Software Horizons For more information visit www instanthmi com watlow Advantages of IDC include automated logging of key process variables increased accuracy and ease of use for recipe or con figuration setups Infrared data communications enhances controller data exchange in physically restricting environments such as semiconductor clean rooms governmental radio active test labs or those hard to reach areas and reduces the use of paper to record instrument information as well as human transposition errors sine TT E WATVIEW HMI WATVIEW Watlow s Windows9 based HMI Human Machine Inter face software supports the SERIES SD controllers The software can be used to setup monitor and edit the values of controller parameters to monitor and manage alarms and to log and graph process data E z gt a E oO o 5 e D i E o 87 88 Limits Alarms F O B Winona
227. er switch The standard console powers up to 8 amps Q 120V ac All Watlow pump line heating system heater and thermocouple cables plug right in for quick tool free installation A ground fault circuit interrupt is available as an option Custom made systems are also available Please consult a Watlow sales representative for details Process Benefits e n combination with Watlow pump line heaters vacuum pump lines can be controlled to a maximum of 200 C 392 F to greatly reduce solid buildup e Using multiple control zones the temperature may be varied or staged at different points along the line to steer buildup to a manageable location Features and Benefits Compact Size e Small foot print PID control e Maintains precise temperature Self contained units e No external components required Prewired output miniature thermocouple connector on off rocker switch e Quick tool free installation and fast start up Control Systems Control Consoles PLCC Control Console Specifications Controller e Watlow SERIES SD DIN Sensor Input e Type K or Type J thermocouple factory selectable e Miniature type thermocouple jack e Mates with Watlow pump line thermocouples Heater Output e Solid state relay power control e Maximum 8 amps 120V ac fused at 10A e Amp Universal Mate N Lok connector 3 position e Mates with Watlow pump line heaters Alarm Output e Disconnects power to hea
228. eral Setup Guide A001 0249 0001 0600 0006 0001 Rev A MINICHEF 2000 Cook amp Hold Application Guide 120V ac 24V ac stepdown 0600 0006 0002 Rev A MINICHEF 2000 Convection Oven Application Guide transformer class 2 quick connect 0600 0006 0003 RevA MINICHEF 2000 Deep Fat Fryer Application Guide terminals included 0600 0006 0004 Rev A MINICHEF 2000 Griddle Application Guide A001 0249 0002 0600 0006 0005 Rev A MINICHEF 2000 Timer Application Guide 208 240 V ac 24V ac stepdown 0600 0006 0006 Rev A MINICHEF 2000 Shelf Timer Application Guide M transformer class 2 quick connect 0600 0006 0007 Rev A terminals included NICHEF 2000 Rotisserie Application Guide Limits Alarms TLM 8 Thermal Limit The Watlow Anafaze TLM 8 SERIES is a low cost solution for multi channel redundant temperature monitoring Each TLM 8 has eight channels to continuously monitor thermocouples RTDs or thermal switches making it ideal for multi zone applications The resistor key model TLME has fixed temperature limits Choose an individual temperature limit for each channel from the standard list or consult the factory for other limits The precision model TLMP is available with specific limits which are also field adjustable The TLM 8 is equipped with flexible interlocks which are designed to interface with redundant controls The alarms latch and require operator intervention to clear resulting in process
229. erature values are customer definable in the product configur ation part number The SERIES CV controllers are UL and C UL listed and carry CSA and CE approvals Watlow s temperature controllers include industry leading service and support and are backed by a three year warranty Applications e Food preparation e Industrial machinery e Packaging e Plastics processing Features and Benefits Adjustable set points e Offer control flexibility Four character LED display e Improves set point selection accuracy Multiple mounting options e Minimize installation time UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Heat or cool operation e Provides application flexibility Fahrenheit or Celsius operation with indication e Offers application flexibility Agency approvals e Meet certification requirements compliance Microprocessor based technology e Ensures accurate repeatable control Specifications e Microprocessor based on off control mode e Nominal switching hysteresis typically 1 7 C 3 F e Input filter time 1 second e Four digit seven segment LED displays 7 mm 0 28 in high e C or F indicator LED e Load indicator LED e Continuous turn velocity sensitive rotary encoder for set point adjustment e Front panel key push for set point or push for show process options e Rated line voltage 50 to 60Hz O to 90 percent RH non condensing 15 mi
230. ercent of span as well as a faster sampling rate of 6 5Hz in a 2 DIN package The SERIES SD31 controller delivers many flexible user friendly options Easily choose factory or user defaults and display either process or set point values Process inputs are scalable and invertible from the front panel Other features include Variable Burst Fire and flexible Outputs that users can select as On Off Heat Cool or as Process or Deviation Alarms Users can also select between 11 different Thermo couples a 100 Ohm RTD a 0 to 20mA or 0 to 10V process input all from the front panel which eliminates the need for dip switches With optional EIA 485 com munications you can configure monitor and data log with such optional software products like WATVIEW Features and Benefits Simplified navigation Allows users to navigate forwards or backwards from any menu INFOSENSE sensor technology e Thermal sensing technology improves accuracy by a minimum of 50 percent Watlow s patented User Defined Menu System e Allows users to define save and access their most important Menu settings Agency approvals e UL C UL CE IP65 NEMA 4X plus CSA and NSF UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Inc WATLOW Control Input gt Variable burst fire e Prolongs heater life e Reduces replacement costs Save and Rest
231. ermocouple RTD and process signal input options and communications capabilities The controller is also designed to meet NEMA 4X standards for water and corrosion resistance This makes the control panel ideal for many applications where equipment needs to be cleaned frequently e Watlow s SERIES SD 7s DIN microprocessor based digital controller has auto tuning capability plus thermocouple RTD or process inputs Safety Limit Controller e The SERIES LV ULS C ULS CE FM approved high limit safety controller automatically shuts down the system when an over temperature condition exists NEMA Rating e All control panels NEMA 12 standard Documentation e All control panels versions have a complete wiring schematic provided with every unit Panel Power Disconnect and Fusing Etc e All models A manual disconnect switch with a through door inter locking operating mechanism terminal blocks for heater connection plus a control circuit transformer with primary and secondary fusing e When necessary a fan with filter cools the cabinetry to extend solid state power controller life e Semiconductor fuses and a control circuit transformer with primary and secondary fusing protects the panel sjeueg 01 U09 207 Oo o 3 m 2 o lt o e D 3 i2 208 Control Systems F O B Wright City Missouri SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier Nominal Voltage 240 3 60 380 3 95
232. ers Five pin DeviceNet micro connector e Industry standard for DeviceNet e Enhances ease of use Nine pin D EIA 485 interface connector e Allows multiple controllers to work effectively with one gateway EIA 485 serial channel is fully isolated from the DeviceNet power e Allows temperature controllers to operate independently from the DeviceNet network Specifications Temperature 0 70 C 32 158 F Size 83 mm x 62 mm x 28 mm 3 30 in x 2 45 in x 1 10 in Mounting 13 mm 0 50 in tab 5 mm 0 1875 in hole Encapsulation RTV silicon compound 9JeM JOS pue s eMojet uoneoiunululo 195 196 Software WATVIEW HMI Software Searching for a quick efficient way to set up your controllers Need rapid data logging and graphing capabilities We have the answer WATVIEW WATVIEW is Watlow Anafaze s HMI Human Machine Interface software designed to set up and monitor up to 32 Watlow controllers With easy controller setup a recipe and alarm manager data logging and trend plot graphing capabilities animated custom overview screens and a superior online help system you can be assured that WATVIEW is the ideal software for your application WATVIEW Editions WATVIEW is available in three editions making your software decision quick and effortless WATVIEW R The Run Time Edition Provides trend plot graphing setup screens data logging recipe manager with calendar star
233. ersal Process range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc K 0 5A solid state relay without RC suppression Output 3 A None D EBElectromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression Output 4 A None D EBlectromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression R 232Communications U 485 Communications Universal Retransmit range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc Software Preset Parameters 00 Standard software Display Overlay Upper Lower Upper Lower RR Red Red display GR Green Red display RG Red Green display GG Green Green display Panel Cutout 44 958 mm x 44 958 mm 59 182 mm 2 330 in 1 77 in x 1 77 in IQ 52 070 mm 2 050 in A 52 070 mm 2 050 in 9 322 mm 38 0 367 in AL SERIES 988 989 Watlow s SERIES 988 vertical and SERIES 989 horizontal temperature process controllers are designed and manufactured for the demanding requirements of the industrial controller market No other controller offers the flexibility compact size and durability of the SERIES 988 989 The controller s industry leading feature set is its compact DIN size and NEMA 4X9 IP65 water and corrosion resistant front panel The SERIES 988 989 has the auto tuning and alarm features you would expect Additionally several uniq
234. ervice life Output cannot be configured as an event output 9 Event output capable Availability Four working days for orders less than 20 units For orders over 20 units consult factory for release and shipment schedules Slo Blo is a registered trademark of Littelfuse Inc Quencharc is a registered trademark of ITW Paktron Ordering Information To order complete the code number with the information below SERIES 981 982 Ramping controller 98 C 1 analog input 4 outputs 2 digital inputs LI Power Supply amp Mounting 1 100 to 240Vx ac dc nominal horizontal mounting 2 100 to 240VX ac dc nominal vertical mounting 3 24 to 28VxX ac dc nominal horizontal mounting 4 24 to 28Vx ac dc nominal vertical mounting Software C Standard 4 file 6 step per file program capability S Special customer feature Input 1 1 Basic thermocouple signal conditioner excluding Type B R and S 2 Universal signal conditioner see Range Information Input 2 O0 None 3 Slidewire feedback see Range Information 5 Second digital event one digital event is standard on all units Output 1 B Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression C Switched dc or open collector isolated D Electromechanical relay Form C 5A with RC suppression E Electromechanical relay9 Form C 5A without contact suppression F Universal process 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20
235. ettings Recipes can be created edited stored and downloaded to the controllers Use recipes to store commonly used controller settings to speed up repetitive controller setups and to create a snapshot of your setups The Run Time and Developer Editions also include a calendar start function allowing users to automatically download recipes on a one time or repeating schedule Alarm manager e WATVIEW Run Time and Developer Editions receive alarms from controllers maintain a log of alarms and allow users to clear and acknowledge alarms Data logging and trend plot graphs e WATVIEW Run Time and Developer Editions include continuous data logging of the parameters you choose You can export the collected data to an Excel compatible spreadsheet file or view up to 20 data items on a WATVIEW trend plot graph An unlimited number of graphs may be named and stored for simple future retrieval 197 Software WATVIEW HMI Specifications Controllers Supported Software System Requirements WATVIEW supports the following Features and Benefits con t Colorful animated custom overview screens e Use WATVIEW Developer edition to create custom screens WATVIEW s Custom Overviews COVs incorporate your graphic images such as digital camera photos with real time data from the controllers to make a custom interface You can also use WATVIEW s AnaMator program to create animated sequences which can show your ac
236. f trade course of dealing or performance understanding or agreement and or Order purporting to modify vary explain or supplement the terms or conditions of this agreement and or Order shall be binding unless hereafter made in writing and signed by the party to be bound and no modification shall be effected by the acknowledgment or acceptance of any purchase order or shipping instruction forms containing terms or conditions at variance with or in addition to those set forth herein No waiver by ither party with respect to any breach or default or of any right or remedy and no course of dealing or performance shall be deemed to constitute a continuing waiver of any other breach or default or of any other right or remedy unless such waiver be expressed in writing signed by the party to be bound If any term condition or provision of this agreement and or Order or the application thereof is judicially or otherwise determined to be invalid or unenforceable or if the parties mutually agree in writing to any revision of this agreement and or Order the remainder of this agreement and or Order and the application thereof shall not be affected and this agreement and or Order shall otherwise remain in full force and effect 11 02 D 231 232
237. f a kitchen environment with an 80 C 176 F ambient rating and superior immunity to electrical interference Performance Capabilities e Thermometer accuracy to 2 F Operating environment 0 to 80 C 32 to 176 F Features and Benefits Configurable cooking controller e Allows you to standardize on one controller simplifying inventory manufacturing and reducing multiple suppliers Multiple inputs outputs e Control temperatures times and machine functions Programmable menus e Simplify repetitive tasks 4 Inputs Input 1 Thermocouple or RTD Input 2 Thermocouple or RTD Event Input 1 Event Input 2 Compact design e Provides options for designing space efficient equipment Economical e Costs less than units with fewer capabilities WATHELP diagnostics e Simplifies operation and troubleshooting WATCURVE e Compensates for temperature disturbances Smart Control e Optimizes system performance by calculating PID parameters automatically 5 Outputs Output 1 Switched dc or solid state relay Output 2 Switched dc or solid state relay Output 3 Event Output 1 Output 4 Event Output 2 Output 5 Audible Alarm Output Mid point alarms e Enables even cooking by alerting the user to an action such as stir or turn Preheat option e Prevents menu start until equipment is pre heated Meets CE UL CSA NSF AGA standards e Helps obtaining international and lo
238. features in the PPC 2000 and CPC400 Develop programs in a choice of three logic programming languages ladder diagram sequential function chart or function block diagram Features and Benefits Develops custom logic programs with easy to use drag and drop tools then simulates and debugs on the development PC before downloading to the PPC 2000 e Reduces time and cost during system start up trouble shooting and fine tuning Real time monitoring e Reduces time to verify system logic operation Integrates programmable logic and PID control in a single controller e Eliminates cumbersome and inflexible communications schemes between separate process and logic controllers saving development time and costs HighLimit LOOO i or g Full set of logic functions and programming tools e Adds value by easily customizing your process LOGICPRO Editions LOGICPRO S supports up to 150 I O driver points I O driver points are physical I O and any data table accessed parameters LOGICPRO P supports an unlimited number of I O points Both utilize keys which are attached to the devel opment computer s parallel port System requirements e IBM compatible PC e EIA 232 serial port e Pentium processor 166 MHz minimum e Windows 95 98 or Windows NT e 32 MB RAM 40 MB minimum hard disk space e Parallel port Ordering Information LOGICPRO S LOGICPRO Standard Edition LOGICPRO P LOGICPRO Professiona
239. ffer mounting options Mechanically fits within 69 85 mm x 196 85 mm 2 75 in x 7 75 in outline Auto tuning simplifies tuning of PID parameters Ambient temperature rating of 80 C 176 F allows controller to withstand hot environments On board variable audible alarm alerts operator of control conditions i 3 3 3 o EE E gt c v E vo 131 doo7 1inW 132 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES N7 Specifications Control Mode e Up to four zones of control PID or on off control e Microprocessor based programmable direct acting control outputs flash download e One step auto tuning WATCURVE temperature compensation e Displayed in C F or process variable units e Battery backed real time clock e One non isolated passive serial communications channel e One non isolated master serial communications channel e Optional Ethernet communications module e Optional high voltage output module Agency Approvals e UL 60730 C UL e EULV Directive 72 23 EEC e EU EMC Directive 89 336 EEC e Emissions e Immunity e NSF option e NAFEM NDP communications e CSA standard E60730 209 Operator Interface e Embedded membrane switch LEDs and key switches embedded in overlay e Up to 32 embedded LEDs and 32 embedded switches e Contamination and water resistant Supplied by Watlow or customer e Displays Four chara
240. ffered by SERIES SD controllers make them ideally suited for a broad range of applications in temperature and process control The SERIES SD single channel controllers include a universal sensor input with up to three outputs that can be programmed for heat or cool temperature control or to operate as process or deviation alarms Programming inverse scaling is also simplified with the user friendly set up menu providing additional value without additional cost Advanced features of SERIES SD controllers include EIA 485 Modbus serial communications Watlow s INFOSENSE sensor technology infrared remote communications operation Watlow s patented User Definable Menu System and a Save and Restore feature that allows the restoration of either factory or user defined settings Available in 7 e 7s and DIN panel mount sizes Watlow s SERIES SD family is backed by an industry leading three year warranty from Watlow Winona The SERIES SD controllers are UL9 and C ULS listed CSA CE NSF certified and include the NEMA 4X IP65 seal The SD_R ramping controllers are single input devices which will have profiling capability e Four profiles maximum e 10 steps each maximum e Five Profile Step Types e Set point ramp e Soak e Jump loop e Link e End UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Output 1 b Control Input Control Event or Alarm Outpu
241. fied and include IP65 NEMA 4 ratings Features and Benefits Variable burst fire e Prolongs heater life Ordering Options including DeviceNet on CAN or SEMI SIG ODVA protocols e Provides DeviceNet on CAN for Semiconductor applications e DeviceNet on CAN for the packaging or general industrial markets WATLOW 1020 Control Input gt 6 Specifications Line Voltage Power e 100 to 240V ac 10 15 percent 85 264V ac 50 60Hz 5 percent e 24Vz ac ac 10 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 10VA maximum power consumption e Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Environment e 18 to 65 C 0 to 149 F operating temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage temperature e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing DeviceNet NET MOD oe SD D NET Output 1 Control or Alarm Output 2 Control or Alarm Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage e Calibration ambient temperature 25 C 3 C 77 F 45 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association gt c 9 E c 2 E Ke ES o 33 doo a buis Auto Tuning PID Controllers SD6C D Specifications Cont Agency Ap
242. for retransmission or as the outer loop for cascade operation Digital Inputs These four inputs are programmable and can be used to remotely modify the operation of the controller as well as displaying pre programmed messages on the operations display 46 Conirol Outputs Heat cool or reverse direct action is supported Time based outputs can be configured for variable burst fire or a cycle time can be selected On off boost heat or boost cool operation is also supported Boost operation is enabled based on load power requirements Alarms Two alarms are included in the base unit These alarms are programmable as process deviation or rate Serial Communications Both EIA 232 and EIA 485 communications are included in the base unit The SERIES F4P operates via the Modbus RTU protocol The F4P responds to requests for information only when queried Baud rate selections are 9600 or 19200 Retransmit Up to two optional programmable voltage or current signal retransmit outputs are supported Retransmit sources include up to three process variables set point and output percent power Enhanced Control Operation When the enhanced operation option is ordered the F4P process controller is supplied with two additional universal analog inputs inputs 2 and 3 and enhanced firmware to support numerous features that utilize the two additional inputs The enhanced control option can be configured to support cascade contro
243. ftware Horizons For more information visit www instanthmi com watlow SERIES SD Limit Sensor Heaters BULL Form C Relay Note Consult user manual for proper wiring communications enhances controller gt c 9 E c 2 E Ke ES o 31 doo7 uIS Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SDC INFOSENSE Sensor Technology Watlow s INFOSENSE sensor technology improves temperature sensing accuracy by 50 percent Each INFOSENSE smart sensor contains four numeric values located on tags attached to each sensor that are programmed into the SERIES SD controller memory These values characterize Watlow sensors and allow the controller to provide enhanced accuracy 32 Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below SERIES SD C Single channel PID controllers DIN Sizes SDC A 2 DIN e DIN DIN Vertical y DIN Horizontal DIN FOoOWD WwW Control Type C PID Control Dual Display Power Supply H 100 to 240Vx ac dc L 24 to 28Vx ac dc Output 1 C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A F Universal process J Mechanical relay Form A 2A Output 2 A None C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A J Mechanical relay Form A 2A U EIA 485 Modbus communications Output 3 Not available on DIN None Switched dc open co
244. ge in 328 to 1166 F ambient Process 1999 to 9999 units gt c 9 E c 2 E Ke z o 37 o 5 e D i ue o Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES 96 Functionality Matrix a pe D eot i 2 220 3 o Ega 5 iz 209 SB gt moo ae Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Dimensions Overall Height 52 mm 2 05 in Width 52 mm 2 05 in Length 107 mm 4 2 in Depth behind panel surface 98 4 mm 3 875 in A 107 747mm 4 242 in p 98 425 mm 3 875 in Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below T TTTT TTT 96 SERIES 96 Microprocessor based 7 DIN with universal input 1 Options include software power supply input 2 outputs and display color Power Supply A 100 240Vx ac dc B 24 28Vx ac dC Input 2 0O None 1 Eventinput and 0 5V dc 4 20mA Remote set point input Output 1 C Switched dc open collector D Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression F Universal Process range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc K 0 5A solid state relay without RC suppression Output 2 A None C Switched dc open collector D Electromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression F Univ
245. ges available Consult factory Input Sampling Rate 60Hz Each channel has the following scans per second e CPC404 6 samples per second update time 0 167 sec e CPC408 3 samples per second update time 0 333 sec Internal Measurement Resolution e 0 006 percent greater than 14 bits Calibration e Automatic zero and full scale Digital Inputs TTL level used for logic remote alarm acknowledge selecting recipes or jobs e 8 inputs and 1 pulse input with 50 pin terminal board option e 3 inputs 1 input configurable as pulse with 18 pin terminal block option Digital Outputs e 34 digital outputs are available with a 50 pin terminal board option e 11 outputs available with 18 pin terminal block option e 1 or 2 control outputs are user assigned for each loop e Each control output can be configured for on off time proportioning or distributed zero crossing Outputs sink up to 60mA each at 5V dc e 350mA at 5V dc available from onboard supply Alarm Outputs e Independent process and deviation alarms for each channel e Alarms can operate any output not used for control e User programmable deadband delay and startup suppression e Global alarm output activates when any alarm occurs e Watchdog output indicates controller is functioning correctly Analog Outputs Use DAC and SDAC accessory modules See page 159 Serial Interface e EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 485 Baud Rate e 2400
246. h definition LCD interface display that makes profile programming and controller configuration significantly faster and easier A 16 bit microprocessor supports all the accuracy and performance advantages you have come to expect from a Watlow controller Up to 256 steps can be program med into as many as 40 nameable profiles Profiles can be program med to wait for events or for up to three different process variables A guaranteed soak feature allows you to set how closely your process needs to be controlled Serial communication and dual alarm relays are included in the base unit The SERIES F4D ramping controllers are packaged with a NEMA 4X front face to withstand harsh environments and a four inch deep case with removable connectors for wiring convenience Performance Capabilities e Accuracy to 0 1 percent of span Operating environment 0 to 54 C 32 to 130 F Channel 1 Temperature Channel 2 Humidity Features and Benefits Guided 256 step 40 profile ramp and soak programmable memory e Supports a wide range of processing applications High definition four line LCD controller interface display e Simplifies setup and operation Menu customization e Enhances process monitoring High performance 16 bit microprocessor e Precise process control e 20Hz update rate on input 1 e 10Hz update rate on inputs 2 and 3 Universal inputs e Allows application versatility Expandable m
247. hart E Power Electric Heating Agency 2 Controller Firing Mode Element Type Approvals 18 to 100A DIN A MITE Burst fire Nichrome wire Four models meet power budget and feature UL9 508 listed C UL variable time base requirements Same footprint as popular MDRs up to 100 amps and CE Phase angle firing9 Other Convenient DIN rail mounting with proper filter 150 to 1000A QPAC Burst fire Nichrome wire Modular design incorporating plug in cards UL 508 listed and variable time base for contactor burst fire variable time base C UL up to 300A Phase angle firing Other or phase angle Quick delivery 10 to 75A SSR V ac or V dc ichrome wire Low cost requires heatsink Heatsink and UL 873 Recognized burst fire contactor over temperature protection recommended CSA Certified and input Stocked for same day shipment VDE 0805 18 to 50A CZR Contactor input ichrome wire Compact electrically UL 508 listed Touch safe package CSA Certified Convenient DIN rail mounting VDE CE 65 to 250A POWER Burst fire ichrome wire Microprocessor based heater diagnostics UL 508 listed C UL SERIES Variable time base Other RS 232 485 communications VDE 50178 CE Phase angle firing Heater bakeout feature 20 40A E SAFE Contactor Nichrome wire Touch safe long contact life UL 508 listed RELAY 24V ac 120V ac Mercury free C UL and 220V ac Fast cycling Heating elements that change resistance value ove
248. hat offers many advanced functions This controller can be tailored to perform hardware and software needs with hardware modules that are plugable and exchangeable and software menus that may be user programmed to fit exact application requirements With one universal input a second auxiliary input and four outputs the SERIES 96 can be programmed to perform temperature measurement input event switching remote set point input heating boost heating cooling alarms digital communica tions and retransmit With fast 10Hz sampling variable time base burst firing outputs NEMA 4X front panel and 0 1 percent calibration accuracy this controller can easily handle some of the toughest application needs Features and Benefits Burst fire e Increases heater life better temperature controllability One input one auxiliary input four outputs Powerful flexibility at a competitive price No dipswitches e Easily configurable from the front panel Multiple set points e Flexible automatic control Plugable output modules e Field expandable Fast 10Hz sampling e Improved control responsiveness Programmable menus Patented e Can be self tailored for exact user needs Open loop break protection e Indication of thermal loop problem Input 1 Process WATLOW NEMA 4X IP65 e Water and corrosion resistant front panel can be washed down 16 programmable ramp and soak steps e Profiles of dynamic product
249. igital programmer e Zero cross control variable time base Phase angle control and phase angle control with current limit not for 3 phase 2 leg models Soft start factory default four seconds upon power up and adjustable from 0 0 to 120 seconds v 9 zZ m D n m D m 7 175 19 01 U0D J9MOd 176 Power Controllers POWER SERIES Specifications Cont e Soft start upon input signal change output rate of change adjustable to limit max rate of change from 0 1 to 100 percent per 0 1 second Factory default 10 percent e Current transformer included when required e Line voltage compensated variable time base and phase angle controllers only e Standby or non operational mode Output Voltage and Current Rating e 24 to 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent e 200 to 480V ac 10 percent 15 percent e 200 to 600V ac 10 percent 15 percent e 65 through 250 amps per pole model dependent see Output Amperage Chart page 178 e Minimum load 1 amp rms ac e Maximum leakage current 5mA Alarms e Single alarm relay e atching or non latching e Separate high and low values e Alarm silencing inhibit on power up for alarm e Alarm indication LEDs shorted SCR open heater e Electromechanical relay form C contact software configurable e Minimum load current 10mA 5V dc e Rated resistive loads 3 amps 250V ac or 30V dc max inductive load rating 1 5 amps with a
250. inearity e Within 2 percent 30 to 70 percent power region All units except CA amp CD Off State Leakage Current e 20mA 480V ac SCR Protection e Semiconductor fuses provided dv dt 200V usec minimum e MOV and RC snubber network standard e Q32 3rd leg fuse kit may be used but not required with 3 phase 2 leg models Mounting e Heatsink fins must be mounted in vertical orientation Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota QPAC SCRs Controller Weights 30 2 leg 3 3 wire 150 6 8 200 68 300 68 38 5 85 Specifications Cont Operating Environment e Oto 50 C 32 to 122 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Storage Temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Options e Manual Control Kit for process input cards 1kQ potentiometer order 08 5362 separately Note e The Q32 and Q33 models are 50 60Hz line frequency dependent Specify application line frequency when ordering for proper calibration Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below Q z QPAC Modular power controller Uu ot ou phase angle burst or solid state contactor with fuse s and holder s included Phase 01 Single phase 32 3 phase 2 leg optional 3rd leg fuse kit extra 33 3 phase 3 leg Operating and Output Voltage 12 120V ac 20 208V ac 24 240V ac 27 277V ac 38 380V ac 41 415V
251. ing Termination e Touch safe removable terminals e 14 to 22 AWG Universal Inputs Electrically Isolated e Thermocouple grounded or ungrounded sensors RTD 2 or 3 wire platinum 1000 0 C calibration to DIN curve 0 00385 02 Q C Process 0 20mA Q 1009 or 0 10V dc 10kQ input impedance 50 000 bits Q full scale Digital Inputs e Contact or dc voltage e 10KQ input impedance Current Transformer Inputs e 0 to 50mA CT input into 100Q impedance Allowable Input Operating Range Type J O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Type T 200 to 400 C 328 to 750 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type C O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type D O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Control Alarm Outputs 1 4 e User selectable as on off P PI PD PID heat cool alarm action or retransmit with process output type hardware e Open collector switched dc e Open collector 42V dc maximum Q 0 5A e Switched dc 22 to 28V dc limited 30mA e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A 24V ac minimum 264V ac maximum opto isolated without contact suppression Process Output Optional Retransmit e User selectable 0 10V dc 1KQ minimum scalable 0 20mA 8002 maximum scalable e Electromechanical relay Form C rated 5A Q 120V ac or 5A Q 240V ac or 5A 30V dc e Ethernet communications e Ethernet RJ 45 con
252. innesota POWER SERIES Front View POWER SERIES Solid State Power Controller 200 mm 7 9 in Mounting Plate Dimensions Mounting Holes 4 7mm 0 27 in Is J Release Tab e Ct 2 zu i l a E Key Slots Ss 178 mm UU qb LM 7 00 in Q Ge LIB L102mm 39 mm 4 00 in 25 mm 1 53 in r 151 mm 0 97 in 5 93 in Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below T PC T 5 T CET POWER SERIES Microprocessor based solid state power controller Package Style C 65to250amps Phase il 1 phase 2 S phase 2 leg control 4 SCRs 3 3 phase 3 leg control 6 SCRs 4 3 phase 4 wire wye connected load 8 2single phase zones 9 3 single phase zones Heater Diagnostics O0 None 1 Heater diagnostics required for any heater current monitoring or current limiting Output Amperage Rating See amperage chart below Output Voltage Rating A 24to 120V B 200to480V C 200to600V Communications 0 one 1 EIA TIA 232 485 communications opto isolated field selectable Feedback Retransmit 0 one 1 Load current feedback 0 10V or 0 20mA scalable retransmit output Must have heater diagnostics selected Custom 00 one AA o watlow logo with agency approval marks XX Custom consul
253. inona and is backed with a three year warranty 1 or 3 Universal Analog Inputs 4 Digital Inputs Adjusts Value ack 1 Communication Input Output Features and Benefits Guided set up e Removes guess work from the set up process e Saves time by reducing programming errors High definition four line LCD display e Simplifies the set up process and operations e Quickly and easily identifies process alarm and set point values Information I key Displays essential elements from the user manual on board Customized menuing e Quickly displays up to 16 parameters e Allows users to create custom messaging and easily identify key events or alarms Alarm1 Lo Deviation 1 F o0000 2 Control Outputs 2 Alarm Outputs 2 Retransmit Outputs Optional High performance 16 bit microprocessor e Provides precise process control with 20Hz update rate input 1 e Calibration accuracy of 0 1 percent of span Universal input e Allows application versatility e Eliminates the need for dip switches Modbus communications ready Equipped to handle RS 232 or EIA 485 communications Field upgradeable firmware Downloads available no charge from www watlow com F4 e Reduces downtime e Eliminates the need for an RMA gt c 9 E c 2 E Ko RS o 45 doo 2a 6uis Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES F4P General Purpose Control Operation The SER
254. interface integrated into a complete control system using digital communications The absence of an operator interface makes the MICRODIN excellent for use with PC based software such as WATVIEW Performance Capabilities e Accuracy to 0 1 percent of span Operating environment O to 65 C 32 to 149 F Features and Benefits EIA 485 serial communications with Modbus RTU protocol e Provides easy remote set up and monitoring DIN rail sub panel mounting e Offers fast low cost installation eliminating expensive panel hole punch operations eT Lore L WATLOW MicroDIN Temperature Controller Control Output Single PID or on off Thermocouple or RTD Input Power J e Comms 2 Control bd Qe Output E OE CEO Applications e Food processing Touch safe removable connectors e Easy and quick to remove for replacement and servicing e Single control output with alarm e output e Provides simple programming and operation of controller Discrete loops of control auto tuning e Gives performance equal to discrete panel mount controllers highly reliable 10Hz update rate e Improves input sampling and controllability Medical and dental equipment Packaging e Plastics processing e Scientific instrumentation gt c 9 E c E E Ko ES o 53 doo uIS 54 Auto Tuning PID Controllers MICRODIN Sensors Inputs Output 1 User selectable e
255. ion processes can be programmed into the controller Automatic tuning e Easy one step tuning of PID control parameters Applications e Packaging e Semiconductor e Food processing e Lab equipment e Furnace and ovens e Plastics Output 1 Control Output 2 Control or Alarm Output 3 Alarm b N gt 5 Output 4 Alarm Analog or Communications Specifications eo 9 0 to 65 C 32 to 149 F Microprocessor based user selectable control modes Heat and cool auto tune for control outputs Universal input one auxiliary input two four outputs Control outputs user selectable as on off P PI PID Industry leading three years To effect NEMA 4X IP65 rating requires a minimum mounting panel thickness of 1 5 mm 0 06 in and surface finish not rougher than 0 000812 mm 0 000032 in Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life 35 36 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES 96 Specifications Cont e Input sampling rates Single input 10Hz 100ms dual input 5Hz 200ms digital filter adjustable e Display update 2Hz 500ms time filter adjustable e Output update burst 0 1 to 999 9 seconds e Input Output Communication isolation e Displayed in C F or process units Operator Interface e Dual four digit LED displays upper 10 2 mm 0 4 i
256. ions e Rated line voltage 50 to 60Hz O to 90 percent RH non condensing 15 minute warm up e Calibration ambient range 25 C 77 F 3 C Sensor Input Thermocouple e Grounded or ungrounded e Type E J Kor T thermocouple e gt 10 MQ input impedance e 250 nV input referenced error per 1 source resistance RTD e 2 wire platinum 100 e DIN curve 0 00385 curve e 125 uA nominal RTD excitation current Input Accuracy Span Range Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type J O to 750 C 32 to 1382 F Type K 200 to 1250 C 328 to 2282 F Type T 200 to 350 C 328 to 662 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Thermocouple Input e Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient Exception Type T 2 4 percent of input accuracy span for 200 to 0 C 328 to 32 F e Temperature stability 0 3 degree per degree change in ambient RTD Input e Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span x1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient e Temperature stability 0 2 degree per degree change in ambient Allowable Operating Ranges Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type J 210 to 1038 C 346 to 1900 F Type K 270 to 1370 C 454 to 2500 F Type T 270 to 400 C 454 to 750 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Un
257. istance 2V dc A TM Specifications Resolution Controller e Resistance contact input event V dc ranges 2 5mV nominal e Microprocessor based Universal input 1 auxiliary input 2 4 outputs Input sample period Single input 10Hz 100 msec dual input 5Hz 200 msec digital filter adjustable Display update 2Hz 500 msec time filter adjustable e Input Output Communication isolation e Displayed in C F Operator Interface Dual 4 digit LED displays upper 10 2 mm 0 4 in lower 6 2 mm 0 244 in e Advance Up Arrow Down Arrow Reset tactile keys Standard Conditions For Specifications e Ambient temperature 25 C 77 F 8 C rated line voltage 50 to 60Hz O to 90 percent RH non condensing 15 minute warm up Universal Input 1 Thermocouple Type J K T N C W5 E PTII D W3 B R S thermocouple types e gt 20MQ input impedance e Maximum 209 source resistance e 30mA open detection bias RTD e 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 e JIS and DIN curves Whole or tenth degree indication e 150ugA nominal RTD excitation current Input 2 Event Input e Contact or voltage e 20KQ input impedance 92 high state gt 23kQ event low state 0 to 2kQ Output Types Open Collector Switched DC e Open collector configuration Maximum voltage 42V dc Maximum current 200mA Maximum on resistance 1 1 Maximum off state leakage current 100UA e Switched dc configuration
258. istance contact 4 outputs Function Control Heat Cool Alarm Retransmit Duplex Signal conditioner power supply Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 100 240V ac 24Vz ac dc SERIES 988 989 Page 39 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Abbreviation Legend SW dc Switched Direct Current DC Pw Sup DC Power Supply EMR Electromechanical Relay H Horizontal H V Horizontal or Vertical Hum Dehum Humidify Dehumidify Int Ext Internal External LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc mA Milliamp N A Not Applicable OC Open Collector Opt Rmt Optional Remote Retx Retransmit Rev Dir Reverse Direct Quick Reference Guide Ke he 4 DINS SERIES SD C Page As DIN 52 mm 2 04 in H 52 mm 2 04 in W UL CSA CE FM NSF NEMA 4x IP65 29 UL CSA CE FM NEMA 4X IP65 PID PID Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Dual line 4 digit Digital LED Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Dual line 4 digit Digital LED x0 1 percent span 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU IrDA wireless Modbus IrDA via IRCOMM WATVIEW DeviceNet on Canbus 7 2 T c E e zS 2 A 5
259. istive loads only must use RC suppression for inductive loads Process Range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc Reverse or direct acting O to 10V dc voltage output into 10002 minimum load resistance O to 20mA current output into 8002 maximum load resistance Resolution V dc ranges 2 5mV nominal mA ranges 5uA nominal Calibration accuracy V dc ranges 15mV mA ranges x30uA Temperature stability 100ppm C Retransmit Range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc O to 10V dc voltage output into a 1 0002 minimum load resistance O to 20mA current output into an 8002 maximum load resistance Resolution V dc ranges 2 5mV nominal mA ranges 5uA nominal Calibration accuracy V dc ranges 15mV mA ranges x30uA Temperature stability 100ppm C Communications EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 232 Opto isolated Modbus RTU protocol 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 baud rates 32 maximum units can be connected With additional 485 repeater hardware up to 247 units may be connected W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES 96_AA Accuracy Input ranges Type J O to 750 C 32 to 1382 F Type K 200 to 1250 C 328 to 2282 F Type T 200 to 1250 C 328 to 2282 F Type N O to 1250 C 32 to 2282 F Type E 200 to 900 C 328 to 1652 F Type C W5 O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type D W3 O to 2315 C 32 to
260. l differential control ratio control and slidewire valve control The enhanced control option can also alternate between control inputs display up to three process variables and support remote set point operation In this sample application the SERIES FAP process controller utilizes the enhanced cascade control feature to heat lube oil to 51 6 C 125 F Cascade control is a control strategy in which one control loop provides the set point for another loop It allows the process or part temperature to be reached quickly while minimizing overshoot Cascade is used to optimize the performance of thermal systems with long lag times Input 3 measures the lube oil temperature before it leaves the tank Input 1 measures the heater temperature The input 3 process value is compared to the set point which generates and internal set point used to control the heater Specifications Universal Analog Inputs 1 2 and 3 optional e Update rates IN1 20Hz IN2 and IN3 10Hz Thermocouple Type J K T N C W5 E Pt 2 D W3 B R S RTD e 2 or 3 wire platinum 1000 e JIS or DIN curves 1 0 or 0 1 indication e 500 or 1KQ RTD available Process e Input resolution 50 000 bits at full scale e Range selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 50mvV 0 20mA 4 20mA e Voltage input impedance 20K e Current input impedance 100 Digital Inputs 4 e Update rate 10Hz e Contact or dc voltage 36V dc max e 10
261. l Edition 9JeM OS pue XN T2 RU 9 1 28 ELT TI ere 201 202 Control Systems Process Systems Watlow has the manufacturing capability to design and fabricate complete thermal heating systems for process industries Watlow s application engineers work hand in hand with our customer s technical staff insuring that detailed system proposals provide a clear technical description of the product as well as costing options This close communication continues with detailed approval drawings for customer review and confirmation before production is started Production schedules and in plant production or final review visits by our customers are available based on each customer s preference Complete technical installation and maintenance I amp M instructions as built drawing packets and component specification sheets are provided to support setup of the system once it is shipped On site factory training or start up assistance can be provided when needed Follow up service after commissioning is provided by local Watlow sales engineers Watlow has the distinct advantage of being the only designer of electric thermal systems to actually manufacture all of the major components in the thermal system Watlow s vast technical knowledge and experience is combined with these individual components to produce the most effective thermal solution for each unique need Technical Specifications Standards and Ce
262. l number XX End Channel XX Channel number XX Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES D8 The Watlow Anafaze SERIES D8 is a powerful line of controllers that combines performance and flexibility with compact design Compliance with the ODVA and Semiconductor SIG standards means this controller is easy to integrate into systems with DeviceNet networks on CAN Controller Area Network The four and eight loop versions of SERIES D8 controllers provide complete control solutions for a broad range of applications Support for multiple types of sensor inputs including thermocouples RTDs linear voltage and current is also available e Rotary baud rate and node Specifications Each loop can be individually address switches simplify setup Operator Interface configured for on off control or PID e Network and module status LEDs e 32 character vacuum fluorescent control Loops can be combined to simplify commissioning and display asd s innu differential troubleshooting a network e Eight key keypad to access PR cci inue i ia Flexible easy to use interface guided menus and prompts set E e angio Set Pent are e Easy set up with menu guided values and view channel displays full text prompts e Built i itive hel The SERIES D8 controllers are UL a ub oid Sensiive Nep zS and C UL listed meet the Context sensitive on screen helo Noise Rejection 3 requirements of the European SAVES UMG e 120dB at 60Hz 5 E Community EMC Dir
263. le 3 6 foot right angle SCSI cable Serial Communication Cables O _ No serial communications cable 1 10 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire 2 265 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire 3 50 foot serial communications cable DB 9 female bare wire Serial Communication Jumper Settings O EIA TIA 232 1 EIA TIA 485 2 EIA TIA 485 terminated Special Inputs Standard unit is configured for thermocouples and 10 to 60 mV linear inputs For other sensors order special inputs See below for ordering instructions For CLS216 specify two digits for CLS204 and CLS208 specify one digit OorOO Thermocouples and 10 to 60 mV inputs only X or XX Number of current voltage or RTD inputs CLSSI TOT T TT Special Linear Input Type Not required for thermocouple sensor inputs 20 RTD 1 0 1 100 0 to 275 0 C 148 0 to 527 0 F Not available on CLS216 21 RTD 2 1 120 to 840 C 184 to 1544 F Not available on CLS216 43 0 10mA dc 44 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 50 0 100mV dc 52 0 500mV dc 53 O 1V dC 55 O0 5V dc 56 0 10V dc 57 0O0 12V dc Start Channel XX Channelnumber XX End Channel XX Channelnumber XX 16 32 Loop MLS300 SERIES The Watlow Anafaze MLS300 SERIES is a powerful line of controllers that combines performance and flexibility with compact design The 16 and 32 loop ver
264. lete fabrication of low alloy carbon steel through alloy 800 alloy 600 alloy 20 and all exotic metals Fabrication of special parts of with CNC machining lathes mills plasma cutting and laser cutting ASME Section IX welder and weld procedure qualifications ASME U S and R stamps Electrical control panel design and assembly UL listed and CE certified panels available Full interconnection of various system components prior to shipment to minimize field installation difficulties Design and fabrication of larger systems heater sizes from single element 20 watt assemblies to 600 plus elements 1016 mm 40 in flanges to multi vessel stacked systems to 2 5 megawatt Standard vessel fabrication up to 1524 mm 60 in diameter and wall thickness from schedule five to specialty plate rolled vessels over 25 4 mm 1 in thick with lengths up to 20 feet larger sizes can also be provided Ability to integrate valves pumps flow switches strainers expansion joints expansion tanks level glass level switches blowers compressors differential pressure switches and all fluid flow components as required Specialize in high pressure and high temperature design including pressures to 4500 psi and gas heating from cryogenic 226 C to 982 C 375 F to 1800 F Heater systems designed with best heater for application Low end temperatures using silicone rubber heaters to ultra high temperature using
265. linearization reference junction compensation reversed and shorted T C detection and upscale break protection with output averaging e RTD 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 0 C DIN 0 0038509 C curve Two user selectable ranges offer different resolutions Requires special inputs See Ordering Information Input Range and Accuracy Range Accuracy Type B 66 to 1760 C x4 0 C 150 to 3200 F 7 2 F TypeE 200to 787 C 1 0 C 328 to 1448 F 1 8 F TypeJ 212to 760 C 1 2 C 350 to 1400 F 2 2 F Type K 268 to 1371 C x1 3 C 450 to 2500 F 2 3 F Type R 18 to 1766 C 2 8 C 0 to 3210 F 5 0 F Type S 18 to 1760 C 2 8 C 0 to 3200 F 5 0 F TypeT 268 to 399 C 1 6 C 450 to 750 F 2 9 F RTD1 DIN 100 to 275 C z1 1 C 448 to 527 F 2 0 F RTD2 DIN 120 to 840 C z1 6 C 84 to 1544 F 2 9 F Note Accuracy 25 C 77 F ambient Valid for 10 to 100 percent of span except Type B which is specified for 427 C 800 F to 1760 C 3200 F RTD is for 100 percent of span Linear Voltage and Current Inputs Requires special inputs See Ordering Information 0 10mA dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 100mV dc 0 500mV dc 0 1V 0 5V 0 10V dc 0 12V dc Other ranges available Consult factory Pulse Input One TTL level square wave input up to 2kHz dc dc Input Sampling Rate 60Hz Each channel has the following scans per second e M
266. llector SSR Form A 0 5A Universal process Mechanical relay Form C 5A mmum7NAQO YS l Infrared Comms Options IrDA A None Default selection on 2 DIN R IrDA ready Not available on 2 DIN Display Colors and Custom Options RG Red Green Dual display units RR Red Red Not available on 2 DIN Dual Display XX Custom options special overlays etc Auto Tuning PID Controllers SD6C D Watlow SERIES SD6C D offers excellent static Set Point control and application flexibility in a Ach DIN panel mount package The SERIES SD6C D controller has been successfully tested for use with both ODVA and Semi conductor SIG standards for DeviceNet on CAN networks The SD6C_D single channel controller includes a universal sensor input with two outputs that can be configured as heat or cool or alarm The DeviceNet com munications interface is supplied with either a five pin circular DIN connector for Semiconductor SIG specific applications or with a five position removable screw terminal connector for traditional market applications Additional features of the SD6C D family of controllers include Watlow s INFOSENSE sensor technology a user definable menu system and a Save and Restore feature that allows the restoration of factory and user defined parameter values Watlow SD6C D DeviceNet controllers offer a three year warranty are UL C UL listed CSA CE and NSF certi
267. ller Heater WATLOW E PROCESS 8 Oytput gg eee L1 L2 L3 L4 DEV ni IDISPLAY AUTO N I P OUT e Analog Input 1 Current Monitor Thermocouple W Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES 988 989 Enhanced Software Cont Slidewire Feedback Valve Control Valve positioning feedback percent open percent close provides precise process control The SERIES 988 is configurable for a wide variety of valves e Accepts virtually any valve input e Front panel valve position display e Increased valve life with anti hunting parameter e Greater process efficiency with precise control e Easy setup increased operator productivity WATLOW Slide Wire Feedback Position Sensor Thermocouple Product Highlights Easy to Operate The SERIES 988 s operator interface features the simplicity you expect from a Watlow controller The display key allows the operator to view information pertinent to the process including among others deviation from set point percent output and units of measurement The display key also returns the operator to the process and set point display from anywhere in the menu system The setup menu is segmented into input output global and communication parameters and you can move forward or backward throughout the parameter sequence Use Up To Four Outputs The controller can have up to four outputs total including the standard
268. m 2 04 in H 52 mm 2 04 in W UL CSA CE FM NEMA 4x IP65 On off Dual line 4 digit Digital LED 0 1 percent span DeviceNet on Canbus SERIES SD6L_D Page 89 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota As DIN 52 mm 2 04 in H 52 mm 2 04 in W FM CE NEMA 4X IP65 On off Dual line 4 digit LED 4 line LCDO 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU SERIES 97 Page 91 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 11 P o 9 3 D gt 2 o o Pe o i D 12 Quick Reference Guide Controller Single Loop Temperature Meter Allows the following Modbus controllers to connect to DeviceNet SERIES 96 97 CLS200 MICRODIN 1 Single Input None Indicator only 120V ac Hardware Thermocouple RTD 230 240V ac 24V ac SERIES TM Page 95 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Communication Gateways i Ethernet to EIA 485 232 Modbus RTU converter 24Vx ac dc Allows the following Modbus controllers to connect to Ethernet SERIES SD 96 97 981 982 998 999 F4 CLS200 POWER SERIES MICRODIN EM GATEWAY Page 193 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 DeviceNet to EIA 485 232 Modbus RTU converter 11 28
269. mA dc 4 20mA dc isolated K Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression Output 22 A None B Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression C Switched dc or open collector isolated D Electromechanical relay Form C 5A with RC suppression E Electromechanical relay9 Form C 5A without contact suppression F Universal process 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc isolated Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression External signal conditioner power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 9 30mA utput 39 None Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression Switched dc or open collector isolated Electromechanical relay Form A or B 5A without contact suppression Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression Retransmit 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc Retransmit 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc External signal conditioner power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 9 30mA utput 49 None Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression Switched dc or open collector isolated Electromechanical relay Form C 5A with RC suppression Electromechanical relay Form C 5A without contact suppression Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression EIA TIA 232 communications opto isolated EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 422 communications opto isolated EIA TIA 232 EIA TIA 485 software selectable communications opto isolated Exter
270. mance of thermal systems with long lag times e Precise control via cascade configuration e Display of both process variables Low cost one unit does the work of two e Increased operator productivity with fast setup Ratio Control Whether mixing materials or controlling temperature indirectly ratio control with the SERIES 988 provides automatic set point adjustments in response to system changes e Simplified process control one controller does the work of two e Low cost solution one controller display access both process variables One controller for many applications e Easy setup increased operator productivity Current Monitor Current monitoring provides system performance and status information The SERIES 988 accepts current transformer signal with no conditioning e Easily accessible heater status e System performance data for troubleshooting or design enhancements e System protection fast shut down with overcurrent e Easy setup no external signal conditioner required Outer Loop Thermocouple Input 1 988 Output 1 Inner Loop Thermocouple Limit Sensor Lube Oil Tank WATLOW g 8 8 4 20mA Valve Controller Output PROCESS Material A Controlled Stream Analog Input 1 Material C Mixed Material Material B i Flow Sensor Wild Stream Flow Sensor Power Controller Current Transformer Circulation Contro
271. mm x 93 mm x 47 mm 9 25 in x 3 65 in x 1 85 in Lx Wx H H 66 mm 2 60 in with DIN mount option Power Requirements e 10 26V dc 5 percent 3 2 watts class 2 power supply Environmental e Temperature O to 60 C 32 to 140 F operating 20 to 100 C 4 to 212 F storage e Relative humidity 0 95 percent non condensing Agency Approvals Compliance e CE Directives Low Voltage Directive LVD 73 23 EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EEC e UL listed UL 916 and UL 508 e C UL listed CSA 22 2 205 M19 e Factory Mutual approval temperature limit switches 3545 Miscellaneous e 8 individual alarm status LEDs Red e 1 supply power LED Green Limits Alarms TLM 8 Thermal Limit TLME Trip Point Chart see Ordering Information Option 4 Temperature Trip Point Temperature Trip Point RTD Unused Input 103 C 217 F 121 C 250 F 151 C 304 F 215 C 419 F 324 C 615 F 404 C 759 F 478 C 892 F 584 C 1083 F 708 C 1306 F 824 C 1515 F Type E T C Unused Input 101 C 214 F 202 C 396 F 302 C 576 F 403 C 756 F 502 C 936 F AC TIToOmTmmoour 600 C 1112 F 702 C 1296 F 801 C 1474 F Type J T C Unused Input 100 C 212 F 152 C 202 C 251C 302 C 350 C 662 F C TIQmnmoou 402 C 450 C 502 C 554 C 600 C 1112 F 653 C 1207 F 704 C 1299 F 754 C 1389 F Type K
272. mmed as either process or 32 to 3300 F the SERIES F4D dual channel deviation alarms The alarms can be RTD DIN 200 to 800 C controllers The baud rate is tied to up to three process variables 328 to 1472 F selectable as either 9600 or 19200 RTD JIS 200 to 800 C baud The protocol is Modbus 328 to 1166 F Process 19999 to 30 000 units Sensor Accuracy Ranges Optional Retransmit Optional retransmit capability is available to retransmit one or two Input ranges variables These variables include Type J O to 750 C up to three process variables 32 to 1382 F control set points or percent load Type K 200 to 12509C power Update rate is 1Hz 328 to 2282 F Type T 200 to 350 C a uon m a 328 to 662 F Panel Cutout Type N 0 to 1250 C 92 mm x 92 mm Min 850 in 3 622 in x 3 622 in 32 to 2282 F mes E Type E 200 to 800 C N eson 328 to 1470 F os Type C W5 0 to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F EM mw Type D W3 O to 2400 C 3 930 in 32 to 4352 F 108 81 mm o 4 284 in 0000000 D doo7 niniy a o a zi D zi o o o m Z o U E E Co Pt 2 O to 13938 C 82 to 2540 F gt O Type R 0 to 1450 C i aoa in 32 to 2642 F Type S O to 1450 C Temperature and H
273. mp not available with 600V output 24 24amp 34 34amp 42 42amp 50 50amp Output Voltage 24 24 to 280V ac 48 48 to 530V ac 60 60 to 660V ac not available with 18A model Input Type Contactor DC1 4 to 32V dc AC1 90 to 140V ac AC2 18 to 36V ac Note Do not use the AC1 and AC2 input type models with temperature control outputs that include an AC snubber filter This could cause the CZR to stay full on 0 Power Controllers POWER SERIES Watlow has manufactured solid state power controllers for over 30 years Watlow s POWER SERIES represents the latest in SCR power controller technology This microprocessor based product offers features and application flexibility unmatched by any other SCR power controller on the market today Capabilities of Watlow s POWER SERIES controllers include single phase and three phase models from 65 to 250 amps Field configurable phase angle or zero cross firing improves application flexibility on site where you need it The 50 60Hz independent operation allows utilization almost everywhere in the world without special calibration considerations Serial communication utilizing Modbus protocol provides remote control setup and monitoring of load status from a nearby computer station or control room On board semiconductor fusing improves reliability by protecting the SCRs from heater short circuits Plus on board heater bakeout and control diagno
274. mplete the code number on the right with the information below N7 DEN SERIES N7 Up to four channels of microprocessor based time and temperature control 24V ac power input Abbreviation for Customer Name Input 1 and Input 2 Dual thermocouple Input 1 thermocouple input 2 process input Input 1 thermocouple input 2 RTD Dual process inputs Input 1 RTD input 2 process input Dual RTD inputs input 3 and Input 4 Oak WDM ll None nput3 and 4 thermocouples Input 3 process input 4 thermocouple input Input 3 RTD input 4 thermocouple nput3 process input input 4 process input Input 3 RTD input 4 process input Input 3 RTD input 4 RTD Process Outputs Event Inputs and Control Outputs 0 No events or process outputs 1 ONonkKWDM O ll 4 event inputs rated 0 to 30V or contact closure and 2 control outputs rated for 5V 30mA Current output 1 0 to 20mA with 4 event inputs and 2 control outputs IP EF 3x Current outputs 1 and 2 both are rated 0 to 20mA with 4 event inputs and 2 control outputs 4 Current output 1 and dc output 2 rated O to 10V with 4 event inputs and 2 control outputs eae DC output rated O to 10V with 4 event inputs and 2 control outputs 6 DC outputs 1 and 2 with 4 event inputs and 2 control outputs i DC output 1 and current output 2 with 4 event inputs and 2 control outputs Add on Ethernet M
275. n lower 6 2 mm 0 244 in e Advance Up Arrow Down Arrow Infinity tactile keys Standard Conditions For Specifications e Ambient temperature 25 C 77 F 8 C rated line voltage 50 to 60Hz 0 to 90 percent RH non condensing 15 minute warm up Universal Input 1 Thermocouple e Type J K T N C W5 E Pt 2 D W3 B R S thermocouple e gt 20MQ input impedance e Maximum 20Q source resistance e 30uA open detection bias RTD e 2 or 3 wire platinum 1000 e JIS and DIN curves e Whole or tenth degree indication e 150pA nominal RTD excitation current Process e Range selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA e Voltage input impedance 20kQ e Current input impedance 10042 e Minimum current source resistance 1MQ e Input resolution 50 000 bits approx at full scale e mV input impedance 20MQ Input 2 Event Input e Contact or voltage e 20KQ input impedance Voltage input event high state 3 to 36V dc event low state O to 2V dc e Resistance contact input event high state gt 23kQ event low state 0 to 2kQ Remote Set Point Input mA or V dc Range Selectable e Voltage input impedance 20kQ e Current input impedance 100Q Output Types Open Collector Switched DC Open collector configuration Maximum voltage 42V dc Maximum current 200mA Maximum on resistance 1 10 Maximum off state leakage current 100HA e Switched dc configuration Switched dc supply v
276. n control outputs off lock out the front panel or reset the alarm remotely Output options provide application flexibility e Dual heat cool outputs per channel e Optional two alarm outputs e Optional retransmit output Optional serial communications Performance Capabilities e Accuracy to 0 1 percent of span Operating environment 0 to 65 C 32 to 149 F Features and Benefits Two analog inputs four control outputs and two alarm outputs e Provide two complete control loops in a single package Auto tuning e For one step tuning of system parameters for each channel Optional dual alarm outputs User selectable to monitor either channel Optional serial communications e Provides remote operation using a host computer aL e pau C AF Auto tune Heat Cool g 3 r airaa C C Output Channel A Dual Outputs WATLOW Input 1 K N R S TorPt2 f 898g Thermocouple DIN JIS RTD or PROCESS Process g g B Input 2 TP Type B C D E J gm 1A 2A 1B 2B K N R S T or Pt 2 ore Thermocouple DIN JIS RTD or alie Process Input 3 Digital Event SERIES 998 Closed Loop PID on off Control Open Loop Percent Power Output Channel B sam Dual Outputs Closed Loop PID on off Control Open Loop Percent Power amb Output 3 Alarm Transmitter Power Supply Analog Retransmit Output 4 mb Alarm
277. nal options S only 1 phase 1 controlled leg 3 phase 2 controlled legs 3 phase 3 controlled legs Language 0 English 1 German 2 Spanish 3 French Custom Part Numbers O0 Standard part 10 1 second soft start Control option P L XX Any letter or number custom options labeling etc Phase angle models are not CE approved for conducted emissions vu e ED z E e m a mn o9 7 169 Power Controllers Style C Style C Dimensions Without Cooling Fan 146 mm 5 74 in 142 mm 5 59 in 102 mm 4 0 in clearance for air flow and wire bending radius 102 mm 4 0 in 44mi 1 73 In 56 in 150 mm 5 89 in 127 mm mm 10 in 5 00 in Rail Release Tab pull down 102 mm 4 0 in minimum 102 mm 4 0 in clearance for air flow and wire bending radius Side Front 38 mm 1 51 in Ls 46 mm 1 81 in Allowance for M4 54 mm 2 11 in 4 8 Fastener T 3 A000 8 131 mm 2 5 17 in 138 mm 5 45 in g 87 mm j DIN EN 50022 35 by 7 5 mm rail uo o GE 3 42 in clipping distance Oo 9 Oo 34 7 to 35 3 mm 4 1 366 to 1 390 in 48 mm 1 89 in Allowance for M4 8 Fastener With Cooling Fan
278. nal signal conditioner power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 9 30mA ACNDAMUVUODWPFTO AZZACOWPrO AA Display Color Upper Lower GG Green Green RG Red Green GR Green Red RR Red Red XX Custom overlays or default settings u o 3 D i o 7 EX D c zi iv UU E Q 75 doo7 a buls PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES 981 982 Dimensions 100 mm Storage Temperature 4 03 in PROCESS e 6 compression universal head WATLOW e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F i E Terminals SEERA PROCESS 55 mm Screws accepts 28 14 gauge 2 18 in 100 mm wire 98 DEV HOLD 4 03 in i OUT RUN e 29 Controller Weight p 3 045 kg 1 0 Ib c _ Shipping Weight e 1 35 kg 3 01 Ibs SERIES 982 Dimensions Vertical Orientation 55 mm Overall 2 18 in Height 100mm 408 in x Panel Mounting Bracket Width 55mm 2 18 in 1B 3 s i Depth 120 mm 4 74 in il ON Bezel Height 100mm 4 03 in Tes Width 55mm 2 18in Bonis TETUER Depth 15mm 0 68 in i 95d Chassis p Height 90 mm 3 6 in ll 5 a 3 62 in 003 0 Width 45mm
279. ncludes only spreadsheet data editor recipe manager without cal endar start and system activity log Features and Benefits Easy controller setup e Use ANAWINS s built in setup screens to adjust the controller parameters or the simple spreadsheet view for a quick intuitive interface The spreadsheet categorizes all controller parameters according to their parameter groupings Recipe manager e All editions of ANAWINS include the ability to create recipes arrays of controller settings Recipes can be created edited stored and downloaded to the controllers Use recipes to store commonly used controller settings to speed up repetitive controller setups and to create a snapshot of your setups The Run Time and Developer Editions also include a calendar start function allowing users to automatically download recipes on a one time or repeating schedule Alarm manager e ANAWIN Run Time and Developer Editions receive alarms from controllers maintain a log of alarms and allow users to clear and acknowledge alarms Data logging and trend plot graphs e ANAWINS Run Time and Developer Editions include continuous data logging of the parameters you choose You can export the collected data to an Excel compatible spreadsheet file or view multiple data items on T MEET 08 ANAWINS trend plot graph An unlimited number of graphs may be named and stored for simple future retrieval Colorful animated custom
280. nd operate e Integrate with other controllers and software Firmware Options Choose firmware with the features needed for the application e Standard includes closed loop PID control auto tune alarms job memory and failed sensor detection e Extruder includes the standard firmware features with PID control specifically adapted for plastic extruders e Enhanced Features includes the standard firmware features with the addition of process variable retransmit remote analog set point cascade control ratio control and differential control algorithms Each channel can be configured for standard PID control or one of the other control algorithms Each channel of cascade control or remote analog set point requires two controller channels Unused control outputs on any channel can be configured for retransmit e Ramp and Soak see page 119 Because the CLS200 has no onboard analog outputs applications that use process variable retransmit typically require one SDAC module per retransmitted signal Watlow Anafaze s WATVIEW software is ideal to use with the CLS200 SERIES See page 197 for more information and ordering details 7 gt c 9 E c E Rd o 107 doo7 1inW 108 Auto Tuning PID Controllers 4 8 16 Loop CLS200 SERIES Specifications Operator Interface e 32 character vacuum fluorescent display e Eight key keypad to access guided menus and prompts ente
281. nd lead times Consult factory Stock units with catalog options Protective Wells Protective wells isolate and protect thermostat bulbs and other temperature sensors thermo couples RTDs or thermistors They allow inserting the sensing element sufficiently into the media being heated without being damaged Steel or stainless steel protective wells are available in three lengths They are supplied with 13 mm 0 5 in NPT mounting and 10 mm 0 375 in 18 NPT internal thread for mating to a liquid tight bushing LTB All units are stock To order specify the appropriate code number from the stock table 224 is mm 0 5 in O D Internal 10 mm 0 375 in NPT 13 mm 0 5 in E E oe B 6 mm 0 25 in Protective Wells Plug and Immersed Est Ship Thermowell B Dimension Weight LEVEL uU PWS12 Steel 610 24 PWS24 10 2 915 36 PWS36 10 2 Stainless 305 12 PWSS12 0 5 1 Steel 610 24 PWSS24 1 0 2 915 36 PWSS36 10 2 Availability Stock Same day shipment Modified Stocko Five to seven working days Made to Order Three weeks Options complexity and quantity may affect availability and lead times Consult factory Q Stock units with catalog options Controller Output Comparison Guide want to switch I want to control Solenoid coil valve Mercury displacement relay MDR Electromechanical relay General purpose contactor
282. nd retransmit With fast 10Hz sampling variable time base burst firing outputs NEMA 4X front panel and 0 1 percent calibration accuracy this controller can easily handle some of the toughest application needs Performance Capabilities Operating environment 0 to 65 C 32 to 149 F Features and Benefits Profiles Two 2 8 step profiles can be linked to create one 1 15 step profile Burst fire e Increase heater life better temperature controlability One input one auxiliary input four outputs Powerful flexibility at a competitive price No dipswitches e Easily configurable from the front panel Multiple set points e Flexible automatic control Plugable output modules e Field expandable Fast 10Hz sampling e Improved control responsiveness Input 1 Process Input 2 Event Open loop break protection e Indication of thermal loop problem NEMA 4X IP65 9 e Water and corrosion resistant front panel can be washed down Compact size e Allows it to be mounted in small areas Automatic tuning e Easy one step tuning of PID control parameters Three year warranty e Provides Control Confidence Applications e Packaging e Semiconductor e Food processing Lab equipment e Furnace and ovens e Plastics Output 1 Control Output 2 Control or Alarm Output 3 Alarm Output 4 Alarm Analog or Communications Specifications e Microprocessor
283. ndustrial markets DeviceNet SDL D NET NET MOD 3 zl gt E E 7 Output 1 Limit or Alarm Specifications Line Voltage Power e 100 to 240V ac 10 15 percent 85 264V ac 50 60Hz 5 percent 24Vx ac dc 10 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent 1OVA maximum power consumption Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory 89 o e D i E o 90 Limits Alarms F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES SD6L D Specifications Cont Environment e 18 to 65 C 0 to 149 F operating temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage temperature e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage e Calibration ambient temperature 25 C 48 C 77 F 5 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum Agency Approvals e FM IP65 NEMA 4X and NSF 2 e UL 3121 C UL CSA CE Controller e Microprocessor based user selectable control modes e Single universal input up to three outputs e Control sampling rates Input 6 5Hz Display 10Hz and Outputs 6 5Hz Operator Interface Dual 4 digit 7 segment LED displays e DeviceNet on CAN or e Semi SIG ODVA Allowable Operating Range Type J O to 815 C 32 to 1500
284. nector 10 base T e HTTP interface DHCP auto IP or fixed IP address Dimensions e Width x height x depth 42 mm x 116 mm x 132 mm 1 64 in x 4 56 in x 5 19 in DIN rail or chassis mount DIN rail spec DIN 5022 35 mm x 7 5 mm 1 38 in x 0 30 in Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES PD Dual Loop Side View 146 mm 3 750 in 129 mm 5 062 in 73mm 2 875 in Attachment E 7 Front View Bracket for 8mm Panel Mounting 0 318 in 6 Screw lt or m3 5 Required Top Bottom e a Mount Hole Offset WATLOW PD PID Controller 0 Power Ethernet Link 107 mm 9 Ethernet Activity 4 225 in Q Input Error XO Input Error 118 mm 4 650 in emm Qr i Output gt Min Clearance Output gt Between Rail Centerlines Output Address o 146 mm Min Clearance 51 mm 2 in 42 mm t637in ni WATLOW PD WATLOW PD PID Controller PID Controller 0 Power 0 Power Ethernet Link Ethernet Activity Ethernet Link Ethernet Activity gt c 9 c E RI o doo7 Q Input Error Input Error I input Error input Error Output gt Output OA Output gt Output Output gt Output 35 Output gt Output 02 o 42 mm 1 650 in lt 105 106 Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES PD Ordering Information Dual Loop To order com
285. ng L1 y transformer Consult factory for part BT Single phase variable 08 5406 number and voltage required AT time base single cycle L2 requires a V dc input random burst firing 4 20mMA input fired output SSR BT requires V dc input zero cross output SSR 183 pe 9 D e 9 3 e o o 184 Power Controllers Solid State Relays Heatsinks HS 10 25 40 50 and 75 SSRs Dimensions Solid State Relay 44 45 mm 483mm H i7 n Jg B 0 19 in AAO HH Thread e eton y 7 62mm 4 T 9 a l a 0 30 in ERER D W S 43 18 mm 4 W 1 70 in n 47 625 mm 1 875 in 5 1 Note The 50 amp 1 phase width 57 15 mm mounting dimension has four mounting 2 25 in clips instead of the round cutouts A A LAN i 6 32 4369mm 1346 NE En s 0 172 in Dia 0 83 in oa 2 Places 1 00 Ino Ref Point 3 0 mm 3d 0 12 in 86 mm f l 0 90 in 2100 0815 000 A B and C Heatsinks i 19 56 mm See Note 0 77 in H D Drilled and Tapped 8 32 Heatsinks 1 Phase Maximum Overall Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Fan Code E Width W De Cooled Number mm in in in in in in 10 100 4 00 115 4 50 25 1 03 75 3 00 12 0 50 4 0 15 105 4 20 No HS 10 18 94 3 70 46 1 80 48 1 90
286. ngineering and manufacturing expertise to make your application a reality But more than that Watlow provides you with a cooperative partnership based on service and ongoing product support We have the experience stability and total thermal system expertise to produce the controller that s right for your application Our Experience Includes e Environmental chambers and ovens e Foodservice equipment e Medical equipment e Packaging e Plastics e Refrigerated transport e Semiconductor Partnerships Partnership means providing the best solution for your application being there after the product is delivered to make sure you receive optimum performance and value Here is a brief overview of our partnering process 1 Define specific application needs 2 Design the hardware package 3 Design the software 4 Refine order and meet specifications and requirements 5 Deliver prototype 6 Review prototype for changes and revisions refine hardware and software produce and test changes deliver new prototype 7 Begin production and continue testing 8 File product documentation apply for agency approvals begin line production 9 Provide ongoing product support Advanced Technology Watlow offers the most modern engineering testing and production facilities Our focus on electronics requires a significant investment in state of the art technology and our engineers to continue their education
287. nical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression Output 4 A None D EBElectromechanical relay Form C 2A without RC suppression R 232Communications U 485 Communications Universal Retransmit range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc Software Preset Parameters AA Ramping software Display Overlay Upper Lower Upper Lower RR Red Red display GR Green Red display RG Red Green display GG Green Green display Panel Cutout 44 958 mm x 44 958 mm 1 77 in x 1 77 in n 52 070 mm gt 2 050 in ry 59 182 mm 2 330 in 52 070 mm 2 050 in 4 9 322 mm 0 367 in SERIES 981 982 The Watlow SERIES 981 horizontal and SERIES 982 vertical are DIN time temperature profile controllers Among the most easy to use time temperature profile controllers they are designed with most typical programming needs in mind Both vertical and horizontal models offer four file 24 step program capability or easy to use fixed set point operation Time temperature profile operation includes four files with six steps in each file Programming options include ramp rate or time based profiles guaranteed soak deviation program looping and program status selection after power outage The files may be linked to create a single 24 step program The primary analog input accepts 11 different thermocouple types
288. nificant improvements in the performance repeatability and accuracy offered by Watlow s current line of analog basic temperature controllers The fixed SERIES LF limit offers fixed set points and is supplied without an operator interface Operating set point temperature values are customer definable in the product configuration part number The LF limit controllers are FM approved with special UL9 approval for the open board potted versions Watlow s limit controllers include industry leading service and support and are backed by a three year warranty Applications e Food preparation e Industrial machinery e Packaging e Plastics processing Features and Benefits Fixed set points e Provide tamper proof operation Multiple mounting options e Minimize installation time High or low limit with auto or manual reset e Provides application flexibility Fahrenheit or Celsius operation with indication e Offers application flexibility Sensor break protection e Provides positive system shutdown Agency approvals Meet certification requirements compliance Microprocessor based technology e Ensures accurate repeatable control Specifications Limit Controller e Microprocessor based limit controller e Nominal switching hysteresis typically 1 7 C 38 F e High or low limit factory selectable e Latching output requires manual reset upon over or under temperature condition e Manual or automatic reset on powe
289. nnector e Watlow SERIES 96 or SERIES SD controller e On off rocker switch Specifications Controller e Watlow SERIES 96 e Watlow SERIES SD Dimensions e 119 mm H x 76 mm W x 191 mm D 4 7 in H x 3 0 in W x 7 5 in D Output Power Switching e Utilizes a solid state relay e 8 amp maximum load e Output is powered through the line cord Power Requirements e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent NEMA 5 15 Plug e 208 240V ac 10 percent NEMA 6 15 Plug e Controller is fused to 1 0 amp Sensor Input e Factory selectable thermocouple e Miniature thermocouple jack and plug Output Configuration e Factory selectable AMP Mate n Lok connector A twist and lock connector e Mating connector provided Operating Environment e 0 to 45 C 32 to 113 F Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Weight e 2 lbs 0 9 kg 9 92 29 So 2M S o m 7 3 a Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below 00 SNGL Single Control Console bu Control 4 SERIES 96 5 SERIES SD 32 DIN 6 SERIES 96 w 232 comms 7 SERIES SD ths DIN A SERIES 96 with ramp and soak Input J Type J thermocouple T Type T thermocouple K Type K thermocouple R RTD 2 wire Display SERIES 96 SD RG Red Green only color option available on SD 1 s2 DIN RR Red Red GG Green Green only available on 96 GR Green Red only available on 96
290. nnesota SERIES CF Specifications Cont Allowable Operating Ranges Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type J 210 to 1038 C 346 to 1900 F Type K 270 to 1370 C 454 to 2500 F Type T 270 to 400 C 454 to 750 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Output Types Switched dc non isolated e Supply voltage maximum 24V dc into an infinite load e Supply voltage minimum 5V dc at 10mA e Minimum load impedance 5002 Electromechanical Relay Form C e Minimum load current 100mA e 8A Q 240V ac or 30V dc maximum resistive e 250VA pilot duty 120 240V ac maximum inductive e Use RC suppression for inductive loads e Electrical life 100 000 cycles at rated current Agency Approvals e UL 60730 1 Recognized Temperature Controller and Indicator e UL 197 Reviewed for Use in Cooking Appliances e ANSI 221 23 Gas Appliance Thermostat Approval e Temperature Control and Indicator CSA 22 2 No 24 Terminals e 6 3 mm 0 25 in quick connect push on terminal 60 Power e 24V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 230 to 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 10VA maximum power consumption Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Operating Environment e Oto 70 C 32 to 158 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing e Storage temperature 40 to 8
291. not used for control User programmable deadband delay and startup suppression Global alarm output activates when any alarm occurs Watchdog output indicates controller is functioning correctly Serial Interface EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 485 Baud Rate 2400 9600 or 19200 user selectable Communication Protocol e Modbus RTU Line Voltage Power e 15 to 24V dc 3V dc 1A maximum 300mA no load Agency Approvals e UL C UL listed UL9 916 Standard for Energy Management Equipment e CE Mark Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Dimensions Overall Controller Weight n Height 50mm 1 96 in 0 9 kg 1 98 Ibs BI Width 96 mm 3 78 in Shipping Weight e Depth 203mm 80in 18kg 4 0lbs mm 1 96 in Bezel ALARM SETPOINT STATUS OUT MAN FA pm Height 50mm 1 96 in l s Width 96 mm 3 78 in Depth 25 mm 1 0 in Chassis meu Height 45 mm 1 76 in Width 90 mm 3 55 in Depth 178mm 7 0 in 25mm 178 mm 41 mm 1 00 in 7 00 in 7 1 60 in e ae Bezel Steel Case i SCSI Cable not used with TB 18 Modbus is a trademark of AEG Schneider Automation 15 mm 0 60 in with Right Angle SCSI Connector x i z zi 3 D iv 3 mol 7 A 2 c EX iv v Q 121 doo7
292. not yet in the process of manufacture After receipt of such notice Watlow will inform Buyer of any adjustments to be made in price delivery schedules etc resulting from Buyer s requested changes prior to incorporating requested changes into manufactured Products Control Products require written notice of requested changes not less than sixty 60 days prior to last scheduled shipping date Freight and Taxes Prices do not include prepaid freight federal state or local taxes Any increase in freight rates paid by Watlow on deliveries covered by this Order and hereafter becoming effective and any tax or governmental charge or increase in same excluding any franchise or income tax or other tax or charge based on income i increasing the cost to Watlow of producing selling or delivering Products or of procuring Products used therein or ii payable by Watlow because of the production sale or delivery of Products such as Sales Tax Use Tax Retailer s Occupational Tax Gross Receipts Tax Value Added Tax and Ways Fees may at Watlow s option be added to the prices herein specified and be added to invoices Engineering Charge On complex Products systems or control software modifications an engineering charge shall be applied or included in the price of Prototypes This charge is not subject to discounts Tooling All tooling and fixtures are the property of Watlow Watlow will accept Buyer s special tooling if sent f
293. nput Terminal Board Sensor wires are terminated on a terminal board A cable connects the analog input module to the terminal board Specifications General Dimensions 129 5 mm 5 1 in H x 106 7 mm 4 2 in W x 58 4 mm 2 3 in D e Mounting DIN rail or panel mount e Discrete terminal type captive screw cage clamp Sensor Keys The PPC AITB 1 sensor inputs can be individually configured with sensor keys to accept thermocouples RTDs linear voltage and current Sensor keys used with PPC 2022 configure 2 input channels PPC 2030 Encoder Input Analog Output Module The PPC 2030 module accepts input signals from high speed pulse output devices such aS su encoders and generates a analog output signals to control variable frequency drives SCRs and other devices stausO Specifications General e Maximum number of modules per system 4 Input System e Pulse inputs 4 high speed counter or encoder e Maximum input frequency 10kKHz single phase 32 kHz quadrature e Count range 16 bits e Sample rate 250ms to sample all 4 inputs 4Hz Output e Analog outputs 4 individually isolated analog outputs e Isolation 120V ac to power common or ground e Resolution 12 bits e Range voltage mode 0 to 10V 10mA max e Accuracy voltage mode 0 3 percent of reading 0 5 percent of range at 25 C 75 F e Range cu
294. nputs per key 2 Differential current 0 20mA one input per key 3 3 wire RTD one input per key Note Contact the factory for fixed configuration analog input terminal boards in quantity a o v fe Q 2 zj 3 EU a 7 rc 7 157 O o Ss PID with Programmable Logic Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota PPC 2000 SERIES 158 PPC 2030 Encoder Input Analog Output Module Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with the information below PPC 2030 Order up to four modules per system The PPC 2030 includes four counter or encoder inputs and four analog outputs Optional encoder input terminal boards with 10 foot or 25 foot cables are available to connect up to two counter or encoder inputs each to the PPC 2030 To connect directly to an encoder without a terminal board a cable kit is available The kit includes connector parts only the customer provides the cable Encoder Input Analog Output Module Encoder Inputs 1 and 2 1 Encoder input terminal board with 10 foot cable PPC EIT 2 Encoder input terminal board with 25 foot cable PPC EIT 3 Encoder input connector kit customer makes cable Encoder Inputs 3 and 4 1 Encoder input terminal board with 10 foot cable PPC EITB 1 10 2 Encoder input terminal board with 25 foot cable PPC EITB 1 25 3 Encoder input connector kit customer makes cabl
295. ns Cont e Input power and control outputs Type PTII O to 1395 C 12 to 22 AWG 32 to 2543 F Environment Type R 0 to 1760 C e 18 to 65 C 0 to 149 F operating eee 32 to 3200 F ola Universal Input Types 2 19 HE e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage p 32 to 3200 F temperature e Thermocouple grounded or Type B O to 1816 C e Oto 90 percent RH non ungrounded sensors 32 to 3300 F condensing e RTD 2 or 3 wire platinum 1002 RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 0 C calibration to 328 to 1472 F Accuracy o e Calibration accuracy and sensor e A diaper Procesna TERES ieee tim conformity 0 1 percent of span process One me 1008 oF Control Outputs 1 C the calibrated ambient HOV de Deke input Output 1 temperature and rated line voltage e Calibration ambient temperature 25 C 8 C 77 F 5 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum Agency Approvals e FM and NEMA 4X IP65 e UL 3121 C UL CSA CE for outputs 2 and 3 e NSF for Type J K T and E thermocouples Controller e Microprocessor based user selectable control modes e Single universal input up to three outputs e Control sampling rates input 6 5Hz display 10Hz outputs 6 5Hz Operator Interface Dual 4 digit 7 segment LED displays e Advance infinity and up down keys Optional IrDA infrared port not available on vs DIN e Isolated EIA 485 M
296. nt CE UL and Factory Mutual FM Approvals e Global acceptance for safety and EMC compliance cS EB a De O Emme 5 Limits Alarms TLM 8 Thermal Limit Specifications Analog Inputs e Eight sensor input channels Sensor Inputs Trip Point Ranges e RTD 1002 platinum 2 wire DIN curve 100 to 850 C 148 to 1562 F e Thermal switch e Type E T C TLME 100 to 801 C 212 to 1474 F TLMP 100 to 660 C 212 to 1220 F e Type J T C 100 to 754 C 212 to 1389 F e Type K T C 100 to 1205 C 212 to 2201 F e Type R T C 500 to 1720 C 932 to 3128 F e Type S T C 500 to 1711 C 932 to 3112 F e Type T T C 100 to 384 C 212 to 723 F Accuracy e TLME 5 percent of trip point e TLMP 1 percent of trip point Repeatability e 5 C 41 F Digital Inputs e Alarm acknowledge digital input 5 30V 7 dc optically isolated e Alarm simulation digital input 5 30V dc optically isolated Temperature Coefficient 40 ppm C accuracy C UL is a registered trademark of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc 140 Alarm Outputs For fail safe operation relay contacts are open in alarm and power off condition e Global 2 Form A normally open electromechanical relays latching e Channel 8 Form A normally open electromechanical relays latching e Maximum contact rating 1A 125V ac or 60V dc e UL contact rating 1A 30V dc Dimensions e 235
297. ntrol The SERIES SD C controllers include a universal sensor input with up to three outputs that can be programmed for heat or cool temp erature control or to operate as process or deviation alarms Programming inverse scaling is also simplified with the user friendly set up menu providing additional value without additional cost Advanced features of SERIES SD C controllers include EIA 485 Modbus serial communications Watlow s INFOSENSE sensor technology infrared remote communications operation Watlow s patented User Definable Menu System and a Save and Restore feature that allows the restoration of either factory or user defined settings Available in 2 Ye Ye and 4 DIN panel mount sizes Watlow s SERIES SD C controllers are backed by an industry leading three year warranty from Watlow Winona The SERIES SD controllers are NSF UL9 and C UL listed CSA and CE certified and include the NEMA 4X IP65 seal Features and Benefits INFOSENSE sensor technology e Improves sensor accuracy by a minimum of 50 percent User Defined Menu System e Allows the user to assign up to 20 parameters in the operations menu e Improves operational efficiency Save and Restore feature e Allows the user to save individual or factory settings Variable burst fire Prolongs heater life e Reduces replacement costs Control Input Infrared Configure WATVIEW HMI Human Ma
298. nute warm up Calibration ambient range 25 C 77 F 8 C e Grounded or ungrounded e Type E J K or T thermocouple e gt 10 MQ input impedance e 250 nV input referenced error per 1Q source resistance e 2 wire platinum 100 e DIN curve 0 00385 curve e 125 pA nominal RTD excitation current Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type J O to 750 C 32 to 1382 F Type K 200 to 1250 C 328 to 2282 F Type T 200 to 350 C 328 to 662 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F e Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient Exception Type T 2 4 percent of input accuracy span for 200 to 0 C 328 to 32 F e Temperature stability 0 3 degree per degree change in ambient 57 58 On Off Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES CV Specifications Cont RTD Input Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient e Temperature stability 0 2 degree per degree change in ambient Allowable Operating Ranges Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type J 210 to 1038 C 346 to 1900 F Type K 270 to 1370 C 454 to 2500 F Type T 270 to 400 C 454 to 750 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Output Types Switched dc non isolated e Supply voltage maximum 24V dc into an infinite load e Supply
299. o 120V ac No Transformer Availability Five to 10 working days udi Notes D Not recommended for use with electromechanical relays Q Metal enclosure required for SSR choose from above For derating curves above stated ambient temperature consult factory Includes semiconductor fusing 3 phase units have 2 leg control Includes semiconductor fusing 3 phase units have 2 leg control NEMA 4 enclosure is not available If no transformer option is selected 120V ac service is required Connections on terminal block provided 328 7 mm 12 94 in Y F 254 mm 10 in FIBERGLASS BOX r l L em e i 9 9 om ox Ee F w 305 mm o lt 25 EER D 3 Y M 203 mm 8 nyl METAL BOX mi mm 12 i pi 323 8 mm 12 75 in a 305 12 WATLOW E 25 mm 10 inj mm in Y 219 220 Control Systems F O B Wright City MO Control Boxes Control Box Model 2 Process or High Limit Controller Base Model CBCVJ4X000LD30 Includes SERIES CV on off controller CB 000 ENS ANSI Type J input O to 315 C 32 to 600 F T NEMA 4X fiberglass box 254 x 203 x 152 mm 10 x 8 x 6 in E SAFE RELAY Illuminated on off control switch Control fusing Option
300. o 1250 C 32 to 2282 F CVK SERIES SD DIN PID TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F P3J SERIES SD DIN PID Type K 0 to 1250 C 32 to 2282 F P3K OSERIES SD DIN PID TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F P6J CSERIES SD DIN PID Type K 0 to 1250 C 32 to 2282 F P6K SERIES 96 PID TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F 96J SERIES 96 PID Type K 0 to 1250 C 32 to 2282 F 96K Enclosure Material Dimensions NEMA 4 Metal Box 305 x 305 x 152mm 12x12x6in 04 NEMA 4X Fiberglass 305 x 254 x 152 mm 12x 10x 6 in 4X High Limit Function Input Range SERIES LV High Limit TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F LVJ SERIES LV High Limit TypeK Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F LVK SERIES 97 High Limit TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 13882 F 97J SERIES 97 High Limit Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F 97K CSERIES SD DIN High Limit TypeJ 0 to 750 C 32 to 1382 F L3J OSERIES SD DIN High Limit Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F L3K OSERIES SD DIN High Limit TypeJ 0 to 750 C 32 to 1382 F L6J CSERIES SD DIN High Limit Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F L6K Power Switching Devices Includes appropriately sized high limit electromechanical relay Type Amps Poles Phase E SAFE RELAY 20 amp 3 Pole LD3 E SAFE RELAY 40 amp 3 Pole MD3 SCR 16 amps 480V DIN A MITEA 1 phase D16 SCR 20 amps 480V DIN A MITEB 3 phase D20 SCR 45 amps 480V DIN A MITE C 3 phase D45 amp Control Transformers 240 to 120V ac 480 to 120V ac 208 t
301. o 24V dc 3V dc 1A loaded or 300mA no load Agency Approvals e UL C UL Listed UL 916 standard for energy management equipment e CE Mark Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EEC e ODVA conformance tested DeviceNet W Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES D8 Front View m WATLOwW OY LOOP PROCESS UNITS 50 mm 2 0 in A ALARM SETPOINT STATUS OUTX 9 Q M o mm 3 8 in gt Side View Data Rate Address 500 Kb PGM 4 250Kb 125 Kb doo7 1inW gt 41 mm to 53 mm pi 1 6 in to 2 1 in For Cables 1 0 in and Clearance gt c 9 E c z E RI o D8 with TB18 Option for Digital I O D8 with SCSI TB50 Option for Digital I O TB50 Terminal Board Option Digital I O Connects Here Connect Digital I O Here With TB18 Option SCSI Cable 117 Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES D8 Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below D8 0 0000 0 Number of Loops 4 4loop controller 8 8loop controller Digital I O Terminations O TB18 Screw terminals on the controller 1 SCSI connector no terminal board or cable 2 SCSI connector TB50 terminal board and 3 foot cable 3 SCSIconnector TB50 and 6 foot cable 4 SCSI connector TB50 and 3 foot right angle cable 5 SCS
302. o 2500 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Type T 200 to 399 C 328 to 750 F Pt 29 O to 1395 C 32 to 2543 F Available with universal signal conditioner Type B 870 to 1816 C 1598 to 3300 F Type R O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type S O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F RTD Resolution DIN or JIS 1 DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F 1 JIS 200 to 680 C 328 to 1166 F 0 1 DIN and JIS 73 3 to 537 7 C 99 9 to 999 9 F Process 0 50mV dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA 999 to 9999 units Control Channel A and B Output Options Dual switched dc signal provides a source voltage of 23 5 to 30 2V dc with a source resistance of 15009 isolated Dual electromechanical relay Form A 2A 120 240V ac 2A Q 28V dc without contact suppression Single process 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc or 0 10V dc reverse acting isolated Dual solid state relay Form A 0 5A 24V ac min 2538V ac max opto isolated burst fire switching Without contact suppression Off state output impedance is 31MQ without contact suppression Auxiliary Output 3 and 4 Options e o Solid state relay Form A 0 5A Q 24V ac min 253V ac max opto isolated burst fire switching With or without contact suppression Off state output impedance is 20k with RC suppression 31MQ without contact suppression Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 clo
303. o 3200 F contact suppression p gora e conte bilan Type B O to 1816 C e Process output Non Isolated e Single universal input up to three 32 to 3300 F User selectable 0 10V dc outputs RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 0 5V dc 1 5V dc e Control sampling rates Input 328 to 1472 F 1KQ minimum 0 20mA 4 20mA 6 5Hz Display 10Hz and Process 1999 to 9999 units 8002 maximum Outputs 6 5Hz Operator Interface e Single 4 digit 7 segment LED display e Set infinity and up down keys e solated EIA 485 Modbus serial communications 9600 19 2K or 38 4K baud rates Wiring Termination Touch Safe Terminals e nput power and control outputs 12 to 22 AWG e Sensor inputs and process outputs 20 to 28 AWG Universal Input e Thermocouple grounded or ungrounded sensors e RID 2 or 3 wire platinum 1000 Q O C calibration to DIN curve 0 00385 Q Q C e Process 0 20mA Q 1009 or 0 10V dc 20kQ input impedance Scalable nverse scaling e gt 20MQ input impedance e Maximum of 200 source resistance Allowable Operating Range Type J O to 815C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Type T 200 to 400 C 328 to 750 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type C O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type D O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Conirol Outputs Outputs 1 or 2 e User selectable for heat cool as on off P PI PD PI
304. o dzzascoum xoddzn J Display GG Green Green displays RR Red Red displays GR Green Red displays XX Custom overlays or default settings RG Red Green displays gt c 9 4 c E E Ko a o 43 doo uIS 44 Auto Tuning PID Controllers SERIES 988 989 i 100 mm M Dimensions WATEOW ipei Vertical Orientation 388 WATLOW Overall ggg Iz n Height 100 mm 4 03 in s PROCESS BIN e ee li Width 55 mm 2 18 in fo 5 5 DELE bun m w Depth 120 mm 4 74 in BO soe SERIES 009 Bezel Height 100mm 4 03 in Width 55 mm 2 18 in SERIES 988 Depth 15 mm 0 68 in E mm Chassis rae 3 Adjustable Height 90mm 3 6 in e M ss Mounting Bracket Wiath 45 mm 1 7 in m I Panel Cutout c Q Depth 105mm 4 06 in fin aa CC Maximum Panel ll Thickness N 9 65 mm 0 38 in f f 90 mm C r 3 6 in 92 mm 0 8 3 62 in 0 03 0 lll Eo gt amp gt S f d HOT x B 15 mm TS MEER 105 mm Urin EDS EE 0 68 In 4 06 in System Diagram DIN A MITE Mechanical Power Controller Contactor Z Heater AH I AW lis Chart Recorder n Thermocouple Limit Sensor SERIES LV Limit Controller
305. oard offers up to six high voltage outputs which can be used in place of the open collector outputs The SERIES N7 features two solid state relays SSRs with the option of six in total Each SSR has a maximum operating current of 0 4 amps Watlow s SERIES N7 offers an optional NAFEM Ethernet communications interface to meet industry needs The controller is UL9 and C UL recognized carries the EU LV and EMC directives for emissions and immunity the NSF option and the CSA standard C22 2 24 Features and Benefits Modular design e Dual displays can be tailored to offer flexibility and design options e High voltage output module provides for up to six high voltage relays e Custom firmware allows multiple applications in one controller Overlay can be easily modified allowing users to create a unique look with membrane switches and LEDs Enhanced Communications e Ethernet communications module enables NAFEM protocol option e Communications capable of flash downloading software Modbus and PC communications Customizable inputs and outputs e Up to four sensor inputs can be customized to include thermo couples RTDs or process inputs e Up to 10 outputs provide ranges including open collectors SSRs electromechanical relays no arc relays current and voltage e Up to eight event inputs allow for door switch use Low voltage controller Vertical and horizontal orientations o
306. odbus serial communications Modbus is a trademark of AEG Schneider Automation Inc impedance Scalable e Inverse scaling e gt 20MQ input impedance e Maximum of 20Q source resistance Allowable Operating Range Type J O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Type T 200 to 400 C 328 to 750 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type C O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Dimensions e Electromechanical relay Form A rated 2A Q 120V ac or 240V ac or 30V dc Output 2 e Electromechanical relay or E A 485 comms or switched DC or SSR Output 3 e not available on 153 DIN 5 amp Form C EM relay or SSR universal process or switched DC Behind Panel Width HED 2 DIN 97 8 mm 52 6 mm 29 7 mm 3 85 in 2 07 in 1 17 in s DIN 97 8 mm 52 1 mm 52 1 mm 3 85 in 2 05 in 2 05 in DIN 97 8 mm 52 8 mm 99 8 mm Vertical 3 85 in 2 08 in 3 93 in DIN 97 8 mm 99 8 mm 52 8 mm Horizontal 3 85 in 3 93 in 2 08 in DIN 101 1 mm 99 8 mm 99 8 mm 3 98 in 3 93 in 3 93 in Limits Alarms SERIES SD L Typical Block Diagram SERIES SD PID Output 1 Output 2 Infrared Communications The Infrared Data Communications IDC option is available on all SERIES SD controller models except the 1 2 DIN and can support complete SERIES SD paramet
307. odular construction e Field upgradable Enhanced environmental chamber control e Supports humidity compressor boost heat boost cool control Cascade control e Allows precise two variable control Real time clock with battery backup Allows operational flexibility and peace of mind Field upgradeable firmware e Downloads available no charge from www watlow com F4 e Reduces downtime e Eliminates the need for an RMA Applications e Environmental chambers e Heat treating e Ovens and furnaces e Analytical equipment an o 3 D t E o 1 5 LE c o v y E E vo 127 doo7 1inW PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES F4D Alarm Outputs Accuracy e Output update rate 1Hz e Calibration accuracy and sensor Specifications Electromechanical relay Form C Comon TOT pE CENTO Span E 2A 30V dc or 240V ac 1 C 25 C 3 C 77 F 5 F e Width x height x depth 42 mm x 118 mm x 132 mm 3 96 in x 3 96 in x 3 85 in panel mount Universal Analog Inputs 1 2 3 Optional Thermocouple Type J K T N C W5 E Pt 2 D W3 B R S RTD e 2 or 3 wire platinum 100 500 or 10009 e JIS or DIN curves 1 0 or 0 1 indication Process e Range selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 50mV 0 20mA 4 20mA e Voltage input impedance 20K e Current input impedance 1009 Digital Inputs 4 e Contact or dc voltage e 10KQ
308. odule O0 None 1 Ethernet module board Add on High Voltage Module O None 1 2 SSRs rated at 0 4A normally open 2 2 SSRs and 4 mechanical relays rated at 8A normally open 3 6SSRs 4 4SSRs and 2 mechanical relays Display Options Horizontal or Vertical 1 Vertical 2 Horizontal left 3 Horizontal right Custom Software and Options Designator XX Made to order controller code number assigned by factory MINICHEF 2000 MINICHEF 2000 is an industry first in an on off or PID configurable temperature time and machine function controller offering dozens of pre programmed applications The foodservice equipment industry can now rely on one product to provide control of many cooking applications including cook and hold ovens convection ovens deep fat fryers griddles and rotisseries You can easily switch the controller from one application to another or customize other applications by simply pressing a combination of keys MINICHEF 2000 also adapts to changing needs evolving as the product or process changes Because MINICHEF 2000 can operate different types of equipment you can replace other controllers simplifying inventory manufacturing and reducing your supplier base With a compact electrical case of 82 55 mm 3 25 in square x 50 8 mm 2 in deep MINICHEF 2000 enables new opportunities for space efficient equipment designs MINICHEF 2000 withstands the rigorous conditions o
309. ogrammable compressor and boost heat boost cool control A real time clock can be used to start a profile at any time Serial communication and dual alarm relays are included in the base unit The SERIES F4S ramping controllers are packaged with a NEMA 4X front face to withstand harsh environments and a 101 6 mm 4 0 in deep case with removable connectors for wiring convenience Channel 1 Temperature Features and Benefits Guided 256 step 40 profile ramp and soak programmable memory e Supports a wide range of processing applications High definition four line LCD controller interface display e Simplifies setup and operation Menu customization e Offers enhanced process monitoring High performance 16 bit microprocessor e Precise process control e 20Hz update rate on input 1 e 10Hz update rate on inputs 2 and 3 Field upgradeable firmware e Downloads available at no charge from www watlow com F4 e Reduces downtime e Eliminates the need for an RMA Universal inputs e Provide application versatility Expandable modular construction e Field upgradeable Enhanced environmental chamber control e Supports humidity compressor boost heat boost cool control Cascade control e Provides precise two variable control e Auxiliary inputs required ordering option Real time clock with battery backup e Offers operational flexibility and peace of mind 71 PID with Time
310. ollers with through wall heatsinks e Drain and vent valves e Pressure relief valve Pressure and temperature indicating gauges Control Systems Standard and Made to Order Control Panels SCR Control Panel The SCR control panel provides the highest degree of process control accuracy with the capability to maintain process temperatures within 1 C x2 F DIN A MITE Control Panel The DIN A MITE control panel is a lower cost alternative to the SCR and provides greater life than a mechanical contactor Mechanical Contractor Control Panel The M C control panel is a lower DIN A MITE cost alternative to the SCR panel This control panel is well suited for stable applications requiring multiple heater circuits with separate fuse protection Performance Capabilities Amperage Ranges e SCR to 300 amps e Con to 300 amps e For higher amperages consult factory e DIN A MITE to 120 amps Operating Environment e Oto 35 C 32 to 95 F e Consult factory for higher or lower temperatures Accuracy For Span e SCR 1 C 2 F e DIN A MITE 1 C 2 F UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Control Panel Features Temperature Coniroller e The microprocessor based digital SERIES 988 DIN temperature controller offers auto tuning capability plus a 10Hz sampling rate to provide optimum process control The controller also offers a large variety of th
311. oltage 22 to 28V dc dc supply current limited to 30mA Solid State Relay e Optically isolated e Zero cross switched e Without contact suppression e Minimum load current 0 5mA rms e Maximum current 0 5A rms at 20 to 280V ac e Maximum off state leakage current 10A rms e For resistive loads only must use RC suppression for inductive loads Electromechanical Relay e Form C contact configuration e Minimum load current 10mA 5V dc e Rated resistive and inductive loads 2A 250V ac or 30V dc maximum e Electrical life 100 000 cycles at rated current e For resistive loads only must use RC suppression for inductive loads Process e Range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc e Reverse or direct acting e Oto 10V dc voltage output into 10002 minimum load resistance e 0 to 20mA current output into 8002 maximum load resistance e Resolution V dc ranges 2 5mV nominal mA ranges 5uA nominal e Calibration accuracy Vz dc ranges 15mV mA ranges 30pA e Temperature stability 100ppm C Retransmit e Range selectable 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc e Oto 10V doc voltage output into a 1 0000 minimum load resistance Oto 20mA current output into an 8000 maximum load resistance e Resolution V dc ranges 2 5mV nominal mA ranges 5uA nominal e Calibration accuracy V dc ranges 15mV mA ranges 30uA e Temperature stability 100ppm
312. ominal Switched dc isolated signal 22 to 28V dc current limited 30mA Overload current and short circuit protection External load switching maximum Open collector up to 42V dc 1A with external power supply Alarm Output Output update rate 2 per second 2Hz Electromechanical relay Form A 2A Q 30V dc or 240V ac Alarm output can be latching or non latching and process or deviation with separate high and low values Alarm silencing inhibit on power up Electromagnetic Compatibility and Immunity Complies with EN 50081 EN 50082 Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota MICRODIN Specifications Cont Ordering Information Terminals To order complete the code number on the right with the information below e Touch safe set screw type accepts 26 14 gauge wire UD1A 1CES Power LH Tr E e 24 28Vx ac dc 15 percent MICRODIN DIN rail mount temperature control 1 sensor input 10 percent 20 4 to 1 control output 1 alarm output no operator interface and EIA 485 30 8VX ac dc 50 60Hz Modbus RTU serial communications with Quick Start Guide 5 percent for V ac Hardware e 5VA typical power consumption 1A Single channel low voltage e Data retention upon power failure Input via nonvolatile memory 1 Type B C D E J K N Pt 2 R S T 19RTD 0 1 RTD JIS and DIN Control Output e Sensor input isolation to switched dc output and communica
313. ommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life A current transformer input cannot be used in conjunction with a process output installed on output 1 Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below 98 SERIES 988 989 Single channel temperature process controller 1 analog input 1 digital input 1 analog or digital input 4 outputs Power Supply amp Mounting 6 24to 28Vz ac dc nominal vertical mounting 7 24to 28Vz ac dc nominal horizontal mounting 8 100 to 240Vz ac dc nominal vertical mounting 9 100 to 240Vz ac dc nominal horizontal mounting Software A Standard B Enhanced Includes cascade ratio duplex dual PID set S Special customer feature Input 1 1 Thermocouple only Excluding Type B R and S 2 Universal signal conditioner Input 2 0 None 1 Thermocouple only Excluding Type B R and S 2 Universal signal conditioner 3 Slidewire feedback 4 Current transformer 5 Digital contact event One digital event is standard on all units Output 1 B Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression C Switched dc or open collector isolated D Electromechanical relay Form C 5A with RC suppression E Electromechanical relay Form C 5A without contact suppression F Universal process 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA isolated Solid s
314. ons e Custom communication protocols Ask Watlow To find out more about Watlow s custom controller capability contact your local Watlow representative listed on pages 24 and 25 Systems Division Outsourcing Thermal System Integration Watlow has developed a new Systems Division to better serve the needs of our customers Watlow s product focus on heaters sensors and controllers the components of a thermal system has now been expanded Now Watlow can work with the customer to design manufacture assemble install and warranty entire thermal systems e Utilizing Watlow components allows us to provide you with a more extensive total system warranty Watlow s single source responsibility creates consistency throughout every phase of the project maximizing synergy between the design manufacturing assembly and installation Watlow is as flexible to your needs as required select one service or an entire turnkey system Prototyping on site pre work and field testing Optimizing existing thermal systems and creating retrofit plans e Total system support both hardware and software Providing design concepts Assisting in initial start up Providing on site troubleshooting Services Offered Watlow Systems Division offers the following services Procurement Mechanical electrical component e Strategic partnerships e Stocking Design Optimizing existing thermal systems e Ret
315. or 3 wire platinum 100 e JIS and DIN curves e Whole or tenth degree indication e 150pA nominal RTD excitation current Process e Range selectable 0 10V dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA e Voltage input impedance 20k e Current input impedance 1009 e Minimum current source resistance 1MQ e Input resolution 50 000 bits approx at full scale e mV input impedance 20MQ Input 2 Event Input e Contact or voltage e 20KQ input impedance Voltage input event high state 3 to 36V dc event low state 0 to 2V dc e Resistance contact input event high state gt 23kQ event low state O to 2kQ Output Types Open Collector Switched DC Open collector configuration Maximum voltage 42V dc Maximum current 200mA Maximum on resistance 1 1Q Maximum off state leakage current 100A e Switched dc configuration Switched dc supply voltage 22 to 28V dc dc supply current limited to 30mA Solid State Relay e Optically isolated e Zero cross switched e Without contact suppression e Minimum load current 0 5mA rms e Maximum current 0 5A rms at 20 to 280V ac e Maximum off state leakage current 10A rms e For resistive loads only must use RC suppression for inductive loads Electromechanical Relay e Form C contact configuration e Minimum load current 10mA 5V dc e Rated resistive and inductive loads 2A 250V ac or 30V dc maximum e Electrical life 100 000 cycles at rated current e For res
316. ore feature e Allows the user to save individual or factory settings Specifications Line Voltage Power e 100 to 240V ac 10 15 percent 85 264V ac 50 60Hz 5 percent e 24Vz ac ac 10 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 10VA maximum power consumption e Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Environment e 18 to 65 C 0 to 149 F operating temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F storage temperature e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Output 1 Control or Alarm Output 2 Control Alarm or Communications Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage e Calibration ambient temperature 25 C 3 C 77 F 45 F e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F rise in ambient maximum Agency Approvals e UL 3121 C UL CSA CE IP65 NEMA 4X e NSF for Type J K T and E thermocouples gt i 9 E c 2 E Ko ES o 27 doo uIS 28 Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SD31 Type PTII O to 1395C current available for up to two 32 to 2543 F outputs is G0mA Specifications Cont Type R O to 1760 C e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A Controller 32 to 3200 F 24V ac minimum 264V ac Type S O to 1760 C maximum opto isolated without 2 idu uud e user 32 t
317. ounts prices points of delivery service allowances or terms of payment then in effect are altered by reason of governmental request law regulation order or action Watlow shall have the right i to terminate this Order by notice to Buyer ii to suspend deliveries for the duration of such restriction or alteration or iii to have applied to this Order as of the effective date of such restriction or alteration any discounts prices points of delivery service allowances or terms of payment governmentally acceptable Any delivery suspended under this Section may be canceled without liability Return Policy Prior approval must be obtained from the relevant Watlow Plant to return any Product Watlow will assign a return authorization number and record the reason for the return Watlow will examine returned Product to determine the actual cause if any leading to Buyer s return If Product has a manufacturing defect Watlow in its sole discretion may issue a credit for the returned Product or repair or replace with like Product If returned Product is not subject to Watlow s warranty Buyer will be notified of the estimated cost of repair if possible Thereafter Buyer must advise Watlow whether or not Buyer chooses to have Product repaired at Buyer s expense Order Changes Buyer must notify Watlow in writing of requested changes in the quantity drawings designs or specifications for Products which are ordered but
318. ouple K Type K thermocouple Extension Cable Length ft 00 None 05 5 ft 10 10 ft standard length 15s 15 ft 25 25 ft Power Options 0 s Standard line cord G GFCI line cord Custom Options 00 None AA ZZ Consult factory for options Includes both heater and thermocouple cables Teflon is a registered trademark of E I du Pont de Nemours amp Company 9 92 29 So 9o S o m o 3 a 217 218 Control Systems Control Boxes To complete or upgrade a heater installation Watlow offers complete ready to install control boxes Three basic models save time and hassle by allowing customers to specify controller and power switching devices to meet application objectives Control Box Configurations Model 1 Process and high limit controllers Model 2 Process or high limit controllers Capable of switching up to 50 amps and 480V ac each control box comes pre wired with customer specified options Fast Shipment All configurable control boxes ship within five to 10 working days Enclosure Options Moisture resistant steel NEMA 4 e Corrosion resistant fiberglass NEMA 4X Controller Optionso PID auto tuning SERIES SD and 96 with ramp to set point e On off SERIES CV controllers e High limit protection SERIES LV and 97 Control Box Dimensions Control NEMA Box Enclosure Enclosure Dimensions in Rating Material Model 1 Metal 4X Fiberglass
319. our no arc relays Location of Pins and Ports for Inputs and Outputs o D nes i o 5 pin Master 9 pin Slave 4 i DUE Communications Port Communications Port us L Input 3 B lt Input 2 Input 4 gt BETE Q poocoo l 0 ges looters Isi sir d EB Lig Or i Bal m S lt Input 1 a H i D Img 14 Pins 16 Pins 1 Ree Power Titer Licini Ay p DH Control Outputs 3 amp 4 Process Outputs 1 amp 2 t Control Outputs 1 amp 2 O Event Inputs 1 to 4 Event Outputs 1 to 4 1 a 4 z High Voltage Event Inputs 5 to 8 High Voltage Module M High voltage Control Outputs 1 to 3 Module High voltage Control Outputs 4 High voltage Event Outputs 5 amp 6 az i s Ej D t E o D c o v y E E Q 133 doo niniN PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES N7 Notes e f customer wants to use inputs 3 or 4 as thermocouple input 1 must also be thermocouple Requires at least one ungrounded thermocouple There is no option for suppression on any of the high voltage outputs 134 Ordering Information To order co
320. out contact suppression Not an ANSI Symbol Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES 981 982 e External transmitter power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 30mA e EIA TIA 232 communications or EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 422 communications opto isolated e Retransmit 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc with 6002 max load impedance or 0 5V dc 1 5V dc and 0 10V dc with 500Q min load impedance Line Voltage Power e 100 240Vx ac dc 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 24 to 28Vz ac dc 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent Fused internally factory replace able only Slo Blo type time lag 2A 250V for high voltage versions 5A 250V for low voltage versions e Power consumption 16VA maximum e Data retention upon power failure via non volatile memory Operating Environment e Oto 55 C 32 to 130 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Note If this output will drive a solenoid MDR contactor or other inductive device order a Quencharc 0804 0147 0000 for output protection See user s manual for wiring 9 Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended s
321. ovals e 89 336 EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive e EN 50081 2 1994 Emissions e EN 50082 2 1994 Immunity e 73 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive EN 601010 1 1993 Safety e UL 873 C UL File 43684 e NEMA 4X Operator Interface Dual four digit LED displays Upper 10 mm 0 4 in Lower 8 mm 0 3 in e MODE HOLD RUN DISPLAY UP and DOWN keys Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 1 percent of span 1 LSD 25 C 3 C 77 F 5 F ambient and rated line voltage 10 percent e Accuracy span 540 C 1000 F minimum e Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 2 F F change in ambient Sensors Inputs e Contact input for software function select event input e Thermocouple Types B C9 DO E J K N R S T and Pt 29 e RTD resolution in 1 or 0 1 RTD scales e Process variables 0 50mV dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc e Slidewire or digital event input options e Sensor break protection de energizes system for safety Latching or non latching Input Range Specified temperature ranges represent the controller s operational span Thermocouple Available with basic or universal signal conditioner Type C9 O to 2316 C 32 to 4200 F Type D O to 2316 C 32 to 4200 F Type E 200 to 799 C 328 to 1470 F Type J O to 816 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1371 C 328 to 2500 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Ty
322. pe T 200 to 399 C 328 to 750 F Pt 29 O to 1395 C 32 to 2543 F Available with universal signal conditioner Type B 870 to 1816 C 1598 to 3300 F Type R O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type S O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F RTD Resolution DIN or JIS 1 DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F 1 JIS 200 to 680 C 328 to 1166 F 0 1 DIN and JIS 73 3 to 537 7 C 99 9 to 999 9 F Process 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 50mV dc 999 to 9999 units 2 input slidewire feedback 100 to 1200 Output Options e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A 24V ac min 253V ac max opto isolated burst fire switching With or without contact suppression Off state output impedance is 20kQ with RC suppression 31MQ without contact suppression Open collector or switched dc signal provides a minimum turn on voltage of 3V dc into a minimum 5009 load maximum on voltage not greater than 32V dc into an infinite load isolated e Electromechanical relay Form C 5A 120 240V ac 6A 28V dc hp 120V ac 125VA 120V ac With or without contact suppression Off state output impedance with RC suppression is 20kQ e Process 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc into 8002 maximum 0 5V dc 1 5V dc or 0 10V dc into 1k minimum reverse acting isolated e Electromechanical relay Form A B 5A 120 240V ac 6A Q 28V dc hp 120V ac 125VA 120V ac With
323. peET C TypeJT C TypeKT C TypeRT C TypeS T C TypeTT C larm Relays Global alarm relays only Global alarm relays and 8 channel alarm relays Opp 00n 0nm coco Mounting 0 Panel 1 DIN rail Trip Point see Trip Point chart on page 141 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 Channel 8 TLMP Precision model with adjustable limits TLMP Sensor Type RID TypeET C TypeJT C TypeKT C TypeRT C TypeS T C TypeTT C larm Relays Global relays only Global alarm relays and 8 channel alarm relays rPoOnmnAWNM O Eo ounting Panel DIN rail rip Point User specified specify trip points in description Default trip points OUCH 0 If user specified trip points are ordered in the TLMPCH TLMP part number specify the following information for each channel in the part description Channel Number X Channel number X 1 8 Trip Point XXXX Trip point in Celsius Include leading zeros to make four digits See table on page 141 for ranges for each sensor type Unspecified channels will be set to the default limit for the sensor Limits Alarms CAS200 Alarm Scanner The Watlow Anafaze CAS200 Compact Alarm Scanner has 16 channels of alarm monitoring and data acquisition for a broad range of applications and processes Its compact DIN size
324. pecifically designed for easy use and operation E mail alarm notification e Reduces process monitoring costs WATVIEW communications capability e Allows the user to operate WATVIEW or a browser with the same PC connection Specifications Voltage input 24Vz ac dc 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 Connection through two position removable screw style terminal block Operating temperature range O to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage temperature range 40 to 70 C 40 to 158 F Operating and storage humidity O to 90 percent non condensing Green LED for Ethernet connection Green LED for Ethernet activity Green LED for EIA 485 232 activity EN 50082 1 light industry 193 194 Communication Gateways F O B Winona Minnesota EM GATEWAY Specifications Cont Communications e Modbus RTU communications e EIA 485 EIA 232 supported e Connection through five position removable screw style terminal block e Ethernet communications e Ethernet RJ 45 connector e 10 base T e HTTP interface e Modbus TCP e DHCP Auto IP or fixed IP address e E mail alarm notification Dimensions e 85 09 mm 3 35 in width 139 7 mm 5 50 in length 34 54 mm 1 36 in depth Ordering Information Order part number EMOO GATE 0000 Top View EMOO GATE 0000 Ethemet Modbus Data Protocol 85 09 mm 3 35 in 53 85 m 2 12 in 127 mm 5 0 in 139 7 mm 5 50 in Front
325. perature 40 to 70 C 40 to 158 F ambient and rated line voltage x10 percent with the following exceptions Type T 0 12 percent of span for 200 C to 50 C 328 F to 58 F Types R and S 0 15 percent of span for O C to 100 C 32 F to 212 F Type B 0 24 percent of span for 870 C to 1700 C 1598 F to 3092 F Accuracy span Less than or equal to operating ranges 540 C 1000 F minimum Temperature stability 0 1 C C 0 1 F F rise in ambient for thermocouples 0 05 C C 0 05 F F rise in ambient for RTD sensors Displays Process five seven segment LED red Control interface display high definition LCD green Sensor Operating Ranges Type J O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Type T 200 to 400 C 328 to 750 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type C O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type D O to 2400 C 32 to 4352 F Pt 2 O to 1395 C 32 to 2543 F Type R O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type S O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES F4D Serial Communication Alarms EIA 232 and EIA 485 serial Two Form C electromechanical ee communication interfaces are alarm relays are included in the Specifications Cont included in the base unit of both the base units These alarms can be Type B O to 1816 C SERIES F4S single channel and progra
326. phase 2 leg 0 10V dc scalable crossed Phase VDE CE Maximum 3 phase 3 leg multizone input angle Load 0 to 90 percent 3 phase 4 wire wye Current Monitor RH non 2 single phase zones CT Soft Start condensing 3 single phase zones heater bakeout Alarm output Pe Te Heater diag POWER SERIES Page 175 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Hybrid E SAFE RELAY Fm T 20 or 40 amps Three pole V ac contactor Definite UL C UL 55 C 131 F 208 204V ac purpose Maximum relay and 5 to 85 percent MDR RH non mounting condensing footprint E SAFE RELAY Page 179 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Solid State Relays SSRs 10 to 75 amps 1 phase Vx ac dc contactor Random fire Sub panel UL CSA 50 C 122 F Up to 600V ac Burst fire CE VDE Maximum with zero cross SBL heat sink Shorted SCR O to 90 percent alarm SDA RH non condensing SSR Page 181 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota QPAC SCRs 300 to 1000 amps 1 phase Vx ac dc contactor Bursrt fire Sub panel UL C UL 50 C 122 F Up to 575V ac 3 phase 2 leg 4 20mA Phase angle up to 300 Maximum 3 phase 3 leg No phase angle amps O to 90 percent QPAC Page 185 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota on 2 leg model RH non condensing 21 Oo o 3 D EY gt 2 O o P w 3 i 22
327. plete the code number on the right with the information below Auxiliary 1 2 3 s Output 1 CG K F E Output 2 A C K E Output 3 mA QD l Output 4 A C K E On Board 0 K Custom Options AA BB PDD A UIT Y Inputs Dual digital inputs One CT input and one digital input Dual CT inputs dual channel only Switched dc open collector SSR Form A 0 5A Universal process echanical relay Form C 2A9 one Switched dc open collector SSR Form A 0 5A Mechanical relay Form C 2A one Switched dc open collector SSR Form A 0 5A Universal process echanical relay Form C 2A9 one Switched dc open collector SSR Form A 0 5A Mechanical relay Form C 2A Data Logging one 16 megabytes of memory Watlow logo No logo 9 Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life W Auto Tuning PID Controllers 4 8 16 Loop CLS200 SERIES The Watlow Anafaze CLS200 SERIES is a powerful line of controllers combining performance and flexibility with compact design The four eight and 16 loop versions provide complete control solutions for a broad range of applications Support for multiple types of sensor inputs is available including thermocouples RTDs linear voltage current and
328. ply the total demand for Products or obtain any or a sufficient quantity of any material used directly or indirectly in the manufacture of Products is hindered limited or made impracticable Watlow may allocate its available supply of Products or such material without obligation to acquire other supplies of any such Products or material among itself and its purchasers on such basis as Watlow determines to be equitable without liability for any failure of performance which may result therefrom C Deliveries suspended or not made by reason of this Section shall be canceled without liability but this agreement and or Order shall otherwise remain unaffected Prototypes If Buyer orders and or Watlow delivers a Product designated as a Prototype no guarantees warranties or representations as to fitness for a particular purpose or merchantability are made with respect to such Prototype Buyer shall have the duty and sole responsibility to test a Prototype prior to acceptance and or incorporation into end use applications Further a production Product based on a Prototype design may differ in assembly methods and materials from the Prototype Buyer therefore shall have the duty and sole responsibility for testing and acceptance of production Products which are based on Prototype designs Warranty and Limitation of Liability Watlow warrants its Products against defects in material and workmanship for at least one 1
329. power factor 2 0 4 without contact suppression Heater Bakeout For single phase phase to neutral and 3 phase 6 SCR models only not for 3 phase 2 leg models e Soft start with over current trip runs until programmed bakeout time expires then goes burst or phase angle firing Factory default of 24 hours e Adjustable 0 9999 minutes with over current trip e Internal current transformer included Command Signal Input Analog e Field selectable linear voltage and current of low and high points within 0 20mA and 0 10V dc e Manual control input through front panel as a percent power e Factory default 4 20mA input e Voltage input impedance 11kQ nominal e Current input impedance 100Q nominal Digital e On board digital programmer display and optional serial communications Retransmit e Field selectable and scalable within 0 20mA 8000 maximum or 0 10V dc load 1KQ minimum load The default is 4 20mA e Resolution mA ranges 5uA nominal V dc ranges 2 5mV nominal e Calibration accuracy mA ranges x20uA V dc ranges 10mV nominal e Temperature stability 100ppm C Digital Programmer Display and Communications Capabilities e Programming functions e Adjust input and output control type alarms and soft start heater bakeout and current limit prompts e Monitoring functions e Display input and output values along with actual output current Data retention of digital prog
330. ppression e Sensor break protection 73 3 to 587 7 C e External transmitter power supply de energizes system for safety 99 9 to 999 9 F 5 12 or 20V dc 9 30mA or selectable bumpless transfer to Process e EIA TIA 232 communications or manual operation Latching 0 5V dc 999 to 9999 units EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 422 or non latching 1 5V dc 099 to 9999 units communications opto isolated e C or F display or process units 10V e Retransmit 0 20mA dc user selectable is P UR doc MM units 4 20mA dc with 6000 max inn Hace 0 20mA dc 999 to 9999 units load impedance or 0 5V dc Specified temperature ranges TOMAS uo e329 x6 ess Units 1 5Vz dc and 0 10V dc with 3 j i 5009 min load impedance represent the controller s operational O bOmVex do 999 lo 9999 unis P span Refer to page 228 for ANSI Slidewire 100 to 12000 Line Voltage Power thermocouple and DIN JIS RTD Current O to 50mA 100 240V ac dc 10 percent tolerances e 24 28Vx ac dc 10 percent Output Options 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent Thermocouple Type B 870 to 1816 C 1598 to 3300 F Type C O to 2316 C 32 to 4200 F Type D O to 2316 C 32 to 4200 F Type E 200 to 799 C 328 to 1470 F Type J O to 816 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1371 C 328 to 2500 F Type N O to 1300 C 82 to 2372 F e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A Q 24V ac min 253V ac max opto isolated burst fire switching With o
331. processor based user selectable control modes e Single universal input up to three outputs e Control sampling rates Input 6 5Hz Display 10Hz and Outputs 6 5Hz e Process 0 20mA 1009 or 0 10V dc 20kQ input impedance Scalable e Inverse scaling e gt 20MQ input impedance e Maximum of 209 source resistance Allowable Operating Range Type J O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Dimensions Control Outputs Outputs 1 2 3 Output 3 not available on 2 DIN User selectable for heat cool as on off P PI PD PID or Alarm action Not valid for limit controls e Electromechanical relay Form A rated 2A Q 120V ac 2A 240V ac or 2A Q 30V dc Behind Panel Width max Ys DIN 97 8 mm 52 6 mm 29 7 mm 3 85 in 2 07 in 1 17 in 7s DIN 97 8 mm 52 1 mm 52 1 mm 3 85 in 2 05 in 2 05 in Ys DIN 97 8 mm 52 8 mm 99 8 mm Vertical 3 85 in 2 08 in 3 93 in Ys DIN 97 8 mm 99 8 mm 52 8 mm Horizontal 3 85 in 3 93 in 2 08 in Ys DIN 101 1 mm 99 8 mm 99 8 mm 3 98 in 3 93 in 3 93 in W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES SD R Specifications Cont e Switched dc non isolated minimum turn on voltage of 6V dc into a minimum 5009 load with a maximum on voltage of not greater than 12V dc into an infinite load Maximum switched dc power supply current
332. provals e UL 3121 C UL CSA CE IP65 NEMA 4X and NSF 2 e Microprocessor based user selectable control modes e Single universal input up to three outputs e Control sampling rates Input 6 5Hz Display 10Hz and Outputs 6 5Hz Operator Interface e Dual 4 digit 7 segment LED displays e Advance infinity and up down keys e DeviceNet on CAN or SEMI SIG ODVA protocols Allowable Operating Range Type J O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Type T 200 to 400 C 328 to 750 F Type N O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1470 F Type C O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type D O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type PTII O to 1395C 32 to 2549 Type R O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type S O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type B O to 1816 C 32 to 3300 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Process 1999 to 9999 units 34 Conirol Outputs Outputs 1 and 2 e User selectable for heat cool as on off P PI PD PID or Alarm action e Electromechanical relay Form A rated 2A 120V ac 2A 240V ac or 2A 30V dc e Switched dc non isolated minimum turn on voltage of 6V dc into a minimum 5004 load with a maximum on voltage of not greater than 12V dc into an infinite load Maximum switched e dc power supply current available for up to two outputs is G0mA e Solid state relay Form A 0 5A 24V ac minimum 264V
333. put Compression accept 22 to 10 0 2 to 6 mm AWG wire Torque to 7 in Ibs 0 8 Nm max e Output Compression accept 14 to 6 2 5 to 16 mm AWG wire Torque to 35 in lbs max 3 95 Nm U e m hn D RO 3o 33 m 50 lt m g Cad 7 179 180 Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota E SAFE RELAY Specifications Cont Operating Environment Operating temperature up to 30 to 55 C 22 to 130 F 5 to 85 percent RH non condensing Shipping and storage temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Mounting Definite purpose relay and MDR mounting footprint Agency Approvals UL 508 listed C UL approved File E213822 Normal Open d Relay 240V ac OFF Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below ES Ea LS SSS G E SAFE RELAY Hybrid zero cross contactor Amperage 20 20amp 40 30amp Number of Poles 3 Three pole Control Voltage 024 AC 24V ac 120 AC 120V ac 220 AC 220V ac Label Options 00 Standard product mm slots 4x 0 472 in 83 1 mm 3 27 in 48 3 mm 1 90 in 82 3 mm 3 24 in U U U T 90 2 mm 3 55 in E SAFE RELAY In Operation Normally Normally Normally Open Open
334. r controller in natural and forced air cooled versions Phase 1 j phase 1 controlled leg 2 S phase 2 controlled legs 3 3 phase 3 controlled legs use with four wire wye Cooling and Current Rating Per Leg see table on left 0 Natural convection standard Din rail or panel heatsink 1 Fan cooled 120V ac standard Din rail or panel heatsink 2 Fan cooled 240V ac standard Din rail or panel heatsink 3 Fan cooled 24V dc standard Din rail or panel heatsink T Natural convection through wall or cabinet heatsink NEMA 4X Line and Load Voltage 12 100to 120V ac Control L P S 20 200 to 208V ac Control L P S 24 230 to 240V ac Control L P S 27 277V ac Control L P S 40 400V ac Control L P S 48 480V ac Control L P S 60 600V ac Control L P S Input Control Signal L Oto5 Phase angle with current limiting DC1 only Alarm 0 only includes one current transformer Single phase only P 0to5 Phase angle DC1 only Alarm 0 only Single phase only S 0to5 Single cycle variable time base Select one of the following input options for L P S 0 to 5 O 4to 20mA 12 12 to 20mA single cycle variable time base only option S 2 2 O0to20mA 3 2 0 to 5V dc proportional 4 1 to 5V dc proportional 5 Oto 10V dc proportional Alarm 0 Noalarm S Shorted SCR alarm for zero cross models only H Open heater and shorted SCR alarm for input control sig
335. r consumption e Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Operating Environment e Oto 70 C 32 to 158 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing e Storage temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Dimensions e DIN rail model can be DIN rail or chassis mount DIN rail spec DIN 50022 35 mm x 7 5 mm 1 38 in x 0 30 in Ordering Information Open Board 61 7 mm 61 7 mm 45 1 mm 2 43 in 2 43 in 1 78 in Potted 70 1 mm 102 9 mm 46 6 mm 2 76 in 4 05 in 1 84 in DIN rail 78 1 mm 112 3 mm 90 7 mm 3 08 in 4 42 in 3 57 in Square 72 4 mm 72 4 mm Behind panel DIN panel 2 85 in 2 85 in 51 7 mm 2 04 in To order complete the model number on the right with the information below SERIES LF Limit controller with eight amp relay output Fixed set point no user interface Power Supply LF AAAA _ C 120V ac E 230 to 240V ac G 24V ac Package 1 Panel mount square DIN 2 DIN rail mount 3 Open board non potted 4 Potted case Sensor Type and Scale H T C Type J Fahrenheit 346 to 1900 F T C Type J Celsius 210 to 1038 C T C Type K Fahrenheit 454 to 2500 F T C Type K Celsius 270 to 1370 C T C Type T Fahrenheit 454 to 750 F T C Type T Celsius 270 to 400 C RTD Fahrenheit 328 to 1472 F RTD Celsius 200 to 800 C T C Type E Fahrenheit 328 to 1470 F T C Type E Celsius 200 to 80
336. r loss factory selectable e External customer supplied momentary reset switch e Input filter time 1 second Standard Conditions For Specifications e Rated line voltage 50 to 60Hz O to 90 percent RH non condensing 15 minute warm up e Calibration ambient range 25 C 77 F 3 C Sensor Input Thermocouple e Grounded or ungrounded e Type E J K T thermocouple e gt 10 MQ input impedance e 250 nV input referenced error per 1 source resistance RTD e 2 wire platinum 1000 e DIN curve 0 00385 curve e 125 uA nominal RTD excitation current Input Accuracy Span Range Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Type J O to 750 C 32 to 1382 F Type K 200 to 1250 C 328 to 2282 F Type T 200 to 350 C 328 to 662 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Thermocouple Input e Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient Exception Type T 2 4 percent of input accuracy span for 200 to O C 328 to 32 F e Temperature stability 0 3 per degree change in ambient 3 z gt E 3 7 o 3 e D i as o Limits Alarms F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES LF Specifications Cont RTD Input Calibration accuracy 1 percent of input accuracy span 1 at standard conditions and actual calibration ambient Temperature stability 0 2 per degree change in ambient Allo
337. r passkey sequence set values switch between single channel and multiple channel displays e Controller configuration can be loaded through the standard serial port Analog Inputs e CLS204 4 Differential e CLS208 8 Differential e CLS216 16 Single ended Noise Rejection e 120db at 60Hz Temperature Coefficient e 40 ppm C Sensors Inputs e Thermocouples User selectable type direct connection linearization reference junction compensation reversed and shorted T C detection and upscale break protection with output averaging e RTD CLS204 and CLS208 only 2 or 3 wire platinum 1002 0 C DIN 0 0038509 C curve Two user selectable ranges offer different resolutions Requires scaling resistors See Special Linear Inputs in Ordering Information e Linear current and voltage signals from linear transmitters e Pulse input Input Range and Accuracy Range Accuracy Type B 66 to 1760 C x4 0 C 150 to 3200 F 7 2 F TypeE 200 to 787 C 1 0 C 328 to 1448 F 1 8 F TypeJ 212to 760 C 1 2 C 350 to 1400 F 2 2 F TypeK 268 to 1371 C x1 3 C 450 to 2500 F x2 3 F Type R 18 to 1766 C 2 8 C O to 3210 F 5 0 F Type S 18 to 1760 C 2 8 C O to 3200 F 5 0 F TypeT 268 to 399 C 1 6 C 450 to 750 F 2 9 F RTD s available on CLS204 and CL S208 only Range Accuracy RTD1 100 to 275 C 1 1 C 148 to 527 F 2 0 F RTD2 120 to 840 C 1 6
338. r time and temperature i e silicone carbide and tungsten Phase angle fire up to 65 amps Single phase only Not CE approved ichrome is a trademark of Driver Harris Company 227 Ranges and Tolerances Thermocouples ANSI Tolerances The standard and special tolerances Letter Designations In 1969 nomenclature of the in this table come from ANSI Circular American National Standards MC96 1 1982 sac SESS Mi B BP Platinum 30 Rhodium Institute Inc ANSI superseded The standard and special tolerances BN Platinum 6 Rhodium previously used ISA designations stated apply only to the temperature Ge Gp WsRe Tungsten 5 Rhenium ranges listed for each thermocouple CN W26Re Tungsten 26 Rhenium Reference Junction 0 C 32 F type D DP W3Re Tungsten 3 Rhenium Temperature Tolerances DN W25Re Tungsten 2596 Rhenium Thermocouple Range Standard Special E EP Chromel Tophel HAI KP Type C AF whichever is greater EN Constantan Cupron Advance B 870 to 1700 1598 to 3092 x 0 5 J JP Iron E O to 900 32 to 1652 1 7 C or 0 596 x 1 0 C or 0 496 JN Constantan Cupron Advance J 0 to 750 32 to 1382 2 2 C or 0 75 1 1 C or 0 496 K KP Chromel Tophel HAI KP K Oto 1250 32 to 2282 2 2 Cor 0 75 1 1 Cor 0 4 KN Alumel Nail HAI KN N 0 to 1250 32 to 2282 2 2 Cor 0 75 x 1 1 C or 0 496 N NP Nicrosil Rors O to 1450 32 to 2642 1 5 Cor 0 25 0
339. r without contact suppression Off state output impedance is 20kQ with RC suppression 31MQ without contact suppression e Open collector or switched dc signal provides a minimum turn on voltage of 3V dc into a minimum 500Q load maximum on voltage not greater than 32V dc into an infinite load isolated Power consumption 16VA maximum e Fused internally factory replaceable only Slo Blo type time lag 2A 250V for high voltage versions 5A 250V for low voltage versions e Data retention upon power failure via non volatile memory Not an ANSI symbol Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life e e Slo Blo is a registered trademark of Littelfuse Inc Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES 988 989 Specifications Cont Operating Environment e Oto 65 C 32 to 149 F Oto 90 percent RH non condensing Storage Temperature e 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Terminals e 6 compression universal head screws accepts 20 14 gauge wire Controller Weight e 0 45 kg 1 0 Ib Shipping Weight e 1 35 kg 3 0 Ibs Availability Four working days for orders less than 20 units For orders over 20 units consult factory for release and shipment schedules 9 Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices rec
340. ram Examples 1 Phase Output Styles A B and C 3 Phase 2 Leg Output Styles B and C 240V ac 120V ac Semiconductor Fuses C P Semiconductor Fuses and above and 277V ac rm Sa dp Deu ou deus H va Neutral N H is 1 2 3 Limit Control 1 2 3 Limit Control Contacts Contacts OL RO If Required ON EO If Required l l l l 12 7 LES X Z beu I I l 4 T3 Input Signal iMi Input Signal T3 O 9 e 4 5 6 4 5 6 jJ T2 Ti 3 Phase 3 Leg 4 Wire Output Styles B and C 3 Phase 2 Leg Output with Two Style D s Semiconductor Fuses I U pu E 2 1 CN l AN L2 i LLY V ac or V dc DIN A MITE CON A wr L3 Contactor Input Signal N A D 1 3 3 Limit Control only not 4 20mA 2 1 Contacts 2 If Required N Lp g 1 DIN A MITE 1 D 2 Q2 Input Signal L3 172 Power Controllers SERIES CZR The SERIES CZR solid state contactor provides a low cost highly compact and versatile solid state option for controlling electric heat With din rail and back panel mounting standard on every controller the CZR allows for simple and quick installation The extensive capabilities of the
341. rammer display upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Serial Communications e RS 232 for single drop control e EIA 485 for single or multidrop control e 32 units maximum can be connected With additional 485 repeater hardware up to 247 units may be connected e solated e Modbus RTU protocol e 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 baud rates Controller Power Supply Universal line voltage input range 100 to 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent at 55VA max e 50 60Hz 5 percent line frequency independent e Controller line voltage for electronic power supply can be run on separate line voltage Natural Convection and Fan Cooled Models e Cabinet venting may be required e See chart on page 178 for models that include fan cooling Power Dissipation Watts e Approximately 1 25 watts amp per controlled leg Power Controllers POWER SERIES Specifications Cont Isolation e Command signal to load and line load to ground 2200V ac minimum e On board semiconductor fuses provide SCR protection Mounting e Mounts on a removable subplate e Heat sink fins must be mounted in vertical orientation High Current Terminals e Touch safe e 10 mm 0 375 in Allen head compression terminals will accept 6 AWG to 350 MOM wire Allen wrench adapter included for 10 mm 0 375 in socket 6 point only e Torque to 180 in Ibs 20 3 Nm e Wire strip to 30 mm 1 125 in Controller Terminals e Touch safe
342. reight prepaid Watlow will maintain this tooling exercising reasonable care in order to produce Buyer s Products Permanent molds for aluminum cast in and Polymer Products shall be the property and responsibility of Buyer Cancellation Charges There will be no cancellation charge for non modified stock Products Non stock and modified stock Products may be subject to a cancellation charge to be determined by Watlow depending upon the portion of Product completed at the time of such cancellation Terms and Conditions Excuse of Performance A Deliveries may be suspended by either party in the event of Act of God war riot fire explosion accident flood sabotage lack of adequate fuel power raw materials labor containers or transportation facilities compliance with Governmental Requirements as hereinafter defined breakage or failure of machinery or apparatus national defense requirements or any other event whether or not of the class or kind enumerated herein beyond the reasonable control of such party or in the event of labor trouble strike lockout or injunction provided that neither party shall be required to settle a labor dispute against its own best judgment which event makes impracticable the manufacture transportation sale purchase acceptance use or resale of Products or a material upon which the manufacture of Products is dependent B If Watlow determines that its ability to sup
343. rization reference junction compensation reversed and shorted T C detection and upscale break protection with output averaging e RID CLS204 and CLS208 only 2 or 3 wire platinum 1002 0 C DIN 0 0038509 C curve Two user selectable ranges offer different resolutions Requires scaling resistors See Special Linear Inputs in Ordering Information e Linear current and voltage signals from linear transmitters e Pulse input Input Range and Accuracy Range Accuracy Type B 66 to 1760 C x4 0 C 150 to 3200 F 7 2 F TypeE 200to 787 C 1 0 C 328 to 1448 F 1 8 F TypeJ 212to 760 C 1 2 C 350 to 1400 F 2 2 F Type K 268 to 1371 C x1 3 C 450 to 2500 F x2 3 F Type R 18 to 1766 C 2 8 C 0 to 3210 F 5 0 F Type S 18 to 1760 C 2 8 C 0 to 3200 F 5 0 F TypeT 268to 399 C 1 6 C 450 to 750 F 2 9 F RTD s available on CLS204 and CLS208 only RTD1 100to 275 C 1 1 C 148 to 527 F 2 0 F RTD2 120to 840 C 1 6C 184 to 1544 F 2 9 F Note Accuracy 25 C ambient Valid for 10 to 100 percent of span except Type B which is specified for 427 C to 1760 C 800 F to 3200 F RTD is for 100 percent of span Linear Voltage and Current Inputs Requires scaling resistors See Special Inputs in Ordering Information 0 10mA dc 0 20mA dc 4 20mA dc 0 100mV dc 0 500mV dc 0 1V dc 0 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 12V dc Other range
344. ro crossing Outputs sink up to 60mA each at 5V dc e 350mA at 5V dc available from on board supply Analog Outputs e Use DAC and SDAC accessory modules For process variable retransmit use SDAC only See page 159 W Auto Tuning PID Controllers 4 8 16 Loop Serial Interface Agency Approvals CLS200 SERIES e EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 485 e UL C UL listed UL 916 Baud Rate Standard for Energy sedi EA e 2400 9600 or 19200 Management ECHIDIERE user selectable CE Mark Electromagnetic Independent process and RADO Compatibility EMC Directive deviation alarms for each channel T 89 336 EEC Alarms can operate any output not Modbus RTU used for control Line Voltage Power User programmable deadband e 15 to 24V dc 3V dc 1A delay and startup suppression maximum 300mA no load e Global alarm output activates when any alarm occurs e Watchdog output indicates controller is functioning correctly Dimensions Overall Controller Weight i Height 50 mm 1 96 in 0 9 kg 1 98 Ibs Width 96 mm 3 78in Shipping Weight Ao ez Depth 203mm 8 0 in 1 8 kg 4 0 lbs 50 mm 1 96 in Bezel ALARM SETPOINT STATUS OUT MAN g d pm Height 50mm 1 96 in Y a gt Width 96 mm 3 78 in S Depth 25 mm 1 0 in aE Chassis m96 mm 3 78 in E Is Height 45 mm 1 76 in 25 Width 90 mm 3 55 in Depth 178mm 7 0 in 25 mm 178 mm 41 mm 1 00in 7
345. rofit plans e Component interface e Package e Product tester e Standard system products e Mold designs e Thermal process design e Vacuum and injection mold design Manufacturing e ASME vessel fabrication e Skid fabrication e Standard products e Custom engineered products Contract assembly e Supports remote warehousing e Remote manufacturing e Kitting of components Technical support e Total system support both hardware and software e Prototyping on site pre work and field testing e Support during the conceptual phase and design cycle On site during start up On site troubleshooting Oo o 3 D gt 7 e o e 9 P D Watlow Systems Division offers the following capabilities e Axial and SMT assembly Paste screening product test e PCB test and calibration e Machining General CNC Precision machining Gun boring Welding and brazing MIG TIG and Stick Laser Vacuum e Sheet metal fabrication Aluminum and steel Stainless steel and most alloys e Finishing Plating anodizing hard coating Special coating Painting and silk screening e Agency approvals e Plastic molding e Metal casting e Product testing compliance e System application expertise e Purchasing contracting e Literature and documentation support Quick Reference Guide Controller Single Loop Auto Tuning 1 universal Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc
346. romechanical relay Form C without RC suppression without contact suppression Electromechanical relay Form C with RC suppression Electromechanical relay Form C without contact suppression Switched dc isolated Switched dc non isolated Open collector isolated Electromechanical relay Form A or B Electromechanical relay Form A or B Output Life ZEN N A N A i aum indino 19 043u05 Oo e 3 xe f EIS fe Q f Q p 225 226 Controller Output Comparison Guide want to switch Output want to control Controller Output Life e Phase angle or burst fire SCR e 0 20mA dc valve positioner e Cascade contro Other instruments Phase angle or burst fire SCR e 4 20mA doc valve positioner Cascade contro Other instruments Multiple SCRs phase angle or burst fire e 0 5V dc valve positioner Cascade contro Other instruments Multiple SCRs phase angle or burst fire e 0 5V dc 1 5V dc or e 0 10V dc valve positioner Cascade control Other instruments Multiple SCRs phase angle or burst fire e 0 10V doc valve positioner Cascade control Other instruments e Sensor transmitters Ancillary devices Process 0 20mA dc non isolated Process 4 20mA dc non isolated Process 0 5V dc non isolated Process 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20m
347. rotection de energizes control output to protect system or selectable bumpless transfer to manual operation F or C user selectable Sensor operating ranges Type B T C O to 1816 C 32 to 3300 F Type C W5 TIC O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type D W3 TIC O to 2315 C 32 to 4200 F Type E T C 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Type J T C O to 815 C 32 to 1382 F Type K T C 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F Type N T C O to 1300 C 32 to 2372 F Pt 2 O to 1395 C 32 to 2543 F Type R T C O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F Type S T C O to 1760 C 32 to 3200 F TypeTT C 200 to 400 C 328 to 750 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F RTD JIS 200 to 630 C 328 to 1166 F Tenth degree resolution selectable over sensor operating range within limits of 199 9 to 999 9 except for thermocouple Types B R and S differential 1 to 9999 or 0 1 to 999 9 C or F Proportional band 0 to 9999 or 0 0 to 999 9 C or F Integral 0 00 to 99 99 minutes per repeat Reset 0 00 to 99 99 repeats per minute Derivative rate 0 00 to 9 99 minutes Cycle time 0 1 to 60 0 seconds Output 2 User selectable Process or deviation alarm with flashing alarm status indicator Alarm with separate high and low set points Hysteresis 1 to 9999 switching differential Primary Control Output heating or cooling Output update rate 10 per second 10Hz maximum Internal load switching n
348. rrent mode O to 20mA with 8V minimum compliance 400Q load e Accuracy current mode 1 5 percent of reading 0 2 percent of range at 25 C 75 F e Output update time 0 1 sec PPC EITB 1 Encoder Input Terminal Board Pulse signal wires are terminated on a terminal board A cable connects the module to the terminal board Specifications e Dimensions 101 6 mm 4 0 in H x51 mm 2 in W x 38 1 mm 1 5 in D Mounting DIN rail or panel mount e Discrete terminals captive screw PPC 2040 Digital I O Module The PPC 2040 accepts input signals from on off sensors and high speed pulse output devices It also drives actuators relays etc Each output is user configurable for control alarms or logic Each I O is user selectable as input or output Field wiring is terminated on the TB50 SCSI terminal board roce UBN SI A onau Barns BSSSRNB W PID with Programmable Logic Controllers PPC 2000 SERIES PPC 2040 Digital I O Module Cont Specifications General e Each point selectable as input or output 2 points selectable as input output or counter frequency e Maximum number of modules per system 6 Counter Frequency e Number 2 e Maximum frequency 10kHz single phase 32kHz quadrature e Sample rate 250 ms 4Hz e Count range 16 bits Digital Input e Number 32 e Voltage limiting and protection 40V dc e Logic levels 0 6
349. rtifications Thermal systems from Watlow are made up of components that have all passed the same high standards of quality control testing Watlow s process engineers and technicians are trained for specialized system design and construction and are the experts in the application of Watlow product lines Prior to manufacturing designs for all projects are submitted for customer approval This process ensures you of an exacting custom design along with complying to local and international technical standards Watlow can build assemblies to fit the following standards and certifications ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers e ANSI American National Standard Institute e API American Petroleum Institute AWS American Welding Society e ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials v c 7 i n o o lt i 3 7 Oo 2 3 m 2 o lt o D 3 2 Modular dual circuit heat cool DI water system fully enclosed in cabinet with caster wheels e TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association e ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers e SSPC Steel Structures Painting e US MIL STDS e UL Underwriter s Laboratories e FM Factory Mutual e NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association e NFPA National Fire Protection UL is a registered trademark of Underwriter s Control Systems Proces
350. s Time Temp Profiling Ye DIN Horizontal UL C UL CE PID 2x16 Vacuum Fluorescent Display 0 08 percent span typical EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU CPC400 Page 147 DIN rail or Fastener UL C UL CE Sub panel mount PID Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 0 11 percent span typical 2 Communications Ports EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU PPC 2000 Page 151 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 19 P o 9 3 D gt 2 o o Pe o i D 20 Quick Reference Guide Controller aximum M Cc Output Features Mode Power Controllers SCRs Silicon Controlled Rectifiers DIN A MITE Agency Approvals Operating Environment Li Style A Page 166 Style B Page 167 Style C Page 168 Up to 25 amps 1 phase Vx ac dc contactor Burst Fire DIN rail UL C ULS 80 C 176 F 600V ac 4 20mA Sub panel CE Maximum O to 90 percent RH non condensing Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Up to 40 amps 1 phase Vz ac dc contactor Burst Fire DIN rail ULS C ULS 80 C 176 F 600V ac 3 phase 2 leg 4 20mA multi zone Shorted SCR Sub panel CE Maximum 3 phase 3 leg input alarm 0 to 90 percent RH non condensing Watlow U
351. s Choose Only One In Each Category FIBER SS Controller Function Input Range Code No diari in s dial SERIES CV On off TypeJ Oto 315 C 32 to 600 F CVJ mm X SERIES CV On off Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F CVK f e k OSERIES SD DIN PID TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F P3J SERIES SD DIN PID Type K 0 to 1250 C 32 to 2282 F P3K Emm OSERIES SD DIN PID Typed Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F P6J Em OSERIES SD e DIN PID Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F P6K SERIES 96 PID TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F 96J SERIES 96 PID Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F 96K 277 8 mm oe SERIES LV High Limit TypeJ 0 to 750 C 32 to 1382 F LVJ 10 94 in 10 in SERIES LV High Limit Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F LVK SERIES 97 High Limit TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F 97J SERIES 97 High Limit Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F 97K SERIES SD DIN High Limit TypeJ 0 to 750 C 32 to 1382 F L3J l OSERIES SD DIN High Limit TypeK Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F L3K WATLOW OSERIES SD e DIN High Limit TypeJ Oto 750 C 32 to 1382 F L6J _ A y SERIES SD e DIN High Limit Type K Oto 1250 C 32 to 2282 F L6K 7 m T Enclosure Material Dimensions e 152 mm 6 in NEMA 4 Metal 254x2083x152mm 12x12x6in 04 NEMA 4X Fiberglass 254 x 2083x152 mm 10x8x6in 4X Power Switching Devices Type Amps Poles Phase METALBOX with SERIES 103 Controller inside E SAFE RELAY 20 amp 3 Pole LD3 203 mm 8 in
352. s Height 118mm 4 65 in i EN 5 750 in Depth 129mm 5 06in GI U6S7 in epth 7 73m 2 875 E mor Attachment Angle E oy System Diagram High Limit DIN A MITE Mechanical Power Controller Contactor Z Heater V V 9 o Thermocouple Thermocouple Limit Sensor Temperature Sensor SERIES LV Limit Controller Y Y SERIES CV Watlow s family of microprocessor based temperature controllers provide an economical solution for applications requiring simple on off control These controllers are available in a broad range of packaging options allowing users to select the best version for their individual application The controllers are available with an operator interface and can be ordered in DIN square panel mount or DIN rail mount configurations The SERIES CV temperature controller incorporates a microprocessor design platform This design pro vides significant improvements in the performance repeatability and accuracy offered by Watlow s current line of analog basic temperature controllers The SERIES CV controller includes an operator interface for viewing and selecting the set point A red four character seven segment LED displays the set point with a push to show process option The set point selection is made with a continuous turn rotary encoder Operating range temp
353. s Systems e NEC National Electric Code e CSA Canadian Standards Association e CE European Union Mark of Conformance e CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization e PED European Union Pressure Equipment Directive e BASEEFA British Approval Service for Electrical Equipment in Flammable Atmospheres e EC International Electrotechnical Commission e JIC Joint Industrial Council e SEMI S2 Semiconductor Equipment and Materials Institute Testing and Services Watlow can provide special testing and services for a variety of needs These include e Radiography e Charpy impact testing e Die penetrant testing e Hydrostatic pressure testing e Ultrasonic thickness testing e Magnetic particle testing e MTRs Material Test Reports e ASME calculations e Earthquake stress or vibration calculations e PE stamp documents Professional Engineer e Helium leak testing e Tensile testing e PMI Positive Material Identification testing 204 e Post weld heat treating Chemical passivation e Electropolishing e Microscopic analysis e Brinell hardness testing e Special metal coatings from thermal spray to galvanizing Summary of Product Capabilities and Services Watlow builds any system to suit your needs We design and fabricate specialty systems to simulate unique industry needs Some of the capabilities available to build a Watlow process system include e Comp
354. s Up to 80 amps Up to 100 amps 600V ac 600V ac 600V ac 600V ac 3 Phase 2 leg No Up to 33 amps Up to 80 amps Gang 2 units 600V ac 600V ac 3 Phase 3 leg No Up to 22 amps Up to 70 amps Gang 3 units 600V ac 600V ac V ac amp V dc Burst Fire 24 120 amp 240V ac 24 120 amp 240V ac 24 120 amp 240V ac 24 120 amp 240V ac Contactor Input 4 5 32V dc 4 5 32V dc 4 5 32V dc 4 5 32V dc Multizone V ac amp V dc Input No Yes Yes No 4 20mA dc Input Variable Yes Yes Yes Yes Time Base Output Phase Angle Fire Output No No 4 phag Snly No Manual Control Via Potentiometer Input or No No Yes No 0 5 1 5 or 0 10V dc Linear Voltage Input Shorted SCR Alarm No Yes Yes Yes Open Heater Alarm No No With S eot only No Load Current Monitor CT No No No Yes On Board Semiconductor Fusing No No No Yes Din Rail Mount Yes Yes Yes No Sub Panel Mount Yes Yes Yes Yes Cabinet Thru Wall Heatsink Mount No No Yes No UL 50 and UL 1604 Electrically Touch Safe Package Yes Yes Yes Yes Back to Back SCR Design Yes Yes Yes Yes UL 508 Listed C ULS CE w filter Yes Yes Yes Yes Dimensions 95 X 45 X 98 mm 95 X 80 X 124 mm 150 X 80 X 146 mm 185 X 65 X 240 mm 3 7HX1 8WX39in D 3 7HX3 1WX 49 in D 60HX3 1W9X5 7in D 7 25HX 2 5 WX 9 4 in D Controller Weight kg Ibs 0 32 0 71 0 68 1 5 1 18 2 6 2 95 6 5 Controller Weight w fan kg Ibs N A N A 1 45 3 2 N A 9 Refer to curves
355. s are available with this configuration It works well with phase angle firing into a three phase three wire wye or delta connected heater In this configuration the more common applications are transformer connected loads with heaters requiring a soft start and or current limiting The three phase four wire configuration is intended for zero cross firing into a three phase grounded wye star heater This is a separate hardware option model number dependent Single Phase Multizone Configuration This configuration is available in two and three single phase zones and all the features of a single phase unit are available Note that there is only one alarm relay and all zones in the controller must use the same control method Heater Diagnostics Heater diagnostics may include some or all of the features that require heater current monitoring depending on the model selected Heater current monitoring is only available with heater diagnostics installed on the controller The features dependent on heater current monitoring are heater bakeout current limiting heater kVA monitoring retransmit and heater monitoring alarms such as open heater heater out of tolerance load balance and shorted SCR detection error Heater diagnostics must also be installed if you need phase angle control with current limit v 9 zZ m D n m D m 7 177 19 01 U0D J9MOd 178 Power Controllers F O B Winona M
356. s available Consult factory Pulse Input e One TTL level square wave input up to 2kHz Input Sampling Rate 60Hz Each channel has the following scans per second e CLS204 6 samples per second update time 0 167 sec e CLS208 3 samples per second update time 0 333 sec e CLS216 1 5 samples per second update time 0 667 sec Internal Measurement Resolution e 0 006 percent greater than 14 bits Calibration e Automatic zero and full scale Digital Inputs e TTL level used for selecting recipes or jobs or R S triggers e Eight inputs and one pulse input with 50 pin terminal board option e Two inputs and pulse input or three inputs with 18 pin terminal block option Digital Outputs e 34 digital outputs are available with 50 pin terminal board option e 10 control outputs with 18 pin terminal block option e One or two control outputs are user assigned for each loop W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers 4 8 16 Loop CLS200 SERIES Specifications Cont e Each control output can be configured for on off time proportioning or distributed zero crossing e Outputs sink up to GOmA each at 5V dc e 350mA at 5V dc available from on board supply Analog Outputs e Use DAC and SDAC accessory modules For process variable retransmit use SDAC only See page 159 Alarm Outputs Independent process and deviation alarms for each channel Alarms can operate any output
357. se controllers are available in a broad range of packaging options allowing users to select the best version for their individual application The controllers are available without an operator interface and can be ordered in square DIN panel mount DIN rail mount or open board design configurations The SERIES CF temperature controller incorporates a micro processor design platform This design provides significant improvements in the performance repeatability and accuracy offered by Watlow s current line of analog basic temperature controllers The SERIES CF controller offers fixed set points and is supplied without an operator interface Operating set point temperature values are customer definable in the product configuration part number The new temperature controllers are UL and C UL listed and carry CSA and CE approvals Watlow s basic temperature controllers include industry leading service and support and are backed by a three year warranty Applications e Food preparation e Industrial machinery e Packaging e Plastics processing Features and Benefits Fixed set points e Provide tamper proof operation Multiple mounting options e Minimize installation time Heat or cool operation e Provides application flexibility Fahrenheit or Celsius operation with indication e Offers application flexibility Agency approvals Meet certification requirements compliance Microprocessor based technology e
358. sensors Displays e Process Five seven segment LED red e Control interface display high definition LCD green 79 au o E D i E mo 7 EX D s iv UU i E Q doo7 a buls PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES F4S Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below Sensor Operating Ranges Type J O to 815 C 32 to 1500 F 24 ROW M Type K 200 to 1370 C 328 to 2500 F SERIES F4S DIN single channel ramping controller Type T 200 to 400 C Single Channel Ramping Controller n 1 universal analog input 4 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 328 to 750 F gihaut digits ine ditakoni Type N O to 1300 C 2 alarms EIA 232 485 comms 32 to 2372 F P Suppl Wet NO to sore pn SaD DU Type C W5 de b ee L 24 28V ac dc 32 to 4200 F Output 1A Type D W3 O to 2400 C C Open collector switched dc 32 to 4352 F F Process 0 5 1 5 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA Type PTII O to 1395 C K Solid state Form A 0 5 amp relay 32 to 2543 F eee Type R 0 to 1760 C eae eae T S 32 to RE C Open collector switched dc ype sm T E E F Process 0 5 1 5 0 10V de 0 20mA 4 20mA Type B 0 re 181 n K Solid state Form A 0 5 amp relay l 32 to 3300 F Auxiliary Input Module RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 0 None 328
359. set Q 4 20mA dc e Input impedance 2504 clip resistor for 5kQ voltage input or manual control input e Time base four seconds clip resistor for one sec BV Burst firing control variable time base Process input factory set Q 4 20mA dc e Input impedance 250 clip resistor for 5kQ voltage input or manual control input AF Phase angle control Process input factory set Q 4 20mA dc e Input impedance 2509 clip resistor for 5kO voltage input or manual control input e Soft start approximately six seconds upon power up one second upon set point change AL Phase angle control with current limit Process input factory set Q 4 20mA dc e Input impedance 2509 clip resistor for 5kO voltage input or manual control input e Soft start approximately 10 seconds upon power up one second upon set point change e Current transformer included 125mA 80 C e Energizes on alarm e Holding current 2000A minimum e Latching current 5mA typical Outputs e 120V ac through 575V ac e One two or three leg e 150 through 1000 amps per leg Line Voltage Power e 50 60Hz ac line frequency e Voltage 10 percent 120 208 240 277 380 415 480 575V ac Line Voltage Compensation e 10 percent A in line 2 percent A in load in the 30 percent to 70 percent power region AF AL and BV Power Dissipation Watts e 1 5 watts amps per controlled leg Isolation e Command signal to load 1250V ac minimum L
360. sions provide complete control solutions for a broad range of applications Support for multiple types of sensor inputs is available including thermocouples RTDs linear voltage current and frequency Each controller can operate as a stand alone system and includes built in serial communications for computer interface and data acqui sition The enhanced features option offers cascade ratio and differential control process variable retransmit and remote analog set point The remote analog input options allow for shorter sensor wires and flexible mounting which reduces sensor cost and installation time Watlow s new CIM option provides OEMs with a space and labor saving alternative to the standard AIM module This innovation allows users to construct a wiring harness to attach sensors via a connector instead of connecting individual wires to the controller The MLS300 SERIES controllers are UL and C UL listed meet the requirements of the European Community EMC Directive and carry the CE mark MSS mirupa mid ET d Features and Benefits PID control of up to 16 heat and cool loops or 32 heat loops e Minimal panel space per loop e Reduces installation time More reliable fewer parts mean fewer failures Auto tuning ess time tuning e Achieve excellent control with less expertise Menu guided operation with full text display e Quick controller setup e Easy to operate Eight jobs stored and recall
361. stics can help eliminate initial start up problems All these benefits are in a touch safe package that can be quickly and easily mounted in your control cabinet Watlow s POWER SERIES controllers are UL listed and C UL so users can be assured that the controllers meet world safety and operational standards Performance Capabilities e 65 to 250 amps e Up to 660V ac Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Inc Features and Benefits Microprocessor based technology e Extremely versatile field configurable Snap fit on a pre mounted plate e Easy installation Models 65 through 250 amp ratings e Handles a wide range of loads Adjustable soft start e Provides application flexibility Heater and control diagnostics capabilities e Monitor actual heater and control performance Electrically touch safe package e Increased safety for installer and users Serial communications with Modbus RTU protocol e Computer control and or monitoring Multizone capability Increased application flexibility reduced panel space Specifications Power Bases Single phase 2 SCRs 3 phase 2 leg control 4 SCRs resistive load only zero cross firing only 3 phase 3 leg control 6 SCRs 3 phase 3 leg control 6 SCRs for 4 wire wye loads Multizone two and three single phase zones Output Control Options Zero cross control fixed time base Time base one or four seconds with d
362. sures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life Not an ANSI symbol C UL is a registered trademark of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Auto Tuning PID Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES 998 999 Specifications Cont e Open collector or switched dc signal provides a minimum turn on voltage of 3V dc into a minimum 5009 load maximum on voltage not greater than 32V dc into an infinite load isolated e Electromechanical relay Form C 5A 120 240V ac 6A 28V dc a hp 9 120V ac 125VA 120V ac With or without contact suppres sion Off state output impedance with RC suppression is 20kQ e Retransmit 0 20mA 4 20mA with 6002 max load impedance or 0 5V dc 1 5V dc and 0 10V dc with 500 min load impedance e EIA TIA 232 or EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 422 communications opto isolated e External transmitter power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 30mA Line Voltage Power e 100 240Vx ac dc 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 24 28Vz ac dc 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e Fused internally factory replaceable only Slo Blo type time lag 2A 250V for high voltage versions 5A 250V for low voltage versions Power consumption 16VA maximum Data retention upon power failure via non volatile memory Availability Four working days on orders less than 20 units For orders o
363. t spreadsheet data editor system activity log and alarm manager The Run Time Edition will play back custom screens created with the Developer Edition WATVIEW D The Developer Edition Includes all functions of the Run Time Edition plus a custom screen designer and user defined variables WATVIEW C The Configurator Edition Includes only spreadsheet data editor recipe manager without calendar start and system activity log Excel is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation FS Poe U EST PTem mga TTem Gy brpa Titus Cenny irma AT Aa mafia 00 d Bruun Book mT Dia Miir acia nz rhen Heap Cena eer Be O Certes tasti Ties eic fuiomalic bead meets E aior Moma Come Sones 9 Pit Central Sctup Eds They R1 Tr oe ee ee ee bern 9JeMjoS pue XN T2 RU 9 1 28 ELT TT ere LT babens Ei rri Simat F ooo a dRoS Features and Benefits Easy controller setup e WATVIEW automatically detects which controllers are connected to the computer then WATVIEW loads the appropriate setup screens for those controllers Use built in setup screens to adjust the controller parameters or the simple spreadsheet view for a quick intuitive interface The spreadsheet categorizes all controller parameters according to their parameter groupings Recipe manager All editions of WATVIEW include the ability to create recipes arrays of controller s
364. t 2 b Control Event Alarm or Communications Output 3 b Control Event or Alarm Infrared Configure Infrared 1 5 DIN cannot have an Output 3 Monitor Infrared option is not available on DIN Infrared communications optional Features and Benefits INFOSENSE sensor technology e Improves sensor accuracy by a minimum of 50 percent User Defined Menu System e Allows the user to assign up to 20 parameters in the operations menu e Improves operational efficiency Save and Restore feature e Allows the user to save individual or factory settings WATVIEW HMI Human Machine Interface e Permits operation configuration and data logging via a standard Windows PC e Facilitates recipe management and data logging e Allows easier controller setup operation and monitoring Dual display e Provides better recognition of process changes Modbus is a trademark of Schneider Automation Inc Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation 63 64 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES SD R Operator Interface Type T 200 to 400 C Dual4digit 7 segment LED displays 328 to 750 F Specifications e Advance infinity and up down Type N E E E oe Line Voltage Power Keys 5 l e 100 to 240V ac 10 15 e Optional IrDA infrared port TypeE 200 to 800 C percent 85 264V ac not available on DIN 328 to 1470 F 50 60Hz
365. t Temperature C Current Amps into a Resistive Load Style C Fan Cooled DIN A MITE Style C Ratings at 100 On o oa aon aon o o9o9 8599992925389 o DEUS DELE DOLES DELE CANAS DEEES DOSES CEANN DENS DELE DOES DEUS DOES DOE 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 Current Amps into a Resistive Load Maximum Internal Enclosure Ambient Temperature C Style D DIN A MITE Style D Natural Convection Ratings at 100 On si E o oco A A wo zu ini run rid run bun rn Eco Eb db CL LO LLLL e a agononaoanagcaanda m 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100105 Current Amps Into a Resistive Load Maximum Internal Enclosure Ambient Temperature C Power Controllers DIN A MITE Family Specifications Common To Styles A B C and D Control Mode Burst Fire e V ac input contactor e V dc input contactor e 4 20mA dc variable time base control Operator Interface e Command signal input Input signal indication LED Input e V ac 24 120 240 nominal 25mA maximum per controlled leg Specifications Unique To Each Style Multizone Input Styles B amp C e V ac input contactor e V dc input contactor Available 2 and 3 leg only Amperage Style A e 1 phase 24 amp o
366. t Vendors Association s only Symbol al s Direct Current Alternating Current Direct or Alternating Current P o 3 D gt 7 o o e o i D Quick Reference Guide Controller Single Loop Auto Tuning a gy m 1 universal 4 outputs 100 240V ac SERIES F4P Page 45 Watlow Manufacturing Facility SERIES PDS Page 49 Watlow USA Manufacturing Fac MICRODIN Page 53 Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Function Control Heat Cool Alarm 24Vz ac dc 4 auxiliary Retransmit Single or Dual Functions Event Hardware Switched dc Open Collector Hardware V dc Resistance contact SSR EMR V dc mA F O B Winona Minnesota 1 1 universal 4 outputs 24Vz ac dc Hardware Thermocouple RTD V dc mA Function Control Heat Cool Alarm 2 auxiliary On board datalogging memory Functions Event Current transformer Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA ility F O B Winona Minnesota 1 1 universal 2 outputs 24Vz ac dc Hardware Thermocouple RTD Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota On Off Function Control Alarm Hardware Switched dc EMR SERIES CV Page 57 Single input Hardware Thermocouple RTD Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES CF Page 59 Watlow USA Manufacturing Fac
367. t factory for options Note See replacement semiconductor fuses on page 190 Amperage Chart 50 C 122 F Non Fan Cooled 2 Zone and 3 Zone and Single Phase 3 Phase 2 Leg 3 Phase 3 Leg Code Amperage Code Amperage Code Amperage N20 100A N20 80A N20 65A N25 140A N25 105A N25 85A N30 165A N30 120A N30 105A Fan Cooled Single Phase 3 Phase 2 Leg 3 Phase 3 Leg Code Amperage Code F20 125A F25 200A F30 250A Power Controllers E SAFE RELAY The E SAFE mercury free relay from Watlow provides reliable and accurate power switching for processing applications This relay can exceed the performance of typical mercury relays while fitting within the same footprint The E SAFE RELAY bridges the gap between mercury displacement relays MDRs and solid state relays SSRs by providing superior power switching in a non mercury solution at a lower cost This mercury free relay also provides longer contact life and higher performance than typical mechanical relays used in equipment The E SAFE RELAY eliminates mercury reduces arcing and electrical noise and provides processors with an excellent solution for equipment power switching The absence of mercury in the E SAFE RELAY reduces toxic metal hazards in processing environments Performance Capabilities e Up to 40 amps e 240 V ac Features and Benefits High current transient suppression e High reliability e Extended contact life Low
368. t options e Provide several levels of operator security UL CE NEMA 4X IP65 front panel e Provides corrosion resistance 10Hz sampling rate and burst fire control e Delivers smooth accurate process control Process Deviation from Set Point Event Serial Communications Slidewire feedback e nterfaces with most slidewire input positioning devices Three year warranty e Provides Control Confidence Applications e Any process requiring time temperature profile control Processes requiring slidewire control of valves or positions 9 To effect NEMA 4X IP65 rating requires a minimum mounting panel thickness of 1 5 mm 0 06 in and surface finish not rougher than 0 000812 mm 0 000032 in Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life 73 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES 981 982 Applications Cont e Complex process furnaces e Environmental chambers Processes needing data logging Specifications Control Mode e Single input quad output optional retransmit of set point or process variable Programmable direct and reverse acting control outputs e 4 file 6 steps per file time temperature profile or fixed set point control e Ramp rate or time based programming e Selectable control status following power loss Agency Appr
369. tactor Low for low Highest Limited Shortest Yes coil Poor Slowest None To extend life the cycle current electrical and and contacts time is normally extended mechanical to 30 seconds or more E SAFE RELAY Low Medium High Good Minimal Good Fast None 240V ac maximum Mercury Displacement Relay MDR Low for Medium High Good Yes coil Fair to Medium None Mercury is not desirable low to and contact good to fast Minimum cycle time is medium two seconds Position current sensitive Solid State Relay SSR Medium Medium Extended Extended Minimal Good Fast None Excellent control with one with burst second cycle time fire Requires heatsink SCR Solid State Contactor Medium Low Extended Extended Minimal Good Fast None Excellent control with one second cycle time SCR Burst Firing High Low Extended Longest Minimal Excellent Fastest None Fastest variable time base unit SCR Phase Angle Firing High Lowest Extended Longest High Excellent Fastest Current Required for tungsten limit elements transformers O O or for current limiting S e Saturable Core Reactor 5 Highest Low Extended Longest Minimal Very Fast Current Cannot be turned full on p o good limit or off inefficient D m 9 Includes heater replacement and lost production o n 2 A OQS Power Controller Quick Selection C
370. tate relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression utput 1 None Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression Switched dc or open collector isolated Electromechanical relay Form C 5A with RC suppression Electromechanical relay Form C 5A without contact suppression Universal process 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA isolated Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression External signal conditioner power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 9 30mA mmoou 0omn ll utput 3 None Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression Switched dc isolated Electromechanical relay Form A or B 5A without contact suppression Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression Retransmit 0 20mA 4 20mA Retransmit 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc External signal conditioner power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 9 30mA utput 4 TE None Solid state relay Form A 0 5A with RC suppression Switched dc or open collector isolated Electromechanical relay Form C 5A with RC suppression Electromechanical relay Form C 5A without contact suppression Solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression EIA TIA 232 communications opto isolated EIA TIA 485 EIA TIA 422 communications opto isolated EIA TIA 232 EIA TIA 485 software selectable External signal conditioner power supply 5 12 or 20V dc 30mA AdAcoxzxmuogou
371. termining factor although the semiconductor fuse It rating must not exceed the SCR I t requirement The following charts may be modified following the above guide branch circuit or cable protection fuse lines DIN Rail Mount Semiconductor Fuses and Holders Fuse Amp Fuse Voltage Watlow Ferraz Bussman Equiv Watlow Rating RELS Fuse Part No Fuse Part No Fuse Part No Holder Part No 110 Styles A B C and D Can Also Be 12 Semiconductor Fuses for DIN A MITE Power Controllers 600 17 8012 H330011 FWC 12A10F 17 5 Peco COP UE Gr etta Dee 20 600 17 8020 K330013 FWC 20A10F 17 5110 25 600 17 8025 L330014 FWC 25A10F 17 5110 32 700 17 8030 M330015 FWP 32A14F 17 5114 40 700 17 8040 A93909 FWP 40A14F 17 5114 50 700 17 8050 B093910 FWP 50A14F 17 5114 63 700 17 8063 T094823 FWP 63A22F 17 5122 65 660 0808 0096 0000 N A 170N3437 See Note 1 80 700 17 8080 A94829 FWP 80A22F 17 5122 100 700 17 8100 N A FWP 100A22F 17 5122 Note 1 Replacement fuse for DIN A MITE Style D Note 2 On part number 17 8030 the fuse is a 32 ampere fuse Dimensions E D w T DIN Rail Mount Fuse Holders Maximum Dimensions gt o Holder Part No Height 9 e mm in in Bo 17 5110 81 8 18 18 0 71 59 2 32 10 X 38 83 17 5114 111 4 36 26 1 02 77 8 08 14 X 51 17 5122 128 5 04 35 1 38 77 8 08 22 X 58 o 7 191 Power Controllers Accessories QPAC Semicondu
372. ters when tripped e Alarm signal via 5 amp contact closure e Amp Universal Mate N Lok connector 2 position e Alarm set points adjustable Power Requirements e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz DE style fused input power receptacle with six foot long power cord e On off rocker switch e Optional GFCI line cord available Data retention upon power failure via non volatile memory Extension Cables e Heater Power Extension Cable Type SJ 16 3 stranded Enclosure connection Amp Universal Mate N Lok connector 3 position Heater connection Amp Universal Mate N Lok connector 2 position with separate ring terminal ground e Thermocouple Extension Cable FEP Teflon insulated 24 Ga stranded Enclosure connection miniature type thermocouple plug Sensor connection miniature type thermocouple jack Calibration as specified Mechanical Overall Dimensions 76 2 mm W x 114 3 mm H x 178 mm D 3 in W x 4 5 in H x 7 in D e Weight Approx 1 7 lbs e Table top style rubber mounting feet Operating Environment e Ambient temperature O 45 C 32 113 F 0 90 percent RH non condensing Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below PLCC SERIES PLCC Control console with single thermocouple control input 8A heater control output contact alarm output 00 Input Type J Type J thermoc
373. the information below Quad Control Console Control QUAD EI 00 A SERIES 96 with ramp and soak 4 SERIES 96 5 SERIES SD 1 32 DIN 7 SERIES SD 1 16 DIN Input J Type J thermocouple T Type T thermocouple K Type K thermocouple R RTD 2 wire Display SERIES 96 SD RG Red Green only color option available on SD 1 s2 DIN RR Red Red GG Green Green only available on 96 GR Green Red only available on 96 Output Connector 1 AMP Mate n Lok 2 Twist and lock Line Voltage 1 120V ac 9 92 29 So 2M S o m 2 o 3 a 215 216 Control Systems Control Consoles PLCC Control Console Watlow has combined superior products innovative mechanical design and time proven temperature control knowledge into a new control system ideal for vacuum pump line heating applications The single loop control enclosure is built around a Watlow SERIES SD temperature controller Standard features for this unit include full PID control high and low process alarms and digital readout of the process temperature These enclosures are built with solid state relays for noise free operation and tight power control of the heating system A mechanical relay is included to provide positive break of the load power in case of an alarm or error condition Each unit is supplied with a heavy duty line cord fused output receptacle and on off rock
374. tion circuitry 500V ac dielectric C Switched dc logic signal non isolated Alarm Output gt E j i E 3 e V o doo uIS Operating Environment e Oto 65 C 32 to 149 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing E Electromechanical relay Form A 2A w o contact suppression Communications S EIA TIA 485 communications opto isolated Modbus RTU protocol e Storage temperature 40 to 70 C sos ware 40 to 158 F g 00 Standard XX Custom setup parameters Custom Options 00 None AA No Watlow logo on front bezel XX Custom bezel or label An IEC 742 rated power supply is required for CE compliance Electromechanical relays are warranted for 100 000 closures only Availability Stock Same day shipment on Non Stock 10 working days orders of 10 units or less 10 working days on orders greater than 10 units Stock List Code Number Input Output 1 Output 2 Front Bezel UDIA 1CES 0000 T C and RTD Switched dc Relay 2A 24 to 28 V English 55 56 Auto Tuning PID Controllers MICRODIN Mounting a MICRODIN controller Dimensions Brackettor 8 mm paio screw 9 318 in DIN rail Side View or m3 5 required mun Width 42mm 1 64 in i Height 118 mm 4 65 in m Front View Depth 132 mm 5 19 in 7 18 mm Chassis 650 in Min Clearance P between rail Width 42 mm 1 64 in de centerline
375. tions Event Remote Set point Input Hardware V dc Resistance contact 2 outputs Function Limit Alarm Hardware Switched dc SSR EMR V dc mA 4 outputs Function Limit Alarm Retransmit Hardware Switched dc Open Collector SSR EMR V dc mA 100 240V ac 24z ac dc 100 240V ac 24x ac dc SERIES 97 Page 91 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Quick Reference Guide 7 e T c gt E zS E S 3 ER G ES 2 Vm E 3 E PE 24 lt E Single Loop Limits Alarms Cont DIN square FM UL CSA CE High low Single line 1 percent None 72mm x 72mm ANSI gas appliance limit 4 digit LED span 2 83 in x 2 83 in or DIN 3440 DIN rail mount SERIES LV Page 81 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN square FM UL CSA CE High low None 1 percent None 72mm x 72 mm ANSI gas appliance limit span 2 83 in x 2 83 in DIN rail mount or open board or potted case DIN 3440 SERIES LF Page 83 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota Jo he 4 DINS UL CSA CE FM NEMA 4x IP65 On off Dual line 4 digit Digital LED 0 1 percent span EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU IRDA wireless except SD3L Modbus IrDA via IRCOMM SERIES SD_L Page 85 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota e DIN 52 m
376. tual process in action Custom Overviews created with the Developer edition can be used with any WATVIEW edition Superior online help system e Use the online help to navigate through setup procedures obtain specific help for various Watlow controllers locate context sensitive help or search and browse the entire contents This online help system is a superior feature for HMI software and is included with each edition of WATVIEW Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation Windows 985 98 and NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation 198 1 Pentium 200MHz processor depending on operating system 2 32 MB RAM 3 800 x 600 screen resolution 4 16 bit or higher color palette High Color 5 Communications port capable of 19 2 kbaud 16550 UART 6 Microsoft compatible pointing device mouse or trackball 7 High density floppy drive 8 200 MB hard drive space 9 CD ROM drive 10 Windows 95 98 NT 4 0 ME 2000 or XP Note For Windows NT 4 0 you must have 64 MB of RAM For Windows 2000 and XP you must have 128 MB of RAM Tt Watters Moke fase Tied PHH Eh a Bea Losi TereiPict ise hevelpe Heb Premal iaa controllers when equipped with the listed firmware revision or later e SERIES 96 Rev 1 20 e SERIES 96 with ramping Rev 1 05 e SERIES 97 Rev 1 10 e MICRODIN Rev 1 01
377. ty Fahrenheit or Celsius operation with indication e Offers application flexibility Sensor break protection e Provides positive system shutdown Agency approvals Meet certification requirements compliance Microprocessor based technology e Ensures accurate repeatable control Specifications Limit Controller e Microprocessor based limit controller e Nominal switching hysteresis typically 1 7 C 38 F e High or low limit factory selectable e Latching output requires manual reset upon over or under temperature condition e Manual or automatic reset on power loss factory selectable e Internal front panel or external customer supplied momentary reset switch e Input filter time 1 second LIMIT LV t ALARI Operator Interface e Four digit seven segment LED displays 7 mm 0 28 in high e C or F indicator LED e Alarm indicator LED e Continuous turn velocity sensitive rotary encoder for set point adjustment e Front panel SET RESET Standard Conditions For Specifications e Rated line voltage 50 to 60Hz O to 90 percent RH non condensing 15 minute warm up Calibration ambient range 25 C 77 F x3 C Sensor Input Thermocouple e Grounded or ungrounded e Type E J K T thermocouple e gt 10 MQ input impedance e 250 nV input referenced error per 1Q source resistance RTD e 2 wire platinum 100 e DIN curve 0 00385 curve e 125 pA nominal RTD excitation current 81
378. typical DeviceNet D8 Page 115 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota PID with Time Temperature Profiling Cont DIN Horizontal UL C UL CE PID 2x16 Vacuum Fluorescent Display 0 08 percent span typical EIA T 1A 485 Modbus RTU EIA T 1A 232 Modbus RTU 17 Profiles 20 Steps Each CLS200 Page 119 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota DIN Horizontal Sub panel mount analog input module UL C UL CE PID 2x16 Vacuum Fluorescent Display 0 08 percent span typical EIA TIA 485 Modbus RTU EIA TIA 232 Modbus RTU 17 Profiles 20 Steps Each MLS300 Page 123 Watlow USA Manufacturing Facility F O B Winona Minnesota 15 P o 9 3 D gt 2 o o e o i D 16 Quick Reference Guide x D 5 Multi Loop PID with Time Temperature Profiling re 2 i SERIES F4D Page 127 Watlow USA Manufacturing Fac mv wm c SERIES N7 Page 131 Watlow USA Manufacturing Fac MINICHEF 2000 Page 135 Limits Alarms TLM 8 Page 139 Indicator Hardware Thermocouple V dc mA 8 Digital Functions Job Select Hardware V dc 1 Pulse Functions 2 kHz Rate Hardware V dc Functions Alarm Global Alarm System Safe Hardware Swit
379. ue control algorithms not common to this price range extend the SERIES 988 989 s application potential From the long list of product features the SERIES 988 989 s ability to provide single unit cascade control of a process is perhaps the most unique Other features include heater current monitoring remote set point input differential or ratio control Performance Capabilities Accuracy to 0 1 percent of span Operating environment O to 65 C 32 to 149 F Features and Benefits Three inputs and four outputs Provide application versatility Universal high or low voltage power supply horizontal or vertical mounting and display color options e Add to application versatility A 10Hz sampling rate along with the burst fire e Provides precise process control Enhanced software option e Provides advanced cascade ratio or dual PID control Signal conditioner power supply options e Eliminate the need for external devices Input 1 Type B C D E J Thermocouple DIN JIS RTD or Process Input 2 Type B C D E J Thermocouple DIN JIS RTD or Process Slidewire Current Transformer Digital Event Input 3 Digital Event Auto tune Heat Cool K N R S TorPt2 fm K N R S TorPt2 fmm WATLOW PROCESS SERIES 988 J Process Deviation from Set Point Percent Power eub Output 3 Output 1 Closed Loop PID on off Control Open Loop Percent Power
380. umidity Chamber Application 32 to 2642 F Type B 870 to 1700 C ce 1598 to 3092 F Environmental Chamber RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Channel 1 Temperature RTD JIS 200 to 630 C 328 to 1166 F Process 19999 to 30 000 units Channel 2 Humidity Sensor Temperature Sensor 129 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota Ordering Information To order complete the code number on the right with the information below FAD LT SERIES F4D Set Point Ramp and Soak ceo z i Programming SERIES F4D DIN dual channel ramping controller The enhanced programming Dual Channel Ramping Controller features found in the SERIES F4D ramping controllers are the result of listening to our customers demand for greater capabilities with reduced programming complexity A profile guide leads the pro grammer through the programming process by offering choices for step configuration For better operator recognition profiles and digital I O used for events can be given names of up to 10 characters in length Five step types including ramp soak jump auto start and end offer the programmer complete flexibility Ramp steps can be based on time or rate Ramp and soak steps can be programmed to wait for up to four event inputs and three process variables Up to eight event outputs are step selectable Since your thermal systems characteristics m
381. us e Connect to system components via analog I O to retransmit process variables and read set points Advanced control utilities e Auto tune optimizes control with minimal effort and expertise e Cascade minimizes overshoot and improves control in systems with excessive thermal lag e Ratio and differential enhances control where the relationship between two or more loops is paramount Specifications Operator Interface e 32 character vacuum florescent display e Eight key keypad to access guided menus and prompts set values and view channel displays e Controller s configuration can be loaded through the standard serial port e Built in context sensitive help Noise Rejection e 120dB at 60Hz Temperature Coefficient e 40ppm C Programmable Logic e Programming languages Ladder Logic Sequential Function Chart Function Block Diagram e Memory 64k flash nonvolatile e Logic programs run concurrently with closed loop control e Read write access controller I O and closed loop control parameters Watlow Anafaze s l WATVIEW and A LOGICPRO software applications are ideal to use with the CPC400 SERIES See page 197 for more information and ordering details UL is a registered trademark of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Inc ag o e v fo Ke EX o 3 3 EU E 7 rm 7 147 c o
382. ust turn off at 10V ac e Input current 15mA typical 120V ac e Input Type AC2 e 18 to 36V ac input must turn on at 18V ac must turn off at 10V ac e Input current 10mA typical 24V ac Output Voltage e 24 volt 24V ac min to 280V ac max 480 volt 48V ac min to 530V ac max 600 volt 48V ac min to 660V ac max not available on 18 amp version Off state leakage 1mA at 25 C 77 F max for 600V ac models 10mA at 25 C 77 F max for 24 through 480V ac models e Holding current 250mA max Output Amperage e See output rating curve Ratings are into a resistive heater load Output Amperage Rating WGE 18 24 34 EVAIMIINESIUIIe NO UE 625 250 625 16 6 mSec MEV eam SieMI M 1 620 260 1 620 Model o 09 VECOS cA 1 000 1 000 16 6 mSec 6 000 DUE INDIA SIS 4 150 2 m D m 7 e N D 173 19 01 U0D J9MOd Power Controllers F O B Winona Minnesota SERIES CZR Specifications Cont Agency Approvals e Class Il construction e UL 508 recognition File 73741 and CSA File LR 700195 e 73 23 EEC CE Low Voltage Directive e VDE 0805 registration number 126921 e License number 136037 for 18 amp models e License number 130515 for 24 to 50 amp models Output Terminals Compression type e For 18 amp models e Maximum wire size 3 0 mm 10 AWG torque to 0 6 Nm 5 3 in Ibs e
383. utput maximum at 30 C 86 F into a resistive load9 e Maximum surge current for 16 6mSec 380 amps peak e Maximum I t for fusing 4 000 A2 Sec Amperage Style B e j phase and 3 phase models See output rating curves on page 164 e Maximum surge current for 16 6mSec 380 amps peak e Maximum I t for fusing 4 000 A Sec Amperage Style C e Natural convection and fan cooled in 1 phase and 3 phase models See output rating curves on page 164 e Maximum surge current for 16 6mSec 1350 amps peak e Maximum It for fusing 9100 A Sec Not available on Style D 9 Style C phase angle fire is not CE approved 9 See output current rating curves page 164 e V dc 4 5 to 32V dc maximum current Q 4 5V is 6mA per leg Add 2mA per LED used to the total current e 4 20mA dc loop powered 375 input impedance Output Voltage e 120 240V ac units 48V ac minimum to 265V ac maximum e 277 600V ac units 85V ac minimum to 660V ac maximum e Off state leakage 1mA dc at 25 C 77 F maximum Style C Phase Angle Firing e j phase operation e Line voltage compensation e Soft start 4 seconds on power up Missing half cycle detection engages ESD and restarts soft Optional current limit feature e Linear voltage current or manual control input 5kQ input impedance for voltage and 250 ohms for 4 20mA 120 208 240 277 400 480 and 600V ac operation Model number dependent
384. utputs as needed for control alarms process variable retransmit and ramp soak events EIA TIA 232 and 485 communications Use software to configure and operate e Integrate with other controllers and software y Watlow Anafaze s WATVIEW software is ideal to use with the CLS200 SERIES See page 197 for more information and ordering details UL and C UL are registered trademarks of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc doo7 ninw S is e a 3 O El O 3 moj oO ist E c oO U x En Q 119 120 PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers 4 8 16 Loop CLS200 SERIES Specifications Ramp and Soak e Up to 17 profiles e Up to 20 steps per profile e Up to two trigger inputs per step e Up to four event outputs per step e Up to 99 repeat cycles e One external reset digital input e Time base minutes seconds or hours minutes Operator Interface e 32 character vacuum fluorescent display e Eight key keypad to access guided menus and prompts enter passkey sequence set values switch between single channel and multiple channel displays e Controller configuration can be loaded through the standard serial port Analog Inputs e CLS204 4 Differential e CLS208 8 Differential e CLS216 16 Single ended Noise Rejection e 120db at 60Hz Temperature Coefficient e 40 ppm C Sensors Inputs e Thermocouples User selectable type direct connection linea
385. v DIN Vertical DIN Horizontal V4 DIN OMA 0o C0 ll Control Type R Ramping Dual Display Power Supply H 100 to 240V ac dc L 24 to 28Vx ac dc Output 1 C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A F Universal process J Mechanical relay Form A 2A Output 2 A None C Switched dc K SSR Form A 0 5A J Mechanical relay Form A 2A U EIA 485 Modbus communications Output 3 Not available on DIN None Switched dc open collector SSR Form A 0 5A Universal process Mechanical relay Form C 5A ll mmaxom l Infrared Comms Options IrDA A None Default selection on 2 DIN R IrDA ready Not available on 2 DIN Display Colors and Custom Options RG Red Green Dual display units RR Red Red Not available on 2 DIN Dual Display XX Custom options special overlays etc Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life SERIES SD6R D Watlow SERIES SD6R D offers excellent static set point or Profile Ramping control and application flexibility in a eth DIN panel mount package The SERIES SD6R D controller has been successfully tested for use with both ODVA and Semi conductor SIG standards for DeviceNet on CAN networks Ramping profile capabilities include four profiles maximum 10 steps
386. ver 20 units consult factory for releases and shipment schedules 9 Electromechanical relays warranted for 100 000 closures only Solid state switching devices recommended for applications requiring fast cycle times or extended service life Not an ANSI symbol Slo Blo is a registered trademark of Littelfuse Inc Ordering Information To order complete the code number to the right with the information below 99 D LT SERIES 998 999 Dual channel microprocessor based dual input Six output temperature control 4 DIN vertical or horizontal Hardware 6 24 28Vx ac dc nominal vertical mounting 7 24 28Vx ac dc nominal horizontal mounting 8 100 240Vx ac dc nominal vertical mounting 9 100 240Vx ac dc nominal horizontal mounting Software D Dual channel software S Special customer feature Channel A Input 1 Basic thermocouple signal conditioner excluding Types B R and S 2 Universal signal conditioner see Range Information Channel B Input 1 Basic thermocouple signal conditioner excluding Types B R and S 2 Universal signal conditioner see Range Information Channel A Outputs C Dual switched dc isolated E Dualelectromechanical relay Form A 2A without contact suppression F Single universal process 0 5V dc 1 5V dc 0 10V dc 0 20mA 4 20mA isolated K Dual solid state relay Form A 0 5A without contact suppression Channel B Outputs C Dual switche
387. voltage minimum 5V dc at 10mA e Minimum load impedance 5002 Electromechanical Relay Form C e Minimum load current 100mA e 8A Q 240V ac or 30V dc maximum resistive e 250VA pilot duty 120 240V ac maximum inductive e Use RC suppression for inductive loads e Electrical life 100 000 cycles at rated current Agency Approvals e UL 60730 1 Recognized Temperature Controller and Indicator e UL 197 Reviewed for Use in Cooking Appliances e ANSI 221 23 Gas Appliance Thermostat Approval e Temperature Control and Indicator CSA 22 2 No 24 Terminals e 6 3 mm 0 25 in quick connect push on terminal Power e 24V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 230 to 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 10VA maximum power consumption e Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Operating Environment e Oto 70 C 32 to 158 F e Oto 90 percent RH non condensing e Storage temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Dimensions e DIN rail model can be DIN rail or chassis mount DIN rail spec DIN 50022 35 mm x 7 5 mm 1 38 in x 0 30 in Style DIN rail 78 1 mm 112 3 mm 90 7 mm 3 08 in 4 42 in 3 57 in Square 72 4 mm 72 4 mm Behind panel DIN panel 2 85 in 2 85 in 51 7 mm 2 04 in Ordering Information To order complete the model number on the right with th
388. w 100 2 RTD 2 German w 100 2 RTD 3 French w 100 2 RTD 4 Spanish w 100 2 RTD 5 English w 500 amp IKQ RTD 6 German w 500 amp IKQ RTD 7 French w 500 amp IKQ RTD 8 Spanish w 500 amp IKQ RTD Display and Custom Options RG Display XX Custom options W PID with Time Temperature Profiling Controllers SERIES N7 Watlow s SERIES N7 temperature controllers provide ample flexibility for use in a broad range of applications The controllers feature expanded communication options as well as modular architecture that provides customers with design options based on their unique specifications The SERIES N7 offers customizable firmware and overlays including up to 32 LEDs and 32 switches The SERIES N7 s enhanced technology includes a powerful processor with additional memory for sophisticated control algorithms as well as the ability to monitor and count various events The SERIES N7 delivers up to four zones of control that can be sensed with thermocouples or two wire or three wire RTDs Input offerings are process inputs available as either voltage or current The SERIES N7 also offers a wide variety of outputs The base model is equipped with six open collector outputs each with a nominal output voltage of 5V and a maximum current of 30mA Two additional open collector outputs can be added for a total of eight possible outputs The optional high voltage b
389. w thermostats are normally closed circuit and either single pole single throw SPST or double pole single throw DPST They can be used with or without an enclosure Thermostat selection should be based on temperature range capillary tube length and sensor bulb size diameter length Remote Mount Thermostat Assemblies Remote mounted thermostat assemblies can be supplied with the following enclosures e General purpose NEMA 1 e Moisture resistant NEMA 4 e Explosion resistant NEMA 7 e Explosion moisture resistant NEMA 7 4 e Dust resistant NEMA 12 Pilot Light An optional pilot light gives visual indication whether the power supplied to the heating element s is on or off To order please specify suffix code PL11 Thermostat Conversion Kits Kits are available to convert a heater s general purpose NEMA 1 terminal enclosure to accept either a single or double pole thermostat The kit contains all the necessary parts to change out the existing terminal enclosure cover and mount the thermostat inside These are hardware and wiring kits only Thermostats with Enclosures NEMA 1 Single and Double Pole 83 mm 3 25 in 55 mm 2 156 in g O 84 mm 3 312 in ar M 148 mm 5 812 in NEMA 4 and 12 Single Pole 2 Y n 88 mm 0 437 in Jh Fes 2 6 mm 0 218 in Dia Holes 112 mm 4 375 in
390. wable Operating Ranges Type E 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Type J 210 to 1038 C 346 to 1900 F Type K 270 to 1370 C 454 to 2500 F Type T 270 to 400 C 454 to 750 F RTD DIN 200 to 800 C 328 to 1472 F Output Types Electromechanical Relay Form C e Minimum load current 100mA e 8 A Q 240V ac or 30V dc maximum resistive e 250VA pilot duty 120 240V ac maximum inductive Use RC suppression for inductive loads e Electrical life 100 000 cycles at rated current External Reset Switch e Momentary dry contact closure Agency Approvals SERIES LF potted version only e UL 991 recognized temperature limit for cooking industry e CSA E60730 1 E60730 2 9 approved temperature regulator for cooking industry applied for SERIES LF including potted version e UL 873 recognized temperature regulator e UL 197 reviewed for use in cooking appliances e ANSI Z21 23 Gas appliance thermostat approval 84 e DIN 3440 Temperature control and limiting devices for heat generating systems e CSA C22 2 24 approved limit control applied for e FM Class 3545 temperature limit switches applied for Terminals e 6 3 mm 0 25 in quick connect push on terminal Power e 24V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 120V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 230 to 240V ac 10 percent 15 percent 50 60Hz 5 percent e 10VA maximum powe
391. y approvals 185 186 Power Controllers QPAC SCRs CD Solid state contactor Open Heater Shorted SCR DC input Detector Specifications e On 4 10V dc off 0 5V dc e Triac output Operation e Built in noise reduction network e 24 to 240V ac 300mA 25 C Modular control base with plug in card and transformer e Plug in control cards Solid state contactor ac or dc input Burst fire control fixed or variable time base Phase angle fire control with soft start e Phase angle control with soft start and current limiting e Plug in transformers 50 60Hz e 120 208 240 380 415 480 575V ac operation Power bases e Single phase Q01 1 pair of SCRs e Three phase Q32 2 leg control 2 pair SCRs Resistive load only burst firing only e Three phase Q33 three pair hybrid SCRs diodes Recommended for phase angle only with balanced load Agency Approvals e UL 508 and C UL Listed File E73741 Control Card Inputs CA Solid state contactor AC input e 120V ac 30mA minimum e Ac signal input sources i e triacs or mechanical relay outputs with noise suppression require customer supplied resistors across the power controller ac command signal input terminals to prevent false firing 24V ac input 2000 10 watts typical 120V ac input 1k0 25 watts typical 240V ac input two 1kQ 25 watts in series typical BF Burst firing control fixed time base Process input factory
392. year three 3 years on some controls from the date of delivery provided such Product is properly applied used and maintained Refer to the express written warranty time period for each individual Product or contact the relevant Watlow plant for such warranty time period information Watlow does not warrant any Product against damage from corrosion contamination misapplication improper specification or wear and tear and operational conditions beyond Watlow s control The terms of this Warranty are the exclusive terms available to Buyer and to any other person or entity to whom Products are transferred during the period of this Warranty No person has authority to bind Watlow to a representation or warranty other than this express Warranty Watlow shall not be liable for incidental or consequential damages resulting from the use of Products whether a claim for such damages is based upon warranty contract negligence or other cause of action Should any Product fail while subject to this Warranty such Product shall be repaired or a substitute Product shall be provided at Watlow s option at no charge to Buyer or to any other person or entity to whom Product is transferred during the period of this Warranty Watlow must be notified of the alleged failure of Product within thirty 30 days of such event and advanced authorization for repair or replacement must be obtained in writing from Watlow THIS WARRANTY IS MADE EXPRESSLY IN L

Controllers

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents